欢迎您,[登录][注册] (您的IP:18.208.132.33)
学科导航 >
个人主页

作者信息

21jy_002492573

资源 文章 汇编
  • ID:4-7194549 新概念英语第一册Lesson 9-10 课件+课文+练习(62张ppt 无答案)

    小学英语/其他版本/四年级上册/综合专栏

    (共62张PPT) How are you today ? 你今天好吗? New Concept English 1 Lesson 9 在路上遇到一个好久不见的朋友,想问他最近过得好吗可以怎么说呢? Let's think. Hello! Hi! Hey! How are you? ... Listen and repeat. hello [h??l??] 喂, 你好 Say hello to Helen. 向海伦问好。 hey hi [ha?] 喂;嗨 Listen and repeat. how [ha?] 如何,怎样 How are you?你好吗? How is your mother?你妈妈好吗? How is the weather?天气怎样? How about that? 怎么会这样?那一个怎么样? How come?=Why? 为什么? How goes it? = How is it going? 事情进展如何? Listen and repeat. today [t??de?] 今天 tonight:今晚 Listen and repeat. I’m very well. 我很好。 well [wel] 身体好 做形容词的时候意思为身体好,不然为good的副词,修饰动词 He plays piano well. Listen and repeat. I’m fine. 我很好。 fine [fa?n] 美好的;状况良好 ① 健康的;舒适的 ② 极好的,优秀的 a fine view 美好的景色 ③ 优雅的,雅致的 He is a man with fine manners. 他是一个举止优雅的男人。 Listen and repeat. 非常感谢: Thanks a lot. Thank you very much. thanks [θ??ks] 谢谢 Listen and repeat. Say goodbye to Helen. 跟海伦说再见。 goodbye [?ɡ?d?ba?] 再见 Listen and repeat. Nice to see you. 见到你真高兴。 see [si:] 看见 See you.再见 see 表示看见的结果 look 表示看的动作 look at sth. look out of the window look into my eyes watch 观看移动的一些东西 watch TV meet sleep see see 看见 Fill in the blanks. ____ are you today? I’m very ____. I’m ____. Say ____ to Helen. Nice to ____ you. Say ____ to Helen. see well hello goodbye how fine Words and Expressions hello [h??l??] 喂, 你好 hi [ha?] 喂;嗨 how [ha?] 如何,怎样 today [t??de?] 今天 well [wel] 身体好 fine [fa?n] 美好的;状况良好 thanks [θ??ks] 谢谢 goodbye [?ɡ?d?ba?] 再见 see [si:] 看见 Watch the video. How is Emma? She's very well. Listen, repeat and read. STEVEN:Hello, Helen. 你好,海伦。 HELEN:Hi, Steven. 你好,史蒂文。 STEVEN:How are you today? 你今天好吗? HELEN:I'm very well, thank you. And you? 很好,谢谢你。 你好吗? STEVEN:I'm fine, thanks. 很好,谢谢。 STEVEN:How is Tony? 托尼好吗? HELEN:He's fine, thanks. How's Emma? 他很好,谢谢。 埃玛好吗? STEVEN:She's very well, too, Helen. 她也很好,海伦。 STEVEN:Goodbye, Helen. Nice to see you. 再见,海伦。 见到你真高兴。 HELEN:Nice to see you, too, Steven. Goodbye. 我见到你也很高兴,史蒂文。 再见。 STEVEN:Hello, Helen. 你好,海伦。 HELEN:Hi, Steven. 你好,史蒂文。 打招呼: Hello Hi How are you? How are you doing? STEVEN:How are you today? 你今天好吗? HELEN:I'm very well, thank you. And you? 很好,谢谢你。 你好吗? How are you? 的回应: Fine. \Very well. Thank you, and you Not bad. very bad. \Terrible. And you?是And how are you?的简略说法。 How are you? 句型替换 How ______ your father? How ______ Lucy? How ______ they? is is are How …?的一些社交上的用法 1、用于询问健康状况或一般生活情况: How are you? /How have you been? 你一向可好? 2、How do you do ?是正式介绍中的一句套话,从不用来询问健康。 3、How经常用在询问目前状况的疑问句里: How’s life? 生活如何? How are things? 情况怎样? How’s work? 工作怎么样? 形容词的意义与作用 1、形容词修饰名词所指的人、物等,说明人、物等是什么样或看上去是什么样的。 2、许多形容词可用以回答What’s…like?这样的问题,并可根据上下文给出笼统或确切的信息。 What’s Tom like? He’s very fat. 3、英语中形容词作定语时一般置于名词之前。 STEVEN:Goodbye, Helen.再见,海伦。 Nice to see you. 见到你真高兴。 HELEN:Nice to see you, too, Steven. 我见到你也很高兴,史蒂文。 Goodbye.再见。 Nice to see you.是It's nice to see you的简略说法。 How are you today? 你今天好吗? Thank you. 谢谢你。 Nice to see you. 见到你真高兴。 Look at... 看... New Concept English 1 Lesson 10 Listen and repeat. a fat cat a little heavy 1、fat 胖的 2、woman 女人 lady an old woman an old lady 3、thin瘦的 slim 苗条的 4、tall 高的(人的个子、树、建筑物) You are so slim. 你好苗条啊! 5、short 矮的 6、dirty 脏的 7、clean 干净的 8、hot 热的 It is hot today.今天很热。 The girl is very hot. 这个女孩很性感。 Lady Gaga is hot now. Lady Gaga现在很火。 Listen and repeat. It is very cold today. 今天天气很冷。 I have a cold welcome. 我收到了冷遇。 9、cold 冷的 10、old 老的,旧的 He is an old man. 他是一个老人。 It's an old story. 这是一个古老的故事。 That is my old book. 那是我的旧书。 11、young年轻的 He is a yound man.他是一个年轻人。 12、busy 忙的 It is a busy day.真是忙碌的一天。 He is vey busy.他特别的忙。 13、lazy懒惰的 Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 10 11. Is that man fat or thin? He isn't thin He is fat. 12.Is that woman thin or fat? She isn't fat. She is thin. 13. Is that policeman tall or short ? He isn't short. He is tall. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 10 14. Is that policewoman short or tall? She isn't tall. She is short. 15.Is that mechanic dirty or clean? He isn't clean. He is dirty. 16. Is that nurse clean or dirty? She isn't dirty. She is clean. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 10 17. Is Steven hot or cold? He isn't cold. He is hot. 18.Is Emma cold or hot? She isn't hot. She is cold. 19. Is that milkman old or young? He isn't young. He is old. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 10 20. Is that air hostess young or old? She isn't old. She is young. 21.Is that hair dresser busy or lazy? He isn't lazy. He is busy. 22. Is that housewife lazy or busy? She isn't busy. She is lazy. words & Sentences & Expressions see看见 look at...看... meet you/him/her Look at that man. He is very busy. I see him in the street.我在街上看见他了。 look ① 看,瞧,观,望 Look carefully before you cross the street. 过马路前要仔细看清来往车辆。 ②面向,朝向 The room looks on the sea. 房间面向大海。 Two windows look to the south. 两扇窗子朝南。 关于look的词组: look at 看 look for 寻找 look after 照顾 look out 注意 如何询问人的健康情况? Question How are you? How is he? How are they? How is she? I am good. He is very well. They are fine. She is bad. 如何询问人的健康情况? How are you? How is he? How are they? How is she? How is/are ... ? I am good. He is very well. They are fine. She is bad. 如何询问人的健康情况? I am good. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. They are fine. Read, look and choose. She is ________. good angry very well angry How is/are ... ? Look and say. 如何用形容词对人进行描述? Question He is a man. She is a woman He is a policeman. He is a mechanic. He is a fat man. She is a thin woman. He is a tall policeman.. He is a dirty mechanic. 如何用形容词对人进行描述 He is a man. She is a woman He is a policeman. He is a mechanic. a/an + adj + n He is a fat man. She is a thin woman. He is a tall policeman.. He is a dirty mechanic. 如何用形容词对人进行描述 The man is The woman is The hairdresser is The housewife is The man is hot. The woman is cold. The hairdresser is busy. The house wife is lazy. 如何用形容词对人进行描述 The man is The woman is The hairdresser is The housewife is The + n + is + adj The man is hot. The woman is cold. The hairdresser is busy. The house wife is lazy. 如何用形容词对人进行描述 He is a fat man. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. He's a dirty mechanic. Read, look and choose. She is a clean nurse. Read, look and choose. He is a tall policeman. Read, look and choose. She is a ________ woman. thin fat tall thin The man is hot. Read, look and choose. The air hostess is young Read, look and choose. The hairdresser is busy. Read, look and choose. The housewife is lazy. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. The milkman is ________ old young thin old The noun is ________ . a/an ________ noun Look and say. ____ are you today? I’m very ____. I’m ____. Say ____ to Helen. Nice to ____ you. Say ____ to Helen. see well hello goodbye how fine Words & expressions Situational grammar How is/are ... ? Situational grammar The noun is ________ . a/an ________ noun Translating. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 你今天好吗? 我很好,谢谢你。您呢? 托尼好吗? 他很好。 见到你很高兴。 知识拓展 1)自然拼读 Y /j/ yes, yet, yellow /i/ happy, lovely, cloudy Z /z/ zip, zigzag, Zara Homework 1.背诵课文L9 2.抄写单词L9-10。 3.完成L10课文练习 4.完成L9-10课外练习。 No sweat, no sweet. New Concept English 1 Lesson 9-10 esson9 How are you today?你今天好吗? STEVEn: Hello. Helen HELEN: Hi. Steven STEVEN: How are you today HELEN: I'mI very well, thank you STEVEN: Irm fine. thanks STEVEN: How is Tony? HELEN STEVEN: She's very well, too, Helen 8M不 STEVEN: Godbye, Helen Nice to sce you 9 ew words and expressions生词和短语 helh'lao:in.喂、衣示问候 fine/fam/ adj.美好的 hi hac in.喂,嚼 thanks/ Barks/int.谢谢 dh.怎样 goodbye ' gud'bai in.再见 today / tader;al.今大 see /si!ν.见 ell / wel'ai.身体好 Notes on the tex课文注释 这是朋友或识的人之问见面时问对方身体情况的暄话,般回答是:Finc, thank yo 2 And you?即 And bow are you?的简略说法 Nice to see you是Ir' s nice to see you,的簡略说法 这一句也是见面时的客气话,一般回答是: Nice lo see you,too.见到你,我也很高兴。也可说 Nice to meet you.很高兴遇到你 参考译文 史文:你好,海伦。 每伦:你好,史蒂文 史蒂文:你今天好吗 海伦:很好,谢谢 好吗 史帝文:很好,谢谢 史蒂文:托尼好吗? 海伦:他很好,谢谢。埃好吗? 史蒂文:她也很好,海伦 史蒂文:再见,海伦。见到你真高兴 海伦:我见到仫也很高兴、史蒂文。再见。 Lesson10 Look d..看 Listen to the tape and answer the question: 听录音并回答问题。 tbat man! that policeman (thin) (short 16 that mechanic Stever (dirty) (hot) (cold) that milkman that air hostess that hairdresser that housewife (old) Lesson 9—10 语法和词汇:从A、B、C、D中选出正确答案 “How are you?” “________.” A. I’m good B. I am fine C. Yes, thank you D. No, sorry “Good-bye. ” “________.” A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Good evening D. Good-bye “How is Tom today?” “________, thanks.” A. He’s a student B. He fine C. He well D. He is fine “Hello, Helen. ________?” “I am very well.” A. How are you B. What are you C. How do you do D. What do you do It is ________ Italian car. A. an B. a C. the D. / “How are you?” “Fine, thank you. ________?” A. And how you B. And how C. How you D. And you “Nice to see you.” “________.” A. Too nice to see you B. Nice to see too you C. Nice, too D. Nice to see you, too ________ Tony. He is very dirty. A. Look B. Do C. Look at D. Thank Look ________ that woman. So fat. A. in B. on C. to D. at Your new hat is dirty. It is ________ too. A. fine B. nice C. Italian D. old ________ that nurse. She is very clean. A. See B. Look C. See at D. Look at How are you today? Fine, ________. A. please B. pardon C. Sorry D. thanks Steven isn’t short. He is ________. A. young B. nice C. clean D. tall The housewife isn’t busy. She is ________. A. hot B. dirty C. free D. thin Steven isn’t cold. He is ________. A. fat B. old C. thin D. hot 翻译句子 Hello, Hellen. Hello, Steven. ________________________________ How are you today? ________________________________ I’m fine, thank you. ________________________________ Nice to see you. ________________________________ Nice to see you, too. ________________________________

    • 2020-04-20
    • 下载6次
    • 11156.17KB
  • ID:4-7194543 新概念英语第一册Lesson 11-12 课件+课文+练习(48张ppt 无答案)

    小学英语/其他版本/四年级下册/综合专栏

    (共48张PPT) Is this your shirt ? New Concept English 1 Lesson 11 l;et's try! A tidy tiger tried a tie tighter to tidy her tiny tail. 一只老虎将领带系紧,清洁它的尾巴。 Have a look! This is my pen. 这是我的笔。 This pen is mine. 这支笔是我的。 Look and read. whose [hu?z] 谁的 Whose shirt is that? 那是谁的衬衫? what whose pen\ whose shirt\ whose car whose(特殊疑问词):用于询问所有关系。对形容词性物主代词、名词性物主代词、名词所有格的两种情况(形容词性和名词性)进行提问。 whose 谁的 who’s who whose Look and read. shirt [???t] 衬衫 This is a blue shirt. 这是一件蓝色的衬衫。 Look and read. blue [blu?] 蓝色的 My shirt is blue. 我的衬衫是蓝色的。 1)忧郁的 You are blue today. 2)不健康的 It's a blue book. 3)贵族的 blue blood Look and read. perhaps [p??h?ps] 大概 Perhaps it is. 可能是这样吧~ Perhaps so. Perhaps not. 可能不是这样 Look and read. white [wa?t] 白色的 This is a white shirt. 这是一件白色的衬衫。 the White House 白宫 white lie 善意的谎言 Look and read. here [h??(r)] 在这里 Here you are. 给你。 Look and read. catch [k?t?] 抓住,接着;染上(疾病) catch the thief抓住小偷 catch the ball接球 I have caught a bad cold. 我得了重感冒。 Fill in the blanks. This is a blue____. My shirt is ____. This is a ____shirt. ____ you are. ____the ball. ____shirt is that? blue catch whose here shirt white Words and Expressions whose [hu?z] 谁的 blue [blu?] 蓝色的 perhaps [p??h?ps] 大概 white [wa?t] 白色的 catch [k?t?] 抓住,接着 Watch the video. Whose shirt is white? Tim's shirt. Listen, repeat and read. TEACHER:Whose shirt is that? 那是谁的衬衫? TEACHER:Is this your shirt, Dave? 戴夫,这是你的衬衫吗? DAVE:No. Sir. It's not my shirt. 不,先生。 这不是我的衬衫。 DAVE:This is my shirt. My shirt's blue. 这是我的衬衫。 我的衬衫是蓝色的。 TEACHER:Is this shirt Tim’s? 这件衬衫是蒂姆的吗? DAVE:Perhaps it is, sir. Tim's shirt's white. 也许是,先生。 蒂姆的衬衫是白色的。 TEACHER:Is this your shirt? 这是你的衬衫吗? TIM:Yes, sir. 是的,先生。 TEACHER:Tim! 蒂姆! TIM:Yes, sir? 什么事,先生? TEACHER:Here you are. Catch! 给你。 接着! TIM:Thank you, sir. 谢谢您,先生。 TEACHER:Whose shirt is that? 那是谁的衬衫? whose shirt\ whose car\ whose friend… 这是谁的衬衫? Whose is that shirt? 特殊疑问词+ be+ 名词 n. Whose shirt is that? 特殊疑问词+ be+ 代词 这是谁的车? Whose is this car? 特殊疑问词+ be+ 名词 n. Whose car is this? 特殊疑问词+ be+ 代词 那是谁的包? Whose is this bag? Whose bag is this? TEACHER:Is this shirt Tim’s? 这件衬衫是蒂姆的吗? DAVE:Perhaps it is, sir. Tim's shirt's white. 也许是,先生。 蒂姆的衬衫是白色的。 Tim's是Tim的所有格形式,为避免重复, Tim*s后面可以省去shirt。?例:It isn't my pen, it's Frank's.这不是我的钢笔,是弗兰克的。 名词所有格: 名词所有格与名词有关(与所有格形容词和所有格代词有关),名词+’s:表示……的,如:Tim's、Jones'、boss's。 名词所有格有两种属性:形容词性、名词性 This is Tim's shirt. (形容词性) This shirt is Tim's. (名词性) 谁谁谁 “的” 我的:my 你的:your Lucy 的:Lucy’s Lily 的:Lily’s 王先生的:Mr.Wang’s Lucy 的朋友:Lucy’s friend Lily 的书:Lily’s book 我妈妈的包:my mother’s bag 司机的手表:the driver’s watch 医生的车:the doctor’s car 所有格形容词和所有格代词 所有格形容词与所有格代词都表示所有,即某人或某物属于某一个人,回答以whose引导的问句。所有格形容词my、your等是限定词,必须始终放在名词之前,只能作定语,它们的形式取决于所有者,而不是被拥有的东西。所有格代词mine、yours等不能用在名词前,并且在说话时要加重语气,它们指人或物,单数或复数都一样,在句中作主语、宾语、表语用。 TEACHER:Here you are. Catch! 给你。 接着! TIM:Thank you, sir. 谢谢您,先生。 正常语序 You are here. Here you are.或Here it is.是给对方东西是的用语,句中的are和is应该重读。 Here you are.给你 Whose is this... ? This is my/your/his/her... 这...是谁的? 这是我的/你的/他的/她的... Whose is that...? That is my/your/his/her... 那...是谁的?那是我的/你的/他的/她的... New Concept English 1 Lesson 12 Listen and repeat. dad/daddy 爸爸 1、father 父亲 2、mother: 母亲 mom\mum\ mummy 妈妈 3、blouse: 女衬衫 4、sister: 姐姐 5、tie: 领带 6、brother: 兄弟 7、his: 他的 8、her: 她的 shirt男衬衫 v. 系,打结,打成平手 物主代词 我的书:my book 你的房子:your house 他的领带:his tie 她的裙子:her dress 她妹妹是他的女朋友。Her sister is his girlfriend. 他太太是她的好朋友。His wife is her good friend. 他哥哥是她的老板。His brother is her boss. Whose is this handbag? Whose handbag is this? It’s Stella’s. Whose is this car? Whose car is this? It’s Paul’s. Whose is this coat? Whose coat is this? It’s Sophie’s. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 12 22. Whose is that handbag? Is it Sophie's. It isn't Sophie's. It is Stella's. 23. Whose is that car? Is it Steven's. It isn't Steven's. It is Paul's. 24. Whose is that coat? Is it Stella's. It isn't Stella's. It is Sophie's. 25. Whose is that umbrella? Is it Paul's. It isn't Paul's. It is Steven's. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 12 26. Whose is that pen? Is it your father's. It isn't my father's. It is my son's. 27.Whose is that dress? Is it your mother's. It isn't my mother's. It is my daughter's. 28. Whose is that suit? Is it your son's. It isn't my son's. It is my father's. 29. Whose is that skirt? Is it your daughter's. It isn't my daughter's. It is my mother's. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 12 30. Whose is that blouse? Is it your mother's. It isn't my mother's. It is my sister's. 31.Whose is that tie? Is it your father's. It isn't my father's. It is my brother's. 如何询问、回答物品是谁的? Question Whose is this blouse? Whose is this tie? Whose is this handbag? Whose is this umbrella? It's my sister's blouse. It's my brother's tie. It's Stella's handbag. It is Steven's umbrella. 如何询问、回答物品是谁的? Whose is this blouse? Whose is this tie? Whose is this handbag? Whose is this umbrella? Whose is this.../It's...? It's my sister's blouse. It's my brother's tie. It's Stella's handbag. It's Steven's umbrella. 如何询问、回答物品是谁的? It’s my brother's tie Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. It's my sister's blouse. Read, look and choose. It's Steven's umbrella. Read, look and choose. It's Stella's handbag. Read, look and choose. ______this blouse? What is Whose is who is Whose is It's her dress. Read, look and choose. It's her coat. Read, look and choose. It's his car. Read, look and choose. It's his tie. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. ________ this suit? It's ________ suit. Whose is; his Whose is; he Who is; his Whose is; his Whose is this...? Look and say. Words & expressions This is a blue____. My shirt is ____. This is a ____shirt. ____ you are. ____the ball. blue catch whose here shirt white ____shirt is that? Situational grammar Whose is this...? Translating. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 那是谁的衬衫? 我的衬衫是蓝色的。 这是提姆的衬衫吗? 提姆的衬衫是白色的。 给你。 知识拓展(复习) A /? / bag ,cat B /b/ bat ,bad C /k/ /s/ cat, city, cell phone, cyber name D /d/ dad, bad E /e/ egg, deb F / f / fat, daff G /g/ get, give H /h/ hat, him I / ? / city, big J /?/ jet, job K /k/ kill, kiss L / l / lot, let, girl, small M /m/ man, climb, same N /n/ not, no, man, town O /D/ lot, orange, nod P /p/ paper, pet, pot Q /kw/ qu quit, queen, quiet R/ r / red, rabbit, road S /s/ sad, bus, first T /t/ Tom, top, it U /?/ cup, but, cut V /v/ very, Venus, voice W /w/ water, wait, what X /ks/ fox, box, exit Y /j/ yes, yet, yellow /i/ happy, lovely, cloudy Z/z/ zip, zigzag , zero 1.背诵课文L11 2.抄写单词L11-12。 3.完成L12课文练习 4.完成L11-12课外练习。 Homework No sweat, no sweet. New Concept English 1 Lesson 11-12 Lesson 11 Is this your shir?这是你的衬衫吗? Listen to the tape then answer this question. Whose shirt is white? 听录音,然后回答问题。谁的衬衣是白色的? TEACHER: Whose shirt is that? 身限歌 TEACHER: Is this your shirt, Dave? It's not my shirt T hirt My shirts blu TEACHER: Is this shirt Tim's' DAVE T TEACHER: TiI TEACHER: Is this your shir? TIM TEACHER: Here you are IM Thank you, sir Lesson 1 1 New words and expressions生词和短语 的 1色的 blue/ blu:adg.蓝色的 tfv.抓住 Notes on the text课文注释 1 Whose shirt is that? 在本句ψ作定诸,修饰 2 Is this shirt tims? Tim's是Tim的所有格形式;为避允重复.Tims后面可以省去 shirt。 例: It isn' Iny pen,i' s Frank's.这不是我的 是弗兰克的 或Her 是给对方东西时的用语,句中的are和is应重读。 参考泽文 老师:那是谁的衬衫? 老师:戴夫;这是你的衬衫吗 戴夫:不、先生。这不是我的衬衫 猷大:这是我的枓衫。我的衬衫是蓝色的 老师:这件衬衫是蒂姆的眄 戴夫:也诈是,先生。蒂姆的衬衫是白色的 老灿:蒂姆 蒂姆:什么事,先生? 老师:这是你的村衫 老师:给你。接着 Lesson 12 Whose is this... This is my/your/his/her 这…是谁的?这是我的/你的/他的/她的 Whose is that.? That is my/your/his/her 那……是谁的?那是我的/你的/他的/她的 应 pe and answer The q0 「 24 handbag It' s Stella’s. It's Sophic 27 29 It's stevens It's my sons, It's my daughter 空_mg_把 It's my fathers t's my mother It's my sister's 31 It's my brothe Lesson 11—12 语法和词汇:从A、B、C、D中选出正确答案 Is that pen ________? A. Dave B. Daves C. Daves’ D. Dave’s ________, Helen? A. Is this you coat B. Is this your coat C. Are this your coat D. Whose this coat “________?” “Sorry, I don’t know.” A. Whose shirt is it B. What shirt is it C. Whose shirt it is D. How shirt is it “Is your daughter French?” “________.” A. No, she isn’t B. Yes, he is C. No, they aren’t D. Yes, I am “Your passport, please.” “________.” A. Here it is B. Here is it C. Here you are D. Here are they “Whose pen is this?” “________.” A. It’s my B. It’s your C. It’s her D. It’s my son’s “________?” “It’s blue.” A. Whose colour is it B. What colour is it C. How colour is it D. What is it “Is this your skirt?” “________.” A. No, it is B. No, it isn’t C. No, this isn’t D. No, this is This isn’t a German car. It is ________ English car. A. a B. an C. the D. one Is ________ hat? A. this Miss Grey B/. Miss Grey’s C. this Miss Grey’s D. this of Miss Grey I have a son and this is my ________ bedroom. A. son B. sons’ C. sons D. son’s What is his job? ________ an engineer? A. Is she B. She is C. Is he D. He is “Is your tie red, too?” “________.” A. It is not B. It is green C. No, it isn’t D. Yes, it is green “________is your pencil? ” “The red one.” A. What colour B. Whose C. Which D. Where “________ is this?” “It’s my brother’s.” A. What B. What colour C. Which D. Whose 翻译句子 蒂姆,这是你的衬衫吗? ________________________________ 不,先生,这不是我的,我我的是蓝色的。 ________________________________ 那么这是谁的? ________________________________ 也许是戴姆的。 ________________________________ 给你,接着。谢谢,先生。 ________________________________

    • 2020-04-25
    • 下载3次
    • 9316.17KB
  • ID:4-7164886 新概念英语一:Lesson 7-8 课件(共96张PPT)+教案+练习(无答案)+素材

    小学英语/其他版本/四年级下册/综合专栏

    Lesson 7-8 教学重点 1、语气:特殊疑问句VS一般疑问句。 2、词汇:6个特殊疑问词。 3、句型:-What’s your name? -My name’s Rita. -What nationality are you? -I’m Chinese. -What’s your job? -I’m a teacher. 教学步骤 1、用音乐引入话题。 2、Lesson 7生词解读,纠正发音(详见课本)。 3、提出问题:Is the lady a teacher? What’s the man’s job? 看一遍视频,解答问题。 4、精讲课文,板书和笔记。 5、Lesson 8生词解读,纠正发音(详见课本) 6、听音频回答Lesson 8的问题 7、句型学习 8、总结和知识回顾。 9、知识拓展:自然拼读 10、布置作业:1.背诵课文L7 2.抄写单词L7-8。 3.完成L8课文练习 4.完成L7-8课外练习(共96张PPT) Are you a teacher ? 你是教师吗? New Concept English 1 Lesson 7 Be What You Wanna Be Q: What jobs can you hear? Doctor, actor, lawyer or a singer 医生,演员,律师或歌唱家 Why not president, be a dreamer 为什么不是总统?做一个有梦想的人 You can be just the one you wanna be 你可以成为任何一个你想成为的人 Police man, fire fighter or a post man 警察,消防员或者邮递员 Why not something like your old man 为什么不是一些你的老伙计? You can be just the one you wanna be 你可以成为任何一个你想成为的人 Doctor, actor, lawyer or a singer 医生,演员,律师或者歌唱家 Why not president, be a dreamer 为什么不是总统?做一个有梦想的人 You can be just the one you wanna be 你可以成为任何一个你想成为的人 I /a?/ 我 Listen and repeat. me: 我(宾格) ______ love English. He loves _______. am [?m] be 动词现在时第一人称单数 Listen and repeat. be: am /are /is I am…= I’m… are [a:] be 动词现在时复数 Listen and repeat. You are…= You’re… We are…= We’re is: He is… = He’s… She is… = She’s… It is… = It’s… Listen and repeat. name ['neim] 名字 My name is Robert. 我的名字叫罗伯特 my name/ English name/ Chinese name Listen and repeat. What's your name? 你叫什么名字? what [w?t] 什么 nation n. 国家 national adj. 国家的,民族的 nationality n. 国籍 person n. 人 personal adj. 个人的 personality n. 人品人格 Listen and repeat. What nationality are you? 你是哪国人? nationality ['n???'n?liti] 国籍 national nationality nation nationality 国籍 Listen and repeat. What’s your job? 你是做什么工作的? job [d??b] 工作 ① n. 职业,工作,有报酬的工作,既可以是体力的,也可以是脑力的 What is your job? ② n. (一件)工作,话计 The whole job takes about 40 minutes. ③ n. 职责 It’s your job to be on time. work n. 工作,广义的概念,泛指的劳动 working class 工人阶级 Listen and repeat. He is a keyboard operator. 他是电脑录入员。 keyboard ['kib?:d] 键盘 key n. 钥匙 board n. 木板 blackboard n. 黑板 board keyboard key key 钥匙 operator ['?p?reit?] 操作员 Listen and repeat. an operator一个操作员 -or director: 导演 Listen and repeat. He is an engineer. 他是一名工程师。 engineer ['end?i'n??] 工程师 -er teacher: 老师 worker:工作人员 Fill in the blanks. ____is your name? What ____ are you? What’s your ____? He is a ____ operator. He’s an ____. My ____ is Robert. keyboard engineer job name nationality what Words and Expressions I [a?] pron.我 am [?m, ?m] v. be第一人称单数 are [a:] v. be复数 name ['neim] n.名字 what [w?t] a. & pron.什么 nationality ['n???'n?liti] n.国籍 job [d??b] n.工作 keyboard ['kib?:d] n.电脑键盘 operator ['?p?reit?] n.操作人员 engineer ['end?i'n??] n.工程师 Watch the video and answer the question. Is the lady a teacher? No, she isn't. What’s the man’s job? He is an engineer. Listen, repeat and read. ROBERT: I am a new student. My name's Robert. 我是个新学生。 我的名字叫罗伯特。 SOPHIE:Nice to meet you. My name's Sophie. 很高兴见到你。 我的名字叫索菲娅 ROBERT: Are you French? 你是法国人吗? SOPHIE:Yes, I am. 是的,我是法国人 SOPHIE: Are you French too? 你也是法国人吗? ROBERT: No, I am not. 不,我不是。 SOPHIE:What nationality are you? 你是哪国人? ROBERT: I'm Italian. 我是意大利人。 ROBERT: Are you a teacher? 你是教师吗? SOPHIE:No, I'm not. 不,我不是。 ROBERT:What's your job? 你是做什么工作的? SOPHIE:I'm a keyboard operator. 我是电脑录入员。 SOPHIE:What's your job? 你是做什么工作的? ROBERT: I'm an engineer. 我是工程师。 ROBERT:I am a new student. My name's Robert. SOPHIE: Nice to meet you. My name's Sophie. 初次见面: Nice to meet you. 很高兴见到你。 回应: Nice to meet you, too. 对名字进行提问: What' s your name? ROBERT: Are you French? SOPHIE: Yes, I am. SOPHIE: Are you French, too? ROBERT: No, I am not. 肯定句: I am French. 否定句: I am not French. 冠词:戴在名词头上的帽子, 没有特殊情况不能摘帽子。 特殊情况:国家(简写)、国籍、人名、城市名 I am Chinese.我是一个中国人。 He is in England.他在英国。 We are in Beijing.我们在北京。 Be动词的使用口诀 Be动词的使用口诀:我用am, 你用are; is 用于他、她、它; 单数is复数are (P16练习) be动词填空 1. I ________from Australia. 2. She _______ a student. 3. Jane and Tom ___my friends. 4. My parents _very busy every day. 5. I _______ at school. 6. He ________ at school. ROBERT: What nationality are you? SOPHIE: I'm Italian. 1)那你是什么国籍的呢? What nationality are you? 2) 我的国籍是… My nationality is… I’m... I’m Chinese English American. 特殊疑问句 特殊疑问句=特殊疑问词+一般疑问句 特殊疑问词:what、where 、who 、when、which、why 、whom、how、how many、how much、how long、how far、how often、how soon what可以用来询问名字、国籍、工作、颜色、型号等: What make is it? 它是什么牌子? What color is it? 它是什么颜色的? What nationality…? What time is it? What size is this skirt? ROBERT: Are you a teacher? SOPHIE: No, I am not. 注意中英文表达上的差异 I am =I’m 但是am not不能缩写哦 一般疑问句 Be动词+… Do/Does/Did+… Have/Has/Had+… Can及情态动词(must、need、may…) 1、所有一般疑问句必须要用升调来读 2、一般疑问句可以用简单的Yes/No来回答 3、所有一般疑问句用什么来问的就用什么来答 ROBERT: What's your job? SOPHIE: I'm a keyboard operator. ROBERT: What's your job? SOPHIE: I'm an engineer. 问职业: What’s your job? What do you do? 回答: My job is… I’m a/an.... I have no job. I’m a student. a/an 用法 He is an Italian student . She’s an English teacher. It is an American car . He is an engineer . She is an air hostess. 不定冠词: a / an a –用在辅音音素前:a dress an–用在元音音素前:an engineer a/an 填空 She’s ______ housewife . Robert is ______ engineer . She is _____ policewoman . He is _____ student . She’s ______ air hostess . Sophie is _____ keyboard operator. Gilbert is ______ Italian taxi driver . I’m ______ hairdresser . He’s _____ typist . She’s _____ nurse . a an a a an a an a a a 句型分解 My job is a teacher. Is my job a teacher? Is your job a teacher? Is your job …? What is your job? What is your job? I’m a policeman. I’m a policewoman. I’m a driver. I’m an air hostess. What is your job? I’m a hairdresser. I’m a postman. I’m a nurse. I’m a mechanic. What is your job? I’m a milkman. I’m a housewife. 1. new student 2. What nationality are you? 3 .Are you French ? 4. What’s your job ? 5 . Are you a teacher ? 新学生 你是哪国人? 你是法国人吗? 你是做什么工作的? 你是老师吗? 根据汉语提示填空 1. Mr. Blake is a ___________(教师). 2. Sophie is a _________(新的) student. 3. Sophie Dupont is _____________(法国人). 4. Hans is ____________(德国人). 5. Nice to _________(遇见) you. 6. Naoko is _______________(日本人). 7. Chang Woo is ___________(韩国人). 8. Lu Ming is ____________(中国人). 9. It is an __________(意大利的) car. 10. Ford is an _______________(美国的) car. teacher new French German meet Japanese Korean Chinese Italian American What nationality are they? What nationality _________ he? What nationality _________ she? What nationality _________ you? What nationality _________ they? is is are are What nationality is Mr. Bean? England-English What nationality is Conan? Japan-Japanese What nationality is Donald Trump? America-American What nationality is Ban Ki-moon? Korea-Korean What nationality is Napoléon? France-French What nationality is Hitler? Germany-German What's your job? New Concept English 1 Lesson 8 policeman [p?'li:sm?n] 男警察 Listen and repeat. police: 警方 police car: 警车 policewoman [p?'li:s,wum?n] 女警察 Listen and repeat. taxi driver [?t?ksi ?draiv?] 出租车司机 Listen and repeat. 出租车:taxi 的士: cab air hostess [e?(r) 'h??st?s] 女空乘 Listen and repeat. air: 空气 航空 airline 航线 航空公司 host: 主人 -ess:表示女性的后缀 host 主人- hostess 女主人 waiter 男服务员 - waitress 女服务员 actor 演员 - actress 女演员 tiger 老虎 - tigress 母老虎 lion 狮子 - lioness 母狮子 airhostess: 空姐 postman ['p??stm?n] 邮递员 Listen and repeat. post 邮政 mailman E-mail nurse [nз:s] 护士 Listen and repeat. ① n. 护士;照料者 ② v. 照料;照看 All her time goes into nursing her child. 她把全部时间都花于照看自己的孩子上了。 ③ v. 养护;培养 nurse a young tree 养护树苗 nurse an author of promise 培养有前途的作家 mechanic [mi'k?nik] 机械师 Listen and repeat. hairdresser ['he?dres?] 理发师 Listen and repeat. housewife ['hauswaif] 家庭主妇 Listen and repeat. house 房子 wife 妻子 milkman [?m?lkm?n] 送牛奶的人 Listen and repeat. man: 表示人的后缀 policeman postman superman Words and Expressions policeman [p?'li:sm?n] n.警察 policewoman [p?'li:s,wum?n] n.女警察 taxi driver [?t?ksi ?draiv?] 出租汽车司机 air hostess [e?(r) 'h??st?s] 空中小姐 postman ['p??stm?n] n.邮递员 nurse [nз:s] n.护士 mechanic [mi'k?nik] n.机械师 hairdresser ['he?dres?] n.理发师 housewife ['hauswaif] n.家庭妇女 milkman [?m?lkm?n] n.送牛奶的人 milkman mechanic nurse driver postman housewife policeman hairdresser engineer operator policewoman air hostess Game Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 8 11. What's his job? Is he a policeman or a taxi driver? He isn't a taxi driver. He is a policeman. 12.What's her job? Is she a policewoman or a air hostess? She isn't a hostess. She is a policewoman. 13. What's his job? Is he a taxi driver or a policeman? He isn't a policeman. He is a taxi driver. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 8 14. What's her job? Is she a air hostess or a policewoman? She isn't a policewoman. She is a air hostess. 15.What's his job? Is he a postman or a milkman? He isn't a milkman. He is a postman. 16. What's her job? Is she a nurse or a housewife? She isn't a housewife. She is a nurse. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 8 17. What's his job? Is he a mechanic or a hairdresser? He isn't a hairdresser. He is a mechanic. 18.What's his job? Is he a hairdresser or a mechanic? He isn't a mechanic. He is a hairdresser. 19. What's her job? Is she a housewife or a nurse? She isn't a nurse. She is a housewife. Listen to the tape and answer the questions in Lesson 8 20. What's his job? Is he a milkman or a postman? He isn't a postman. He is a milkman. 如何询问一个人的国籍? Question What nationality are you? What nationality is he? What nationality is she? What nationality are they? I'm French. He's Italian. She's German. They're Japanese. 如何询问一个人的国籍? What nationality are you? What nationality is he? What nationality is she? What nationality are they? What nationality … ? I'm French. He's Italian. She's German. They're Japanese. 如何询问一个人的国籍? I'm French. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. He's Italian. Read, look and choose. She's German. Read, look and choose. They're Japanese. Read, look and choose. He ________. is Itaty is French is Italian is Itaty Is he Russian? Read, look and choose. Is she Indian? Read, look and choose. Are they Korean? Read, look and choose. Are you Amecican? Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. Are _________ they Japan? they Japanese? their Japanese? they Japanese? What nationality are you? Look and say. 如何询问一个人的工作? Question What's your job? What's his job? What's her job? What's his job? I'm an air hostess. He's a mechanic. She's a housewife. He's a policeman. 如何询问一个人的工作? What's your job? What‘s his job? What' her job? What's his job? What is one’s job? I'm an air hostess. He's a mechanic. She's a housewife. He's a policeman. 如何询问一个人的工作? I'm an air hostess. Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. He's a mechanic. Read, look and choose. She's a housewife. Read, look and choose. He's a policeman. Read, look and choose. He ________ mechanic. are a is a am a is a Is she a nurse? Read, look and choose. Is he a taxi driver? Read, look and choose. Is he a postman? Read, look and choose. Are you a hairdresser? Read, look and choose. Read, look and choose. ____________ hairdresser? Are you a You are a Is you a Are you a What is one’s job? Look and say. Words & expressions ____is your name. What ____ are you. What’s your ____. He is a ____ operate. He’s an ____. My ____ is Robert. keyboard engineer job name nationality what Situational grammar What nationality are you? Situational grammar What is one’s job? Translating. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 你是法国人吗? 你是哪国人? 你是做什么工作的? 我是工程师。 我是电脑录入员。 知识拓展 1)自然拼读 S /s/ sad, same, bus, first T /t/ Tom, top, tea, it U /?/ cup, but, cut V /v/ very, Venus, van W /w/ wit, wet, wag X/ ks / fox, box, exit 知识拓展 2. What’s your ____? 名字- name 工作- job 电话号码- phone number 身份证号码-ID number QQ 号码- number 电子邮件- E-mail … Homework 1.背诵课文L7 2.抄写单词L7-8。 3.完成L8课文练习 4.完成L7-8课外练习。 No sweat, no sweet. New Concept English 1 Lesson 7-8Lesson7 Are you a teacher?你是教师吗? a Listen to the tape then answer this question. What is Roberts job? 录音,然后回答问题。罗伯特是做什么工作的 ROBERT: T am a new student SOPHIE: Nice to meet you SOPHIE: Yes, i arm 12 HIE Ar 3 ROBERT: No I am not ROBERT: Im Italian SOPHIE No lm not A OBERT WE SOPHIE: I m a keyboard operator SOPHIE: What's your job robert: I'm Lesson 7 New words and expressions生词和短语 我 nationality / nac/'n. I4 L am/mnit.be动词现在时第一人称单数 b/d3obn.工作 are/a!.be动词现在时复数 keyboard/kib:dn.电脑键盘 operator/" operetta/ n.操作人员 engineer/endr'ma′n.工程师 Notes on the te对课文注释 .'m farm/=i am 口语中经常使用这种缩略形式 What' s your job?你是做什么工作的? 4 What nationality are you? 用米询问对方籍。也可以问 Where are you tror 参考译文 罗伯特:我是个新学生,我的名字叫罗伯特 索菲娅:很高兴兄到你。我的名字叫索菲娅。 罗伯特:你是法国人吗? 索菲娅:是的,我是法国人 索菲娅:你也是法人吗? 特:不,我不是 索菲娅:你是哪国人 罗们特:我是意大利人 罗伯特:你是教师吗? 索菲娅:不,我不是 岁伯特:你是做什么工作的 索菲娅:我是电脑录入员。 索菲娅:你是做什么工作的? Lesson8 What's your job?你是做什么工作的? Listen to the tape then answer the questions 听录音并回答问题。 [4 Im a taxi driver Im an air hostess I'm a postman n a nurse I'm a mechanic I'n a hairdress Lesson 7—8 语法和词汇:从A、B、C、D中选出正确答案 “Are you French?” “________” A. Yes, I am not. B. Yes, I am. C. No, I am. D. Yes, you are. “What’s your job?” “________.” A. French B. Teacher C. Robert D. Italian “What nationality are you? ” “________.” A. operator B. engineer C. teacher D. French “What’s your name? ” “________.” A. policeman B. policewoman C. hostess D. Robert “Nice to meet you. ” “________.” A. Nice to meet you, too B. Thank you C. How do you do D. Bye-bye “________?” “I am a French.” A. What are you from B. what nationality are you C. Where are you from D. What nationality have “________?” “I am a teacher.” A. What your job B. What’s your job C. What are you do D. What’s you “What’s his job?” “________.” A. She is worker B. I am a worker C. He is a worker D. His job is a worker “What is Alice?” “________.” A. She is Italian B. She is good C. She is a nurse D. She is nurse “Are you Spanish?” “________.” A. Yes, you are B. No, I are not C. Yes, I am D. No, I isn’t “________?” “I am Italian.” A. What’s your job B. What’s your name C. What nationality are you D. Where are you “________?” “I am Bob.” A. What’s your job B. Where are you from C. What’s your name D. What’s you name “________?” “Korea.” A. Where are you B. Where are you from C. What are you from D. What are you “What’s your name?” “________.” A. My name’s Relly B. Relly is me C. My name are Relly D. Relly is I “How is Jack today?” “________.” A. He is American B. He is a milkman C. He is a syudent D. He is fine 翻译句子 我是一个新学生,我叫罗伯特。 ________________________________ 你是哪国人?我是意大利人。 ________________________________ Are you a postman? ________________________________ No, I am not. I am an engineer. ________________________________ Nice to meet you. ________________________________

    • 2020-04-11
    • 下载3次
    • 33788.67KB
  • ID:4-7164873 外研版七年级英语下册Module 12 Western music 感叹句学案(无答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级下/Module 12 Western music/本模块综合与测试

    感叹句 【导入】 观察下列句子,分析其句子组成 (1).What+____ +________+ _________(+主语+ 谓语)! (2).What+ ________+ _________(+主语+谓语)! What+(a/an)+adj+n.(+主语+ 谓语)! (3).What+ ________+ _________(+主语+谓语)! How+_____________+(+主语+ 谓语)! 一、感叹句的含义 表示喜,怒,哀,乐等感情强烈的句子,多用how和what引导。感叹句句末用感叹号。 二、结构: ⑴ What引导的感叹句的中心词是名词。该名词前常有形容词修饰, 句中的主语和谓语一般可省去。句型为: 1、 What a/an+(形容词)+单数可数名词(+主语+谓语)! What a fine day it is! 多么好的天气! What an interesting story it is! 多美有趣的故事! 2、What+(形容词)+可数名词复数(+主语+谓语)! What kind women they are! 这些妇女真好! 3、What+形容词+不可数名词(+主语+谓语)! What nice music it is! 多么好听的音乐! ◇由What引导的感叹句,因为名词提到感叹部分,感叹句主谓部分的主语就用人称代词it或they替代。这要看感叹部分的名词是单数或复数而定。 ⑵ How引导的感叹句的中心词是形容词或副词。其句型为 1、How+形容词或副词(+主语+谓语)! How beautifully you sing! 你唱得真好听! How fast he runs! 他跑得多么快啊! How quickly the boy is writing! 那男孩写得多快啊! How clever the boy is! 那男孩是多么聪明啊! 2、How+主语+谓语! How time flies! 时光飞逝!(省略了副词fast) ◇how 结构中主语如果是名词, 单数名词前需加限定词the、this和that,复数名词前需加限定词the、these和those。 这主要是为了保证感叹句的后半部分的主谓完整性。。 练一练 1、用what和how填空 _____ a bright boy he is! ____ bright the boy is! ____good apples they are! ____good the apples are! _____ cold weather it is! ____ cold the weather is! _______ a beautiful girl she is! _______ quickly the boy is running! ________ kind teachers they are! ________ happy I am! ________ I miss my hometown! _________ sad child he is! ________ bad car! ________ big the box is! I can’t carry it. ________ hard they study! ________ interesting the story is! 三、陈述句变感叹句的步骤: ①一断:在动词后断开 ②二加: 加what或how, 在__________前加what; 在__________________前加how ③三换: 将加了what或how的部分换到句子的前面. ④四删: 删去形容词前的修饰词very等词 将以下句式转化感叹句 1.It is a sunny day. ___________________________________________ 2. Li lei runs very fast. ___________________________________________ 3.He studies very hard. ___________________________________________ 4. My father always works very hard. ___________________________________________ 5. Sally has a sweet voice. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 6.It is a long story. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 7.This book is interesting. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 8.They are clever students. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 9.It is warm today. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 10. It is bad weather. ___________________________________________(用what 改写为感叹句) ___________________________________________(用how 改写为感叹句) 四、感叹句的陈述句形式 陈述句改变原来的语调,即可构成感叹句。但这在考试中很少遇到。 It was such a nice party! 那是多么好的聚会啊! The garden looks so beautiful today! 今天的花园看上去多美! The house is on fire! 房子着火啦! 五、感叹词有时可以用单词或短语表达,这种形式在考试中也很少碰到。 Good heaven!天啦! Fire!着火了! Look! 看! Listen!听! 【课堂小结】 感叹句 1. 定义:以_______ 或_______ 引导的,句末以感叹号结尾,表示强烈情感的句子。 2. 结构:What _______________________! How _______________________! 【过关训练1】 单项选择 1.?____?a?nice?watch?it?is!??? A.?How?? B.?What? ?C.?What?a?? D.?How?a? 2.?____?bright?girls?they?are!??? A.?What?? B.?What?a?? C.?How?? D.?how?a? 3.?____?interesting?the?film?it is!?? A.?What B.?What?an? C.?How D. How a 4.?____?sunny?day!?Let’s?go?out?for?a?walk.?? ?A.?How?a?? B.?How ??C.?What?a? ?D.?What 【过关训练2】 1.?____?nice?the watch is!??? A.?How?? B.?What? ?C.?What?a?? D.?How?a? 2.?____?bright?those girls?are!??? A.?What?? B.?What?a?? C.?How?? D.?how?a? 3.?____?interesting?the?film?is!?? A.?What B.?What?an? C.?How D. How a 4.?____?sunny?today is!?Let’s?go?out?for?a?walk.?? ?A.?How?a?? B.?How ??C.?What?a? ?D.?What 【综合训练】 选择题: 1. _______ carefully he is crossing the road! A. How a B. What C. How D. What a 2. ______ interesting park it is! A. what B. what a C. How D. How a 3. _______ lovely girls they are! A. What B. What a C. How D. How a 5. ______ fine weather it is! A. How B. What C. How a B. What an 6. _____ fast he runs! A. How B. What C. How a B. What a 【课后作业】 完成句子 1. 不要放弃,终有一天你会成功的。 ________ ________ ______, and you’ll succeed one day. 2. 呆在家里,直到你妈妈回来。 _______ in your house _______ your mother _______ ______. 3. 别嘲笑他,他已经足够勇敢地表达自己了。 _________ ______ _______ him, he is ________ _______ to express himself. 4. 多么美丽而宁静的岛屿啊! _______ _______ beautiful and quiet island it is! 5. 多么有用的建议啊!我会考虑的。 _______ ______ ____ it is! I will think about it. 6. 多么可爱的小男孩啊! _____ ______ the boy is! 7. 这些工人们工作多努力啊! ______ ______ the workers are working! 8. 对令人悲伤的消息啊! ______ _______ sad news!

    • 2020-04-11
    • 下载1次
    • 69.62KB
  • ID:4-7145716 新概念英语第一册:Lesson 3-4 Sorry,sir

    小学英语/其他版本/四年级上册/综合专栏

    Lesson 3 Sorry, sir & Lesson 4 Is this your…? 教学重点 1、语气:祈使句。 2、数字:1~20。 3、句型:-Is this your…? -No, it isn’t. This is not my.... It isn’t my.... = It’s not my.... It’s your.... 教学步骤 1、通过故事和,引入话题。 2、问题When do we use “Sorry?” 没听清别人说话时 3、听一遍音频,掌握大意。 4、L3生词解读,纠正发音(详见课本)。 5、听音频,解答问题 What does the man put in the cloakroom? What is the number of the man’s ticket? Does the man get his umbrella back? 看一遍视频,并跟读 6、精讲课文。 7、再听一遍音频,逐句跟读。 8、总结本课重点,让学生标注。 9、L4生词解读,纠正发音(详见课本) 10、听音频,回答L4的问题 10、布置作业:1.背诵课文L1&3 2.抄写单词L1-4。 3.完成 L4课本练习。 引入话题: Ok, today I want to tell you a joke. 今天我给大家讲一个小笑话。说有个人啊,初学英语,半懂不懂的。有一天,他上街不小心撞到了一个老外,他很有礼貌,就忙说:“I’m sorry!”那位老外也很有礼貌,马上应道:“I’m sorry too.”这个人听了又说:“I’m sorry three.”这时候老外就纳闷了,问:“What are you sorry for?”这个人本来想走了来着,这么一听就很无奈地继续说:“I’m sorry five.”哈哈,这个小故事说明了什么呢?说明我们学东西就要真正地弄懂它,不能一知半解,否则就会像这个人一样闹笑话了。Last week we learned Lesson 1- Excuse me! Today we will learn Lesson 2 - Sorry, sir. Then, who can tell me the difference between the two expressions? 好,那么谁还记得Excuse me.和I’m sorry.这两句话有什么区别呢?Well, let’s see today’s story. The story happened in a cloakroom. 今天的小故事发生在一个衣帽间里。让我们来看看这则小故事里的主人公为什么要说sorry呢?他到底做错了什么事呢?Ok, now, please open your books and turn to page five. 请大家打开书翻到第5页。Look at the pictures. Let’s see what happened. Please describe the pictures for us. Ok, now, close your books and listen to the audio. Try to understand the main idea of the story. Lesson3Sory,sir.对不起,先生。 a uster to tre tape then answer this question. Does the man get his umbrella 听录音,然后回答问题。这位男士有没有要回他的雨伞 My coat and my umbrella please 心LARa Here is my ticket Nuinber liye Here' s your umbrella 4 This is not my umbrella is this your umbrella? 6 7 Thank you vcry much Lesson 3 New words and expressions生诃和短语 number/"n&mbs}n.号码 please/pli:zint请 five!farv:nm升 here/hIa/adv.这里 sorry/ sDri/adj对不起的 icket/ trkit/y.票 cloakroom/%

    • 2020-04-10
    • 下载3次
    • 24014.8KB
  • ID:4-7132647 宾语从句专题学案(习题部分含答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/八年级下/Module 10 On the radio/本模块综合与测试

    专题 主从复合句之宾语从句 [教学目标] 知识与技能目标 1.学生对宾语从句的用法了解并掌握其运用方法 过程与方法目标 1.积极参与教学活动,回答问题 2.能够自主发现和总结知识规律,学会如何分析句子 情感态度与价值观目标 1.在学习过程中能够有成就感,容易激发对学习的兴趣 [教学过程] 1.导入 【观察下面句子】 ①All the tickets for the concert have been sold out. ②She has found out the truth. ③She was disappointed. She has found out the truth and she was disappointed. She has found out that all the tickets for the concert have been sold out. 并列复合句 简单句 主从/从属复合句 2.知识回顾 (A)宾语(object):放在实意动词之后的词,即为宾语。宾语可以由名词、代词、不定式或相当于名词的词、短语来担任 宾语是表诉动作的对象。 I like my teacher.(名词作宾语) I enjoy playing basketball.(动名词作宾语) I decide to study hard.(不定式作宾语) I know him .(代词作宾语) (一)划出下列句子的宾语。 We love China. I know him. He likes swimming. He likes to walk after supper. I know who she is. (二)判断句子的宾语 1.Give me a cup of tea. 直接宾语 间接宾语 2.Her uncle bought her an English-Chinese dictionary yesterday. 直接宾语 间接宾语 3.Mother cooks breakfast for us every day. 直接宾语 间接宾语 宾语从句 定义:在主从复合句中充当宾语,位于及物动词、介词或复合谓语之后的从句称为宾语从句。宾语从句,是名词性从句的一种。引导宾语从句的连接词有that, if, whether, who, whose, whom, what, which, when, where, why, how. I know him (简单句) 主语 谓语 宾语 I know who he is (主从复合句) 主语 谓语 从句宾语 从句主语 从句谓语 宾语从句 根据以上例句判断下列句子的所有句子成分 She has found out the truth. She has found out that all the tickets for the concert have been sold out. 学习宾语从句要抓住三要素:连接词、语序和时态。 考点1 宾语从句的种类 (1)动词的宾语从句 1. 大多数动词都可以带宾语从句。 ·I think that he will go to Poland next year. ·I don’t know if there will be a bus any more. ·He said that he hadn’t seen the film. 2.部分“动词+副词”结构也可以带宾语从句 ·I have found out that all the tickets for the concert have been sold out.我发现这场音乐会的所有票都卖光了. ·__________________________________________________你能计算出这次旅行我们将花费多少钱吗? 3.动词短语也可以带宾语从句 常见的这些词有: make sure确保 make up one’s mind下决心 keep in mind牢记 ·Make sure that the door is locked when you leave the classroom.(确保,务必做到) · 在上交试卷前确保没有任何错误 4.动词find, feel, consider, make, believe 等后面有宾语补足语的时候,则需要用it做形式宾语而将that宾语从句后置 We all find it important that we (should) make a quick decision about this mater. 谓 形式宾语 宾语补足语 真正的宾语(宾语从句) 我们都认为对这件事马上做出决定很重要. I think it necessary that we take plenty of hot water every day .我认为每天多喝开水是有必要的. I feel it a pity that I haven’t been to the get-together.我没去聚会,感觉非常遗憾. 5. 有些动词带宾语从句时需要在宾语从句前加it,这类动词主要有hate, owe, see to, like, love, would appreciate(不胜感激), take ·I like it when it rains in spring.春天我喜欢下雨的时候。 ·I hate it when they with their mouths full of food.我讨厌他们满嘴食物时说话. ·He will have it that our plan is really practical.他会认为我们的计划确实可行. ·We take it that you will agree with us.我们认为你会同意我们的. ·When you start the engine, you must see to it that car is in neutral.开启发动机时, 一定要使汽车的离合器处于空挡位置. 2. 我讨厌他们满嘴食物时说话. 6.若宾语从句是wh-类,则不可用it代替 ·We all consider what you said to be unbelievable.我们都认为你所说的是不可信的. ·We discovered what we had learned to be valuable.我们发现我们所学到的东西都是有用的. (2)介词的宾语从句 1.介词之后一般用wh-类的宾语从句 ·We are talking about whether we admit students into our club.我们正在讨论是否让学生加入我们的俱乐部. ·The new book is about how Shenzhou 6 manned spaceship was sent up into space.这本新书是关于神州6号载人航天飞船是如何升如太空的. 2.用that, if引导的介词宾语从句;有时候except,but,besides三个介词后可见到that引导的宾语从句 ·I know nothing about my new neighbor except that he used to work with a company.对于我的新邻居我只知道他曾在一家公司上班,其他一无所知. ·I don’t want to go; besides, I’m too tire. 我不想去,再说我也太累了。 ·It’s too late to go to the cinema; besides, it’s beginning to rain.现在去看电影已经太晚了。再说又开始下雨了。 (3)形容词的宾语从句 常用来引导宾语从句的形容词有: sure,certain, glad, pleased, happy, sorry, afraid, satisfied, surprised ·I am sure I will pass the exam.我确信我会通过考试. ·I am sorry that I have troubled you so long.很抱歉我这么长时间在打扰你. ·He is glad that Li Ming went to see him when he was ill.他很高兴在他生病的时候李明能去看望他. ·I’m very surprised that he failed the exam. ·We’re happy that we’ll visit the museum tomorrow. ·I’m afraid that he won’t come tomorrow. 考点2宾语从句的引导词 1、陈述句(肯定句和否定句)作宾语从句,由从属连词that引导, that在句中无意义,只起连接作用,且此类句子中that常可省略。 ·I hope (that) your dreams will come true.我希望你们的梦想会实现。 ·She said (that) she would come to the meeting. 她说过要来开会的。 ·I promise you (that) I will be there. 我答应你我会去。 ·We believe (that) he is honest. 我们相信他是诚实的。 ·__________________________________________________医生坚持要我戒烟。 ·__________________________________________________从他的信里我们了解到他在西班牙。 不可省略that的情况: 1.当宾语从句中的主语是this,that或this,that做主语的定语时 He says that that is a useful book.(区别两个that的不同) 2.当从句前有插入语时 It says, on a card, that it is made in Italy. 3.当宾语从句中含有主从复合句时 Our teachers believe that if we did that, we would concentrate more on our clothes than our studies. 我们的老师认为如果我们那样做的话,我们会把更多的精力放在衣服上而不是学习上。 4.当两个或多个宾语从句由并列连词连接时,除第一个从句中的that可以省略外,其余从句中的that都不可以省略。 He said (that) the film was very interesting and that he enjoyed seeing it very much.他说这部电影非常有趣,并且他非常喜欢看。 5.当that作learn, suggest, explain, agree, wonder, prove, mean, state, feel, hold等动词的宾语时 6.当宾语从句较长时 7.当主语状语置于主句尾,宾语从句之前时 8.当宾语从句是双宾语中的直接宾语时 9.当宾语从句的主语是非谓语动词或主语从句时 10.当主语中的谓语动词是固定词组时 11.当it作形式宾语时 She made it clear that she had nothing to do with him. 12.当宾语从句前置时 That our team will win,I believe. 注:在主句为动词be加某些形容词(如sorry, sure, afraid, glad等)作表语时,后面所跟的省略that的从句也可算是宾语从句 I’m sorry (that) I don’t know . We’re sure (that) our team will win . I’m afraid (that) he won’t pass the exam 2、一般疑问句作宾语从句由从属连词if或 whether引导,意为 “是否”、“是不是”。 宾语从句必须用陈述句语序:陈述语序即:主语+谓语/主语+系动词 由:由if或whether(or not )引导一般疑问句的宾语从句。 ·She wants to know if/ whether her uncle likes the new shirt.她想知道她的叔叔是否喜欢那件新衬衫。 ·I don't know whether or not this coat is yours.我不知道这件大衣是不是你的。 ·I don’t know whether he’ll arrive in time. 我不知道他是否能及时到。 ·I didn’t know whether they liked the place. 我不知道他们是否喜欢这个地方。 ·__________________________________________________我问她是否同意。 ·__________________________________________________我不知道它是否够大。 只用whether而不用if的情况 ①直接与or not连用时 I didn’t say whether or not he’ll be __________________. 我没说她是否呆在家里。 Can you tell me whether the train has left or not? 你能否告诉我火车是不是已经开了? ②所引导的从句作介词宾语时 I worry about whether I hurt her feelings. 我担心是否伤了她的感情。 I haven’t settled the question of whether I’ll _______________. 我是否回家还没定。 ③引导宾语从句,从句置于句首表示强调时 Whether this is true (or not), I can’t tell. 这是不是真的,我不能说。 Whether it is a defect or not,I don’t quite know. 这是不是个错误,我不知道。 ④和动词不定式连用时 I don’t know whether to __________ or __________. 我不知道是接受还是拒绝。 I don’t know whether to see my doctor today. 我不知道今天是否去看医生。 ⑤引导主语从句时,从句位于句首 (但用it作形式主语,将主语从句置于后面时,whether和if可以换用。) Whether she comes or not doesn’t concern me. 还是不来与我无关。 Whether she likes the present is not clear to me. 她是否喜欢那件礼物我不清楚。 = It is not clear to me whether/if she likes the present. ⑥引导表语从句时 His first question was whether Holmes ________________ yet.它的第一个问题是福尔摩斯是否已经到了。 My main problem right now is whether I should ask for another loan.目前我的主要问题是我是否应当要求别的贷款。 ⑦引导让步状语从句,作“不管”解时 I’ll start tomorrow, whether he asks me or not. 不管他要不要我去,反正我明天就动身。 Whether you like it or not, you’ll ____________ (must / have to) do it.不管你愿不愿意,你都得做这件事。 ⑧在容易造成歧义的情况下,如表达“是否”的意思时,引导宾语从句常放在动词know, ask, care, wonder, find out等之后 (如用if,则有两层意思) Let me know whether you are coming. 你来还是不来,通知我一声。 Let me know if you are coming. 你来还是不来,通知我一声。(宾语从句) Let me know if you are coming. 你如果来的话,通知我一声。(条件状语从句) ⑨少数动词在leave, put, discuss, doubt后跟whether引导的宾语从句 We discussed whether we should close the shop. 我们讨论了是否该关闭商店。 注:doubt用于肯定句时,可用whether 或if 引导的宾语从句,在否定句或疑问句中则跟 that 引导的宾语从句。 ·I doubt _____________ he will come. 我不确定他是否会来。 ·I don’t doubt __________________________. 我不怀疑你是诚实的。 ·Do you doubt ___________ he will win the match? 你怀疑他能赢得比赛吗? ☆ 宾语从句如果是否定句,一般用if,因为whether引导的宾语从句通常是肯定的。 I don’t care if she doesn’t come. 我不在乎他是否来。 3、特殊疑问句作宾语从句 ①连接代词who, whom ,whose ,what ,whoever ,whomever ,whosever, whatever, whichever等引导宾语从句时,连接代词在从句中作主语、宾语、表语、定语等,不能省略。 注意:当who为主语时,句式为:who+谓语+其他 ·I don’t know who [whom] you mean. 我不知道你指谁。 ·She knew __________ was happening because she learnt about underwater earthquakes at school only a few weeks earlier.她知道发生了什么,因为几周前她在学校学习了水下地震方面的知识。 ·She doesn’t know _________ this pencil belongs to. 她不知道这个铅笔是谁的。 ·There are three kinds of computers here, I can’t decide __________ kind I can choose.这里有三种类型的电脑,我难以决定可以挑选哪一种。 ·__________________________________________________告诉我你喜欢哪一个。 ·__________________________________________________你在说什么,你自己也不知道。 ·__________________________________________________她要的东西得到了。 ②连接副词when,where,why,how,whenever,wherever,however等引导宾语从句时,连接副词在从句中作状语,表示时间、地点、方式或原因,不能省略。 ·He asked why he had to go alone. 他问他为什么必须一个人去。 ·Please explain __________ you are late again today. 解释一下今天又迟到的原因。 ·Can you tell me ______________________________ (你每天怎么去上学的)? ·__________________________________________________他知道他们住哪里。 ·__________________________________________________我们不明白他为什么这样回答。 考点3 宾语从句的语序 1. 宾语从句要用陈述语序。 2. 注意:对主语提问的特殊疑问句没有语序变化,因此疑问语序等于陈述语序。 ·The boy broke the window.那个男孩打破了窗户。→Who broke the window?谁打破了窗户? →I don't know who broke the window.我不知道是谁打破了窗户。 ·What's wrong with him? 他怎么了? →His mother wants to know what's wrong with him.他的妈妈想知道他怎么了。 考点4 宾语从句的时态 ◆主句是现在时或将来时(一般现在时,一般将来时,现在进行时,现在完成时),从句时态由从句的时间状语和语境决定。 “John wants to visit you.” Tom tells me.→Tom tells me John to visit you. I know he lives in Shanghai.我知道他住在上海。 They wonder if Jim will come tomorrow.他们想知道吉姆明天是否会来。 I hear they are singing in the next room.我听到他们正在隔壁房间唱歌。 ◆主句是过去时(一般过去时,过去进行时),从句要用从句原本时态的过去时态。简言之,“主过从过”。 基本变化规律: 原来是一般现在时的要用一般过去时; 原来是一般将来时的要用过去将来时; 原来是现在进行时的要用过去进行时; 原来是现在完成时的要用过去完成时。 I can’t believe what I see.→I couldn't believe what I saw.我无法相信我看到的一切。(从句用一般过去时或过去进行时表示与主句谓语动词动作同时发生) I know he will go there alone.→I knew he would go there alone.我知道他将独自去那里。(从句谓语用过去将来时表示该动作发生在主句谓语动作之后) I hear Tom is talking with his mother.→I heard Tom was talking with his mother.我听见汤姆在和他妈妈说话。(从句用一般过去时或过去进行时表示与主句谓语动词动作同时发生) I think I have finished the work.→I thought I had finished the work.我以为我已经完成了这项工作。(从句过去完成时表示该动作发生在主句谓语动作之前) Could you tell me…是用来征询对方的意见,语气委婉,并不表示过去。 Could you tell me when we will visit the History Museum? 由陈述句变成宾语从句时(直接引语变间接引语),要注意人称的变化。 She said: “I have been to England before.” →She said that she had been to England before. She asked me: “Do you like Math?” →She asked me if I liked Math. ◆宾语从句是客观真理、自然现象或事实时,不管主句是什么时态,从句都只用一般现在时 We all know that light travels faster than sound.我们都知道光比声音传播得快。 The teacher said the earth goes round the sun.老师说地球绕着太阳转。 He told me that Japan is an island country. 单选题 1.I hear ______ he will be back in an hour. A. who B. that C. which D. why 2.I was told ______ Bill Gates was thirteen he began to play with computers. A. that how B. how that C. when that D. that when 3.I’m sure _______ he will succeed. A. that B. what C. when D. how 4.—Do you know the man under the tree? —Sony, I don’t know________? A. how is he B. what is he C. who he is D. bother 5. Could you tell me _______ she is looking for? A. that B. Whose C. who D. Which 6.—Be careful! Don't break the bottles. Do you hear _______ I said, David? —Yes, mum A. what B. that C. why D. if 7.—Will Liu Ying come to school today? —I don’t know. But I also want to know__________. A. that she will come to school today B. whether will she come to school today C. how will she come to school today D. if she will come to school today 8.I want to know ______ you will come back at 8:00 tomorrow. A. that B. when C. where D. whether 9.The teacher asked the students __________. A. if they were interested in dinosaurs B. when was Albert Einstein born C. what they will do with the computers D. how many trees they have planted 10.—What did Jack ask you just now? —He wanted to know how long _________when I reached the cinema. A. had the film been on B. the film had started C. the film had lasted D. had the film ended 11.Mr. King didn’t know ________ yesterday evening. A. when his son will come home B. when his son comes home C. when his son is coming home D. when his son came home 12.He wanted to know ________ . A. whether he speaks at the meeting B. when the meeting would start C. what he is going to do at the meeting D. where the meeting will be 13.Our teacher told us light ________ much faster than sound. A. traveled B. is traveling C. travels D. have traveled 考点5 否定前移和宾语从句的简化 1.否定前移 ?????? 主句的谓语动词是think, believe, imagine, suppose, consider, expect, fancy, guess等, 并且主句的主语是第一人称而且为一般现在时,从句的否定词一般要转移到主句上来,其反义疑问句一般与宾语从句一致。 注: 否定前移的条件是,主句主语是第一人称。 ·I don’t think he will come to my party.我认为他不会来我的舞会. ·I don’t believe that man is killed by Jim,is he?我认为那个人不是Jim所杀的,是不是? 如果宾语从句中有某个含有否定意义的形容词或副词,其反义疑问句要用肯定形式. ·We find that he never listens to the teacher carefully,does he?我们发现他从来不仔细听老师讲课,是不是? 2.宾语从句的简化 ?????? ①当宾语从句的主语和主句的主语相同,且主句的谓语动词是hope,wish,decide,agree, choose等时,从句可简化为不定式结构 I hope that I can receive your e-mail. = I _____________________ your e-mail. ②当宾语从句的主语和主句的主语相同,且主句的谓语动词是know,remember,forget, learn等时,从句可简化为“疑问词+不定式”结构 She doesn’t know what she should do next. = She doesn’t know __________________ next. ③当主句的谓语动词是ask,tell,show,teach等时,且宾语从句的主语和主句的间接宾语一致时,从句可简化为“疑问词+不定式”结构 Will you please show me how I can work it out? = Will you please show me ______________________? ④宾语从句可以简化为名词或名词短语 I don’t believe what Tom said. = I don’t believe Tom’s words. 我不相信汤姆的所说的话。 考点6 运用虚拟语气的情况 在表示: 建议 suggest , advise 要求demand 、desire、require、request、propose; 决定 decide; 命令 order、command; 坚决主张 insist; 等动词后跟宾语从句,用(should)+v.(虚拟语气) I suggested that you(should)study hard. He ordered that we should go out at once. 宾语从句专项练习 一、将下面的句子连接成为含有宾语从句的复合句。 1.These flowers are from Guangdong. He said. He said _______ these flowers _______ from Guangdong. 2. Light travels faster than sound. My teacher told me. My teacher told me _____ light _______ faster than sound. 3.There will be a meeting in five days. Jack didn’t know. Jack didn’t know _____ there _____ ____ a meeting in five days. 4.Can they speak French? I want to know. I want to know ______ _______ _______ _______ French. 5.Are the children playing games? Tell me. Tell me ______ the children ______ ______ games. 6.Have you finished your homework yet? Mr. Zhao asked Ma Gang. Mr. Zhao asked Ma Gang ____ _____ ____ ____ ___ homework yet. 7.How many people can you see in the picture? Who knows? Who knows ______ _____ _____ ____ _____ ______ in the picture? 8.Where did she park her car? Do you know? Do you know _____ _____ ____ her car? 9.What does he often talk about? The girl wondered. The girl wondered _____ _____ often ________ about. 10.Who knocked at the door so loudly? I don’t know. I don’ t know ____ _______ at the door so loudly. 11. Does he still live in that street? I don't know. I don't know ______ he still _______ in that street. 12. What's his name? I asked him. I asked him what _____ _____ _____. 13. When does the train arrive? Please tell me. Please tell me ________ _________ ________ _________. 14. Do they want fried chicken? He asked the boys. He asked the boys _______ they ______ fried chicken. 15. Was the watch made in Shanghai? I don't know. I don't know _______ the watch _______ made in Shanghai. 二、选择填空。 ( ) 1. What did Mike say? He said ____________________. A. if you are free the next week B. what colour was it C. the weather is fine D. summer comes after spring ( ) 2. Tom asked my friend ________________. A. where was he from B. that the earth is bigger than the moon C. when did he come back D. not to be so angry ( ) 3. Let me tell you __________________. A. how much is the car B. how much does the car cost C. how much did I pay for the car D. how much I spent on the car ( ) 4. Peter knew _______________. A. whether he has finished reading the book B. why the boy had so many questions C. there were 12 months in a year D. when they will leave for Paris ( )5. Could you tell me ___________?   A. where do you live   B. who you are waiting for C. who were you waiting for? D. where you live in ( )6. I can't understand ______the boy alone.  A. why she left   B. why did she leave C. why she had left  D. why had she left ( )7. She told me the sun ______ in the east.  A. rise  B. rose  C. rises  D. had risen ( )8.I don't know ________ up so early last Sunday. A. why did he get B.why he gets C.why does he get D. why he got ( )9. The manager came up to see __________.  A. what was the matter  B. what the matter was C. what the matter is??? D. what's the matter ( )10. He asked his father _______.   A. where it happens? ?B. where did it happen C. how it happened??? D. how did it happen ( )11. No one tells us______, so we need your help.   A. how we should do?? B. what should we do C. how to do it?????? D. what to do it ( )12. Could you please teach me _______ the computer.   A. how check??B. to check??C. how to check??D. to how checking ( )13.They don't know _______their parents are. A that B what C why D which ( )14. ─Where do you think ______ he _____ the TV set? ─ Sorry, I've no idea. A./, bought?? B. has, bought?? C. did, buy?? D. did bought ( ) 15. Our homework has changed a lot. Who can tell _____ it would be like in _____ five years.   A. how, another??B. what, more??C. how ,other??D. what, another ( )16. ─ Could you tell me ______? ─ Yes. He ____ to the USA.   A. where is he/ has been?? ?B. where he is/ has gone C. where was he/ has been?? D. where he was/ has gone ( )17. ─Mike wants to know if ____ a picnic tomorrow.   ─Yes. But if it _______, we'll visit the museum instead.   A. you have/ will rain????? B. you will have/ will rain C. you will have/ rains??? ?D. will you have/ rains ( )18. I really don't know if she _______ it when she ________.   A. finds/ arrives??? B. finds/ will arrive?? C. will find/ will arrive?? D. will find/ arrives ( )19.Miss Liu said ______ she would leave the message on the headmaster”s desk. A. that B. where C. which D. what ( )20. He asked me _______. A. who will kick the first goal in the World Cup B. when was the APEC meeting held C. when China became a member of the WTO D. where the 2008 Olympics will be held ( )21. In the bookshop , a reader asked the shopkeeper ______ Who Moved My Cheese was an interesting book. A. that B. how C. what D. if ( )22. You must remember _______. A. what your teacher said B. what did your teacher say C. your teacher said what D. what has your teacher said ( )23. I don”t know ______ . A. which room I can live B. which room can I live C. which room I can live in D. which room can I live in ( )24.--Do you know when he ______ back ? --Sorry , I don”t . When he _______back , I”ll tell you . A. comes ; comes B. comes ; will come C. will come ; comes D. will come ; will come ( )25. The girls asked if they ____ some food and drink with them. A. took B. take C. takes D. will take ( )26. Mary said that she ___ to Guangzhou. A. has never gone B. had never gone C. has never been D. had never been ( )27. The students want to know whether they___ a PE class today. A. had B. has C. will have D. are ( )28. Can you tell me___ you were born, Betty? A. who B. what C. when D. that ( )29.I don't know ___ they have passed the exam. A. what B. if C. when D. where ( )30. Do you know _____ they listened to yesterday evening? A. what B when C why D how????????????? 三、用合适的连接词填空。 1. Jim told me ____ he didn't go fishing yesterday afternoon.(how, why) 2. Do you know ______ else is going to be on duty today?(who, whom) 3. She said _____ it wouldn't matter much.(that, if) 4. He always thinks ______ he can do better.(how, who) 5. I really don't know ________ the bridge will be finished.(how long, how soon) 6. They don't know _______ to go or wait. (if, whether) 7. We are talking about ______ we’ll go back tomorrow. (whether, if) 8. I was really surprised at ______ I saw. (where, what) 9. I don't know ____ so many people are looking at him. (how, why) 10. Do you know ______ you are studying for? (why, what) 四、句型转换。 1. “Do you want to try it?” Tom's mother asked him.(同义句)→ Tom's mother asked him _______ _______ ______ to try it. 2. I think this is a good idea.(改为否定句) → I _______ ________ this ________ a good idea. 3. Lucy hasn't decided which trousers to buy.(改为复合句) → Lucy hasn't decided ________ _________ ________ _______ buy. 4. I don't know how I can get to the hospital.(改为简单句) → I don't know ________ ________ ________ to the hospital. 5. I don’t suppose they will come, _______ ______ ? (改为反意疑问句) 五、用所给动词的正确形式填空。 1. We are sure that he ________ (go) to school tomorrow. 2. Do you know who ______ (be) the first man to walk on the moon? 3. Could you tell me where the post office ______ (is)? 4. Our father said that he _______ (will) buy a new computer. 5. I hear that he _______ (swim) in the sea yesterday. 6. The little boy tells us where his father _______ (work). 7. He said that he _________ (finish) his work already. 8. They thought they could _______ (hike) to the top of the mountain. 9. He was glad that so many people _____ (help) him. 10. She doesn’t know whether ________ (go) or wait. 参考答案: 一、1.that, were 2.that, travels 3.that, would be 4.if/whether they can speak 5.if/whether, are playing 6.if/whether he had finished his 7. how many people you can see 8.where she parked 9.what he, talked 10.who knocked 11.if/whether, lives 12.his name was 14.if/whether, wanted 15.if/whether, was 二、1—5: DDDBB 6—10:ACDBC 11—15:CCBAD 16—20:BCDAC 21—25:DACCA 26—30:DCCBA 三、1.why 2.who 3.that 4.how 5.how soon 6.whether 7.whether 8.what 9.why 10.what 四、1.if/whether he wanted 2.don’t think, is 3.which trousers she can 4.how to get 5.will they 五、1.will go 2.was 3. is 4.would 5.swam 6.works 7.had finished 8.hike 9.helped 10.to go

    • 2020-04-04
    • 下载19次
    • 64.27KB
  • ID:4-7130038 新概念第一册 Lesson 1-2 Excuse me!

    小学英语/其他版本/四年级上册/综合专栏

    (共53张PPT) Lesson 1 Excuse me! 对不起! When do we use “Excuse me?” excuse [iks'kju:z] me [mi:] yes [jes] is [iz] this [θis] your [j?:] handbag ['h?ndb?g] pardon ['pa:dn] it [it] thank you very much excuse [iks'kju:z] v.原谅 me [mi:] pron.我(宾格) yes [jes] ad.是的 is [iz] v. be动词第三人称单数 this [θis] pron.这 your [j?:] possessive adj你的,你们的 handbag ['h?ndb?g] n. (女用) 手提包 pardon ['pa:dn] int.原谅,请再说一遍 it [it] pron.它 thank you 感谢你(们) very much 非常地 1.Whose handbag is this? It is the woman's handbag. 2.Can a man have a handbag? No, he can't. 3.What will you say if you can’t hear somebody clearly? Pardon? Sorry? ... Read and number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Excuse me! 1.excuse:原谅 Excuse me 1.对不起,打扰了 2.借过一下,让一让 3.失陪了 4.麻烦再说一遍 什么时候要用Excuse me? (1)为了引起别人注意。 Excuse me. Is this your handbag ? (2)要打扰别人或要打断别人说话。 Excuse me. May I ask you a question ? (3)向陌生人问路 Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to the bus stop ? (4)向某人借东西 Excuse me. Can I borrow your pen ? (5)需要从别人身边挤过或让别人给自己让路 Excuse me. Could you make some room for me ? (6)在宴会或会议中途离开时 Excuse me. May I leave for a little while ? 辨析 1. Excuse me. 常用于与陌生人的搭话,问路,打断别人对话或从别人身边挤过、走过时使用。 注意:与I'm sorry. 的区别。 I'm sorry. 对不起,很抱歉。常用于做错事,或伤害到别人,或表示遗憾,请求原谅。 2.me 主格(I) 宾格(me) 为什么英文会有主格和宾格之分? 简单句的句型结构: 1.主+谓 2.主+谓+宾 3.主+谓+宾+宾 4.主+谓+宾+宾补 5.主+系+表 主+谓+宾 I love you. 主 谓 宾 主+系+表 She is beautiful. 主 系 表 主格 I we you she he it they 宾格 me us you her him it them Yes? Is this your handbag? 3.Yes? Yes是的 Yes?什么事? 4.is (be动词现在时,第三人称单数) be——is, am, are 我用am,你用are,is 用于他,她,它 单数is 复数are。 5.this this book 这本书 that student 那位学生 6.your (形容词性物主代词) 不能单独使用,后面一定接名词 your friend你的朋友 your name 你的名字 主格 I we you he she it they 形容词性物主代词 my our your his her its their 一般疑问句 功能:询问 构成:be动词置于句前 -Is this your handbag? -Yes, it is . -Is that your pen ? -Yes, it is . -Is it your book ? -Yes , it is . 否定回答: No, it isn’t. 一般疑问句: be动词(am /is/are)开头. 用yes 或no来回答,中文译成 “是…吗?” 这是你的名字。 这是你的名字吗? This is your name. This is your name吗? ↓ Is this your name? Pardon? =I beg your pardon? Is this your handbag? Yes, it is. 8.handbag hand手 bag包 7.pardon:原谅,再说一遍 Pardon?/I beg your pardon?麻烦您再说一遍 sorry? Excuse me? Say it again. 9.it 代替物体、地方、天气等 It is a desk.这是一张桌子。 It it Beijing.这是北京。 It is fine today.今天是个好天气。 Thank you very much. =Thanks a lot . 11.very much:非常地 I very love you. ( × ) I love you very much. ( √ ) 10.thank you:感谢 Thanks! Thanks a lot! Excuse me. Pardon? =I beg your pardon? Thank you very much. =Thanks a lot . Yes ? 对不起,打扰了。 请再说一遍。 非常感谢。 什么事? Summary 1. Excuse me 打扰一下 2. Pardon 请再说一遍 3. 这是什么?What’s this? 这是谁的手提包?Whose handbag is it? 4. 介绍一样东西:This is+东西 肯定句: This is my handbag. 否定句: This is not my handbag. 疑问句:Is this your handbag? 回答: Yes, it is. / No, it isn't. 要想变否定,is/are 后加 not。 要想变疑问,is/are 放句首,放句首。 Lesson 2 Is this your... 这是你的....吗? pen钢笔 [pen] pencil铅笔 ['pensl] book书 [buk] an English book a book store book one, book two, book three, book four watch手表 [w?t?] look at my watch Swatch【S代表产地瑞士(Switzerland)】 coat 上衣,外衣 [k??t] dress连衣裙 [dres] skirt短裙 [skз:t] shirt衬衣 [?з:t] car汽车 [ka:] bus 公共汽车 coach 长途客车 house 房子 [haus] flat 公寓楼(英) apartment(美) pen [pen] n.钢笔 pencil ['pensl] n.铅笔 book [buk] n.书 watch [w?t?] n.手表 coat [k??t] n.上衣,外衣 dress [dres] n.连衣裙 skirt [skз:t] n.裙子 shirt [?з:t] n.衬衣 car [ka:] n.小汽车 house [haus] n.房子 听录音回答Lesson 2 (P3)的问题 知识拓展 自然拼音 过程:了解读音规则 目标:看字就能认,听音就能写 元音和辅音 类比 声母和韵母 拼读结构:一辅一元,前辅后元 A/?/ bag /b?g/ B/b/ bat /b?t/ C/k/ /s/ cat, city, cell phone, cyber name (当c位于i,e, y之前时发/s/) D/d/ dad E/e/ egg(前元后辅,不能拼读,各读各) F/f/ fat 如何通过看电影高效地学英语? 1. 选片? 2. 字幕? 3. 数量? 4. 笔记! 单项选择 ( )1.A: B:Yes? A. Excuse B. Me C. Excuse me ( )2. ? Yes, it is. A.This is your handbag B.Is this your handbag C.This’s your handbag ( )3.A:Is this your book? B: ? A:Is this your book? A.Pardon B.Excuse me C.Yes ( )4.----Is this your dress? ----__________. A.Yes,it is not B.No,it is C.Yes,it is. C B A C 单项选择 ( )5.当别人给你东西时,你应该说: A.Yes. B.Excuse. C.Thank you very much. ( )6.Is this your bag? , it is. A.Is B.Yes C.Very C B 1.抄写Lesson 1对话,背诵Lesson 1中的课文。 2.抄写单词Lesson 1和Lesson 2单词。 3.完成L1&2课外练习。 4.预习Lesson 3&4,完课文中Lesson 4练习。 Lesson 1-2 教学重点 1、辨析:Excuse me.和I’m sorry.的用法区别。 2、代词:人称代词和物主代词总表、主格和宾格的区别、四个指示代词、代词与be动词的使用搭配及其缩写形式。 3、语气:陈述句变一般疑问句,及其肯定回答。 4、句型:-Is this your…? -Yes, it is. 教学步骤 1、观看一个外国影片片段。 引入话题:When do we use “excuse me”? 问路、打断对话、引起别人注意... 2、L1生词解读,纠正发音(详见课本)。 3、听课文,回答问题;听第二遍,标出图片正确顺序; 1.Whose handbag is this? 2.Can a man have a handbag? 3.What will you say if you can’t hear somebody clearly? 4、看一遍课文动画视频,逐句跟读。 5、精讲课文单词和语法。 6、总结L1重点。 7、学习L2单词 8、课外拓展(自然拼读) 9、布置作业:课本的抄写练习,课外练习,背课文和单词,和预习Lesson 3&4。 Lesson1 Excuse me!对不起 Listen to the tape then answer this question whose handbag is it? 听录音,然后回答问题。这是谁的手袋 Excuse me! mBA B Is this your handbag? Pardon? Is this your handbag Yes, it is Thank you very much 7 New words and expressions生词和短语 excuse /iks kju zt.原谅 handbag/ handbag/n(女用)手提包 原谅,请再说 adv.是的 be动词现在时第一人称上 thank you;erkj:/感谢你(们) 切非常地 yourj:/ possessive adjective你的,你们的 Notes on the text课文注释 I EXCI 这个短语常用于与陌生人搭话,打断别人的说话或从别人身边挤过。在课文中,男土为了吸引女 f:的注意力而用了这个表示客套的短语。 伞付为 I heg your pardon.意思是请求对方把M才讲过的话重复一遍 参考译文 什么事 这是您的手提包吗 这是您的手提包吗? 是的、是我的 非常感谢 Lesson 2 New words and expressions生词和短语 nen pcn'n钢笔 dress/ dres/ n连衣裙 pencil ln.{笔 skirt/skB:t'n.裙子 hirt/:tn.对衣 h/wotf n. coat/ktn.上衣,外衣 house/haos/n.房子 Written自 xercIse书面练习 抄写以下妇子 2他 Lesson2 Is this your.?这是你的…吗? en to the tape and do th 录音并回答河题 望W盛幽 血 A② Lesson 1—2 语法和词汇:从A、B、C、D中选出正确答案 ________, what time is it? A. Pardon B. Excuse me C. Thank you D. Please “Is this your pen?” “________?” “Is this your pen?” A. Sorry B. Pardon C. Excuse me D. Please “Is this your watch?” “No, it isn’t.” “________, sir.” A. Sorry B. Pardon C. Please D. Excuse me “Excuse me!” “________?” “Is this your handbag?” A. No B. Yes C. Sorry D. Pardon My coat, ________. A. Sorry B. Pardon C. Please D. Excuse me “Is this your handbag?” “Yes, it is. ________ .” A. Pardon B. Excuse me C. Thank you D. Sorry ________, is this your coat? A. Sorry B. Excuse me C. Pardon D. Please “Is this your dress?” “________?” “Is this your dress?” A. Beg B. I beg C. Pardon D. I pardon “This is not my watch.” “________, sir.” A. Excuse me B. Please C. Pardon D. Sorry “Is this your handbag?” “________.” A. No , it is . B. Yes, it isn’t . C. Yes , it is . D. No , this is . “Is this your book?” “________.” “Thank you very much. ” A. Yes, it is . B. No, it isn’t . C. No, it is . D. Yes, it isn’t . “Here is your handbag.” “________.” A. Thank B. Thanks you C. Thank you very D. Thank you very much “Is this your watch?” “No, it isn’t.” “________?” “Yes, it is .” A. Is this that B. Is this it C. Is this D. Is this your watch ________, I am late. A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. Please D. Pardon “Thank you very much.” “________.” A. Please B. Yes C. Thank you D. Not at all 翻译句子 甲:这是你的手表吗? ________________________________ 乙:对不起,请再说一遍。 ________________________________ 甲:这是你的手表吗? ________________________________ 乙:是的,是我的。 ________________________________ 甲:非常感谢你。 ________________________________ Lesson 1—Lesson2 一、填空 1.打扰啦___________________ 3.谢谢你___________________ 5.手表___________________ 7.预订___________________ 9.你的___________________ 2.请再说一遍 ___________________ 4.不用谢___________________ 6.房子___________________ 8.铅笔___________________ 10.非常地___________________ 二、从下面A、B、C三个选项中选出正确的答案, 并把正确的字母编号写在括号里。 1. Mrs. White____a pair of red shoes. A. is B. have C. has 2. Do you like the grey shirt? No, I____. A. am B. do C. don't. 3. The children___wearing yellow shoes. A. am B. is C. are 4. How much____the trousers? A. are B. is C. be 5. What’s___job? He’s a bus driver. A. her B. his C.he 6.I want to___a bank manager. A. is B. am C. be 7. What ___ he do? A. does B. do C. is 8.____T- shirt is this? It’s Jane's. A. Who’s B. Who C. Whose 9.Let’s go and ask____. A. her B. she C. he 10. My uncle is _____ ambulance driver. A. a B. an C./ 11.I have_____ brother or sister. A. not B.a C. no 12. The lady is _____ Canada. A. from B. at C. for 13. The child _____ an egg. A. is B. has C. have 14. Janet usually does_____ homework after dinner. A. my B. his C.her 15. Can you help_____ take a photo? A. me B.I C. we 三、阅读短文。 判断下列五个句子是否符合短文内容,符合的请写“T”,不符合的写“F”。 My name is Mary. I’m from Canada. I'm studying at Chang Hong Primary school in Guangzhou, China. Our school is not big, but I think it's very nice. There are about eight hundred pupils in the school. And there are three school buildings. In Building One there are ten classrooms and a teachers, room. All teachers in our school are hardworking. They like us and we like them too. ( )1. Mary is a Canadian girl. ( )2. Mary's school is small, but it’s nice. ( )3. There are fifteen classrooms in this school. ( )4. All teachers in Mary's school are busy. ( )5. Mary likes her teachers. 四、改写句子。 1. job, her, what, is ? ___________________________________________ 2. usually, they, when, do, bed, to, go? ___________________________________________ 3. like, do, eggs, they? ___________________________________________ 4. can, do, you, what, I, for? ___________________________________________ 5. is, how, pair, shoes, that, much, of ___________________________________________ 五、作文. 设置一个对话,你看到一个女士留了她的手提包,你应该怎么说,写出不少于6个句子。

    • 2020-04-05
    • 下载4次
    • 32070.63KB
  • ID:4-7103246 并列句专项讲解&练习(含答案)

    初中英语/中考专区/二轮专题/句法/并列句

    专题学习 并列句 请判断以下句子属于基本句型的哪种? The boy is running. The child is clever Tom loves sports. My father bought me a bike. He painted the wall white. 简单句的基本句型及其用法 (1)主+谓=?S+Vi?(主+不及物动词) 1)S + Vi +?副词(状语) Birds sing?beautifully. 2)S + Vi +?介词短语(状语) He went?on holiday. 3)S + Vi +?不定式(状语) We stopped?to have a rest. 4)S + Vi +?分词(状语) I'll go?swimming. 主语:可以作主语的成分有名词,主格代词,动词不定式,动名词等等。主语一般在句首。谓语:谓语由动词构成,是英语时态、语态变化的主角,一般在主语之后。不及物动词(vi.)没有宾语,形成主谓结构,如: S(主)+ Vi(不及物动词)(谓语)We?│come.;The baby│cried.此句型的句子有一个共同特点:即句子的谓语动词都能表达完整的意思。这类动词叫做不及物动词,后面可以跟副词、介词短语、状语从句等。 (2)S+V系+P(主+系+表) 1)S + V +?名词/代词 He is?a boy. 2)S + V +?形容词 She is?beautiful. 3)S + V +副词 Class is over. 4)S + V +?介词短语 He is in good health. 5)S + V+?分词 He is?excited. 此句型的句子有一个共同的特点:句子谓语动词都不能表达一个完整的意思,必须加上一个表明主语身份或状态的表语构成复合谓语,才能表达完整的意思。这类动词叫做连系动词。表语也就是主语的补足语 This?│is?│an English-Chinese dictionary. The dinner?│smells?│good.???????????? He │is growing?│tall and strong.?? (3)S+Vt +O(主+及物+宾) 1)S + Vt +?名词/代词?? I like?music. ? She hates?him. 2)S + Vt +?不定式?? I want?to help him. 3)S + Vt +?疑问词+?不定式??★常用于这句型的动词有:ask, decide, forget,? know等。 I don't know?what to do. 4)S + Vt +?动名词??★常用于这句型的动词有:advise, enjoy, finish, mind,等。 I enjoy living?here. 5)S + Vt +?宾语从句 ★常用于这句型的动词有:hope, know, notice, think,等。 I don't think?(that) he is right. 此句型句子的共同特点是:谓语动词都具有实义,都是主语产生的动作,但不能表达完整的意思,必须跟有一个宾语,动作的承受者,才能使意思完整。这类动词叫做及物动词。 Who?│knows?│the answer? He?│likes?│English. (4)S+?Vt + IO + DO?(主+及物+间宾+直宾) 1)S + Vt +?间接宾语+?直接宾语 I sent him a book.? Give me a cup of tea ,please. 2)S + Vt +?直接宾语+ to/for +?间接宾语①间接宾语前需要加to 的常用动词有:bring, give, pass, pay, read, sell, send, show, teach, tell, wish, write等。②间接宾语前加for 的常用动词有:buy, get, make 等。 He sent a book to me.? Show this house to Mr. Smith 有些及物动词可以有两个宾语,?它们通常一个指人(间接宾语);一个指物(直接宾语)。eg:??She│gave│me│a new book. He│brought│you?│a dictionary. (5)S+?Vt +?O+?OC(主+及物+宾+宾补) 1)S + Vt +?宾语+?名词 We named our babyTom. 2)S + Vt +?宾语+?形容词 He painted the wall?white. 3)S + Vt +?宾语+?介词短语 I often find him?at work?. 4)S + Vt +?宾语+?不定式? I wish you?to stay. 5)S + Vt +?宾语+?分词 I heard my namecalled(表被动); I feel something?moving(表进行). 6)S + Vt +?宾语+?疑问词+不定式? He show me how?to do it. 此句型的句子的共同特点是:动词虽然是及物动词,但是只跟一个宾语还不能表达完整的意思,必须加上一个补充成分来补足宾语,才能使意思完整。宾语补足语:位于宾语之后对宾语作出说明的成分。可以用作宾语补足语的有:名词,形容词,不定式,动名词,分词,介词短语等。 翻译下列简单句。 1.天气很冷。__________________________________________________________ 2.我父亲是一个物理老师。__________________________________________________________ 3.他父亲出国了。__________________________________________________________ 4.他在一家大公司工作。__________________________________________________________ 5.我喜欢流行音乐。__________________________________________________________ 6.她知道下一步做什么。__________________________________________________________ 7.他教我们化学。__________________________________________________________ 8.请告诉我你的电话号码。__________________________________________________________ 9.我们必须保持房间干净。__________________________________________________________ 10.他喜欢看男孩们踢足球。__________________________________________________________ 观察以下句子,其有什么特点? I like English and she likes English. He is not only a teacher but also he is a doctor. Hurry up, or you’ll be late. He is very young but he knows a lot. He failed in the exam, so he is unhappy. [并列句定义] 由并列连词将两个或两个以上平等关系的简单句连接在一起构成的句子叫并列句。其结构是:简单句+并列连词+简单句。 来一场头脑风暴吧 并列句的四种关系 (1)联合关系 常用连词 例句 and(同,和)用来连接两个或两个以上的单词、短语或句子,表示一种顺接的关系。and在译成中文时,不一定要翻译出“和”来。 He helps me and I help him.他帮我,我帮他。My father bought me a present, and I like it very much. 爸爸给我买了一件礼物,我非常喜欢。 both…and…(两个都)用来连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语和状语等。连接两个并列的主语时谓语动词通常用复数形式。 Both you and I are league members. 我和你都是共青团员。I can speak both English and Chinese. 我不仅能说英语,而且也能说汉语。 as well as(也,除了,还有)语意同not only… but also…,。但是not only… but also…强调的是后者,而as well as强调的是前者。且当as well as引导并列主语时,谓语动词的数与前面的主语保持一致。 He as well as his students gets up at 6 o’clock. 不仅他的学生们而且他也是6点钟起床。 not only…but (also)…(不仅…而且…)能连接两个相同的句法单位,如主语、谓语、宾语、表语等。如果它们连接两个并列主语时,谓语动词用就近原则 He not only gave us a lot of advice, but also helped us to study English. 他不仅给我们出很多建议并且还帮助我学英语。He is not only tall but also strong. 他不仅个子高,而且很健壮。 Not only Jim but also I have visited the famous artist. 不但吉姆而且我也拜访过那位著名的艺术家。 neither…nor…(既不…也不…)能连接两个相同的句法单位,如主语、谓语、宾语、表语等。如果它们连接两个并列主语时,谓语动词用就近原则 Neither he nor I can speak a foreign language. 我和他都不会说外语。 either…or…(或者……或者) 练习 翻译 (1)neither...nor...表示"既不……也不……"。其含义是否定的,可连接任意两个并列的成份。21cnjy.com 她既不喜欢黄油 (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com" \t "_blank" \o "欢迎登陆21世纪教育网?)也不喜欢乳酪。________________________________________ 她既不聪明, 又不勤奋。________________________________________ 今天他和她都不在家。________________________________________ (2)not only…but also…,其意为“不但…而且…”: 选中的不仅有男的也有女的。________________________________________ 他不仅读过这本书,而且还记得书中的内容。________________________________________ 他不但风趣,而且也很机智。________________________________________ 不只是你,他也得离开。________________________________________ (3)both…and…,其意为“…和…都”、“不但…而且…”、“既…又…”: 她不仅会说日语,而且还会写。________________________________________ 他说话既亲切又明事理。________________________________________ 她和索菲娅都喜欢这姑娘。________________________________________ (2)选择关系 常用连词 例句 or(或者,否则)①用在选择疑问句中连接被选择的对象,意为“或,还是”②用于否定句中连接并列成分,表示“和,与”的意思③在否定句中,如果所接的两部分都有否定词,那么用and而不用or连接。 Will he still be there or will he have gone away? 你那时还在那里还是可能已经走了?Would you like coffee or tea? 你想要咖啡还是茶?I don’t like bread, rice or porridge. 我不喜欢面包、米饭还有稀饭。 There is no water and no air on the moon. 月球上没有水,也没有空气。 otherwise(否则) You must go early, otherwise you will miss the bus. 你得早点走,否则就赶不上公汽车了。 or else(否则)or在祈使句中意为“否则”,句型为:“祈使句,or …”=“If you don’t…,you’ll…”,or在这里表示“(请你干…)否则你就会…”,含有明显的转折意味。 Hurry up, or (else) you’ll be late. =If you don’t hurry up,you will be late. 快点,否则就会迟到了。 either...or(不是…就是)表示一种选择关系时,需要注意的是either…or…通常引导两个相同的句法单位,当连接两个并列主语时,谓语动词用就近原则 Either Tom is coming or his sisters are. 不是汤姆就是她的姐妹们要来。Either he or she is going to help you. 不是他帮你就是她帮你。 练习 翻译 (1)英语词组用法:either…or…,其意为“要么…要么…”、“不是…就是…”: 21 要么进来,要么出去。________________________________________ 我想去巴黎或伦敦游览一下。________________________________________ 不是他没讲清楚,就是我没听明白。________________________________________ 你喝茶也行,喝咖啡也行。 ________________________________________ 不是你错,就是我错。 ________________________________________ (3)转折关系 常用连词 例句 but(但是,可是,只是因为) It never rains but it pours. 祸不单行。 She looks very young, but she is already in her 30’s. 她看上去很年轻,可她已三十多了。 while(而、却)(表对比) Lucy likes red while Lily likes white. 露西喜欢红色,而莉莉喜欢白色。I like tea while she likes coffee. 我喜欢喝茶而她喜欢喝咖啡。 though(although)虽然but, while不与although连用,but和though(although)在句中只能选用一个,句意不变 The doctors tried to save the patient, but they failed. = Although the doctors tried to save the patient, they failed.尽管医生们尽力抢救那个病人,但是失败了。 however(然而) He worked hard. However, he failed. 他很努力,然而还是失败了。The book is expensive; however, it's worth it. 这本书很贵;却很值。 yet(可是) She said she would be late, yet she arrived on time. 她说她会迟到,但她却准时到达了。 still(仍然)注意:yet, still可与although连用。 He is good-natured; still I don't like him. 他脾气很好,可是我还是不喜欢他。 Although she felt ill, she still went to work. 她虽然感觉不舒服,但她仍然去上班。 (4)因果关系 常用连词 例句 for(因为)for只为主句中所说的话提供推断的理由加以解释,且for引导的句子往往放于主句之后,前面用逗号隔开 I am thirsty, for it is hot. 我口渴,因为天气太热。I have to stay up late, for I have lots of homework to do. 我不得不熬夜,因为我有许多作业要做。 so(所以,因此)注意:so不与because连用 The manager was ill so I went in her place. 经理病了所以我代她去。 (5)时间关系 常用连词 例句 when(=and just at this time就在这时,然后) I was just leaving when the telephone rang. 我正要离开,电话铃响了。 注:when作这种用法时,主要用于 was/were doing sth. when sth./sb. did; was/were about to do sth. when sth./sb. did; was/were on the point of doing sth. when sth./sb. did等句型中 表示“当某人或某物正在或正要做某事,就在这时突然又发生了另一事”。 并列句专项练习 一、选择填空 1. ________ did she go to see her father, ________ did she want her father to come. A. Either, or B. Not, only C. No sooner, than D. Neither, nor 2. She didn’t go to school yesterday, _____ he had hurt her legs while climbing the mountain. A. but B. however C. or D. for 3. You can study ________ Chinese ________ English. A. not only, but B. either, or C. both, or D. only, and 4. Tom works very hard, ________ his family is still very poor. A. yet B. for C. so D. and 5. ________ you ________ your parents go with us. A. Either, or B. Both, or C. Either, nor D. Not, but 6. Some are reading newspapers, ________ others are playing basketball. A. or B. for C. so D. while 7. We want ________ high speed ________ good marks. A. both, said B. Either, or C. neither, nor D. not, also but 8. In spring it is ________ hot ________ cold here. A. both, and B. either, or C. neither, nor D. not only, but 9. Maybe he has gone home, ________ he is in his office. A. or B. but C. nor D. yet 10. You can ________ stay at home ________ go out to play. A. either, or B. both, and C. so, that D. as, as 11. I help him ________ he helps me. We help each other. A. but B. and C. or D. for 12. Don’t play football here, ________ you may break the windows. A. or B. but C. and D. so 13. Jim was very hungry ________ he ate all the cakes. A. and B. but C. so D. or 14. Hurry up, ________ we’ll be late for the concert. A. and B. but C. so D. or 15. The nurse is very tired ________ she is still working very hard. A. but B. and C. or D. if 16. Li Lei passed his father this cup ________ asked for some more tea. A. but B. and C. of D. if 17. Are you going to play basketball ________ football this afternoon? A. and B. or C. but D. so 18. He speaks not only English ________ also French. A. and B. but C. or D. that 19. He likes sports ________ Jim enjoys reading. A. When B. while C. then D. or 20. Go straight along the street, turn to the left at the end of the street and ________ you’ll find the post office. A. then B. so C. but D. yet 21. She came here, ________ she didn’t see me. A. so B. but C. and D. or 22. Jim likes getting up early, ________ his sister doesn’t. A. and B. or C. so D. but 23. He got up late this morning, ________ he was late for school. A. so B. but C. while D. yet 24. Are you free ________ busy this evening? A. and B. but C. or D. then 25. They are not apples, ________ pears. A. and B. yet C. but D. so 26. Jim is good at maths. ________ is Kate. A. So B. And C. But D. Then 27. He didn’t do his homework, ________ his teacher was very angry. A. but B. yet C. or D. so 28. Get up early, ________ you’ll be late for school. A. but B. so C. or D. and 29. Hurry up, ________ you’ll catch the early bus. A. but B. and C. so D. or 30. We may take Grandma Li to hospital, ________ we are busy. A. and B. but C. so D. or 31. I went there by plane, ________ he went there by car. A. and B. but C. so D. or 32. He made faces in class ________ we laughed. A. and B. but C. so D. or 33. I was ill, ________ I stayed at home. A. and B. so C. but D. or 34. He was late, ________ was she. A. and B. so C. but D. or 35. She can’t swim, ________ can be. A. nor B. or C. so D. but 36. ________ he ________ I know about this accident because it was kept as a secret. A. Both, nor B. Neither, nor C. Both, and D. Neither, or 37. ________ Tuesday ________ Wednesday is OK. I’ll be free these days. A. Both, and B. Either, or C. Both, and D. So, that 38. ________ John ________ Ann were ill yesterday. A. Neither, nor B. Either, or C. Both, and D. So, that 39. The shop is new, ________ it has been open only for three days. A. for B. and C. but D. so 40. His face turned red ________ he felt shy. A. for B. but C. so D. and 41. He never drinks ________ smokes. A. and B. but C. or D. so 42. Call a taxi, ________ you won’t be late to catch the underground train. A. and B. or C. but D. so 43. Li Lei found a watch in the street, ________ he picked it up. A. or B. but C. and D. so 44. You needn’t sweep the floor, ________ it’s very clean. A. and B. but C. or D. for 45. Chinese dishes are delicious, ________ cooking takes a lot of time. A. for B. so C. but D. and 46. Neither of them is in good health, ________ both work very hard. A. and B. but C. then D. so 47. Tom works very hard, ________ he still failed in the exam. A. yet B. so C. and D. or 48. The sky was clear, ________ the sun was shining. A. but B. and C. or D. for 49. Hide behind the tree, ________ he will see and catch you. A. and B. or C. but D. yet 50. I felt tired after the work, ________ I took a long rest. A. so B. but C. for D. or 51. I hate smoking, ________ I don’t like drinking, either. A. though B. but C. and D. for 52. Hurry up, ________ you’ll be late for the early bus. A. and B. then C. but D. or 53. The man lives simply, for he ________ for a long time. A. has been out of work B. has lost his works C. was out of his work D. was lost his job 54. Everyone is here, ________ Li Lei isn’t. A. or B. but C. and D. yet 55. I am a student ________ my brother is a doctor. A. or B. yet C. and D. so 56. He didn’t answer her, ________ he asked her a question. A. that B. if C. or D. yet 57. Everyone in our class has finished their homework, ________ Lin Tao didn’t. A. but B. or C. and D. so 58. Work harder, ________ you’ll catch up with the others. A. and B. but C. or D. so 59. They bought her a present, ________ she liked it very much. A. and B. but C. or D. so 60. This is our first lesson, ________ I don’t know all your names. A. and B. but C. or D. so 61. I’m poor, ________ I always enjoy myself. A. and B. but C. or D. so 62. I want to go shopping this afternoon. What about you? ________ do I. A. So B. Neither C. Only D. But 63. ________ you ________ I are students. A. Not only…but also B. Either…or C. Both…and D. Neither…nor 二、用 but, and, so, for, or 等并列连词填空 1. His letter is interesting ________ his hand writing is beautiful. 2. Put on your coat, ________you’ll get a cold. 3. Work hard at your lessons, ________ you will fail in the final exams. 4. Come early tomorrow, ________ I’ll show you the picture. 5. He did the work in times, ________ he did it quite well. 6. Everybody went there, ________ I didn’t. 7. We started early that day, ________ the place was so far. 8. I didn’t feel well last night, ________ I had to go to bed early. 9. He is very clever, ________ he doesn’t like studying hard. 10. Be quick, ________ we’ll miss the first lesson. 参考答案: 一、1. D 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. D 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. A 11. B 12. A 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. B 19. B 20. A 21. B 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. C 26. A 27. D 28. C 29. B 30. B 31. A 32. A 33. B 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. D 41. C 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. C 46. B 47. A 48. B 49. 50. A 51. C 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. C 56. D 57 A 58. A 59. A 60. D 61. B 62. A 63.C 二、1. and 2. or 3. or 4. and 5. and 6. but 7. for 8. so 9. but 10. or 一、选择填空 1.I?help?him___?he?helps?me.?We?help?each?other.? A.?but? B.?and? C.?or? D.?though? 2.___?he?___?I?am?a?doctor. A.?Both;?and? B.?Either;?nor? C.?Neither;?nor? D.?Neither;?and? 3?Some?of?us?would?like?to?act?the?story?___?it?isn't?finished?yet.? A.?but? B.?and? C.?though? D.?so 4?One?more?week,?___?we?will?finish?the?task.? A.?or? B.?so?that ?C.?and? D.?if? 5?"The?ground?must?be?just?right?___?too?wet?___?too?dry.? A.?either;?or? B.?both;?and? C.?between;?and? D.?neither;?nor 6?Sam?was?ill?yesterday,?so?he________his?homework.? A.?didn't? B.?not?did? C.?didn't?do? D.?didn't?did? 7?Sorry,?there's?only?one?seat?left.?___?you___?she?can?have?it.? A.?neither;?nor? B.?Either;?or? C.?Both;?and? D.?Not;?but? 8?He?_________coffee?at?all.?He?_________?tea.? A.?doesn't?like,?prefers? B.?likes,?doesn't?prefer? C.?would?like,?not?prefers? D.?prefers,?is?not?food?of? 9?We?_________?happy?about?the?price?of?meat. A.?don't? B.?are?not? C.?won't? D.?weren't?being 10?I?______?trouble?finding?the?place.? A.?didn't?have?many? B.?haven't?a?great?deal?of? C.?didn't?have?much? D.?hadn't?a?lot?of? 11?_______?of?us?likes?the?film.? A.?Both? B.?All? C.?Neither? D.?Some? 12?Which?sentence?is?right?? A.?I?don't?think?that?he?is?not?right.? B.?I?think?he?is?not?right.? C.?I?don't?think?that?he?is?right.? D.?I?think?he?was?not?right. 13?They?are?___?young?___?carry?the?box?onto?the?table.? A.?enough;?too? B.?too;?to? C.?so;?to ?D. very;?to? 14?They?________?lunch?at?home?every?day.? A.?have?not? B.?didn't?have? C.?don't?have? D.?have?not?any? 15--________?is?your?English?teacher?like??--He?is?tall?and?thin.? A.?How? B.?What? C.?Which? D.?/? 16?--_________do?you?like?the?new?play??--It's?good?and?interesting.? A.?How? B.?Which? C.?What? D.?Whom? ? ? 17?Pay?attention?please,?___?of?you?want?to?attend?the?party?? A.?who ?B.?which? C.?whom? D.?what? 18?--___?did?you?sleep?last?night??--I?stayed?up?too?late?to?go?to?sleep.? A.?How? B.?When? C.?Why ?D.?Where? 19?It?is?getting?dark.?Our?teacher_________.? A.?lets?us?to?go?home? B.?lets?us?go?home? C.?let?us?go?to?home? D.?let?we?go?home? 20?_________?she?sings!? A.?What?beautiful? B.?How?beautiful? C.?What?beautifully? D.?How?beautifully? 二、词语运用 阅读短文,用but;for;so;and填空,使短文通顺、意思完整。 Last week I went to the theatre___1___I had a very good seat. The play was very interesting ___2___ I did not enjoy it. A young man and a young woman were sitting behind me ___3___they were talking loudly. I got very angry, ___4___I could not hear the actors,___5___ I turned round and looked at the man and the woman angrily, ___6___ they did not pay attention. In the end, I could not bear it. I turned around again. "I can’t hear a word. I said angrily. "It’s none of your business, the young man said rudely. "This is a private conversation! 三、完形填空 Many people keeps small fish ___1___ pet. They keep them in a tank ___2___ a lot of water and small plants in it. The tank is made of glass so that people can see inside the tank __3__ watchthe fish. The fish need room. They mustn't be crowded. They need oxygen to breathe. ___4___ must be enough water for all fish. ___5___the size of the tank is very important. In the tank people put small plants which are good for?fish. They?give oxygen to?the?water.?Plants help?the?fish?in?other ways, too.?They?can?hide among?the plants,?sleep?___6___??lay?eggs?there. The fish ___7___be kept in water all the time. So the tank should be covered ___8___ the fish will iump out. The fish need food and should be fed every day. ___9___ if you give them too much food, it is very bad, ___10___the extra food willl fall to the bottom and make the water dirty. So the fish should get just enough food and finish it in ten minutes. Nothing should be left. 1.A.?for B. as C.?because D. because of 2.?A. with B?within C.?without D.?having 3.?A.but B?and C.?so D.?or 4.?A.Here B. There C. That D. This 5. A. So B.?yet C. but D. still 6. A.?and B.for C. when D.or (else) 7.A.may B. should C.?can ?D.?could 8.A?otherwise B.?or C.yet D.?A and B 9.A. But B.?Though C.?however D. although 10.?A. for B.so C.?enriched D?enriching 参考答案: 一、1—5?BCCCD?6---10?CBABC?11---15?CCBCB?16---20?ABCBD 二、1.and 2.but 3.and 4.for 5.so 6.but 三、1—5BABBA 6—10ABDAA

    • 2020-03-29
    • 下载10次
    • 297.76KB
  • ID:4-7098241 外研版英语七年级下Module 6 Around town知识点及练习(无答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级下/Module 6 Around town/本模块综合与测试

    ? (P32)in front of ?在…的前面? (P32)excuse me劳驾;对不起? (P32)the way to ?去…的路? (P32)go across...穿过... (P32)go along...沿着...走 (P32)turn left/right 向左转/右边? (P32)on the left/right ?在左边/右边? (P32)near here ?在这附近? (P32)would like to do sth.想要做某事 (P32)over there ?在那里? (P32)Why not do sth.?为什么不做某事呢? (P32)Can/Could you tell me...?你能告诉我...吗? (P32)get to ?到达? (P32)take the underground ?乘地铁 (P32)Have a nice day!? 祝你玩的愉快! (P34)welcome to+地点名称 欢迎来到... (P34)the middle of ?……的中间 (P34)walk up/down/along... 沿着...走 (P34)most of... ...的大部分/大多数 (P34)on a clear day ?在晴朗的一天 (P34)the best way to do sth.做某事的最好方法 (P34)by boat乘船? (P34)get off ?下(车、飞机、船等)? (P34)after doing sth.在做某事之后 (P34)begin with ?以…开始? (P35)from school to home ?从学校到家? (P35)on the map ?在地图上 ? (P35)next to ?紧挨着 (P36)need to do sth.需要做某事 (P36)post office ?邮局? (P36)at the cinema ?在电影院? (P36)bus stop ?公共汽车站? (P37)learn about了解 (P37)on the other side of...在...的另一边 [原文(P32)]Betty and Lingling are standing in front of Tian'anmen Square.??贝蒂和玲玲站在天安门前。 知识点①:in front of在...前面 in front of 在(物体外部的)...前面 in the front of在(物体内部的)...前面 知识点②:square ①[n.][可数]广场 ②[adj.]正方形的,四方的,平方的 [原文(P32)]Excuse me! Can you tell me the way to Wangfujing Dajie???你们可以告诉我去王府井大街的路怎么走吗? 知识点①:Excuse me. ①excuse[v.]原谅,谅解 excuse me. 劳驾、请问、请原谅、对不起 (1)向陌生人问路时。 Excuse me,where is the railway station? 劳驾,请问火车站在哪里? (2)客气的请求。 Excuse me,May I ask you a question? 我可以问你个问题吗? (3)突然有一个不雅的行为,如吃饭打嗝、谈话时打喷嚏等。 Oh, excuse me. 哦,对不起。 (4)和别人谈话时,要出去一下或者做一点别的事情时。 Excuse me,just a minute please. 对不起,请等一下。 ②excuse [n.][C]借口,理由(通常和介词 for连用) She’s always making excuses for being late. 她迟到总是有借口。 【注意】在某些固定短语中,excuse 是不可数名词。 There is no excuse to be late. 没有理由迟到。 Excuse me & sorry excuse me主要用于问路、插话、打扰或者麻烦别人的情景中sorry表示“道歉”经常用于: 1.自己有过失,做错了事情表示道歉。 I am sorry. I lost your book. 对不起,我把你的书丢失了。 2. 听到别人的痛苦或者不幸的消息表示同情。 -My mother was ill.我妈妈病了。 -I am sorry to hear that.听到这个消息我很难过。 3. 表示委婉拒绝或者不同意。  Sorry. You can’t sit here. 对不起。你不能坐在这里。 4. 因失约、失礼而表示歉意。  -Can you come to my party? 你能来参加我的聚会吗?  -Sorry. I can’t. 对不起,我不能。 回答I am sorry可以用: It doesn’t matter. That’s all right/OK. That’s nothing. Never mind. 知识点②:Can you tell me the way to…? 这是一个用来询问路线或方向的基本句型,如果表示礼貌,可以用“Excuse me. ”开头。 知识点③:the way to去...的路上 the way here/there/home...(地点副词前不用to) I see some beautiful flowers on my way home. 在回家的路上,我看到了一些美丽的花。 on one’s way to...在某人去...的路上 I met him on my way to the zoo .我去动物园的路上遇到了他。 Excuse me. Could you tell me the way _______ the nearest supermarket ? A.to B. of C .in D. at [原文(P32)]Go across Dong Chang’an Jie, go along the street and turn left at the third street on the left.??穿过东长安街,然后沿着马路一直走,在左边的第三条马路向左拐,就到了。 知识点①:go across穿过 =cross[v.]穿过 Be careful when you cross the street .过马路的时候要当心一点。 across[介]从表面穿过;越过 across from...在...对面=opposite across, over& through across表示的是从某物的一边到另一边;指从表面上横过。常搭配的词有street,road,river等 She ran across the road. 她从马路上跑过。through表示从内部通过,有“穿过,透过”等意思。常搭配的词有city,forest,park,channel,window等 They went through the forest. 他们穿过森林。over 是指从物体的正上方过去,并且不与物体接触。 The cat jumps over the wall and runs away. 1.--Dad ,can we walk_______ the road now ? --No ,we ______ .We have to wait until the light turns green . A. across ,needn’t B. across ,mustn’t C. through, can’t D. through ,mustn’t 2.We see Hobo jumping into the room ________ the window . A.across B. through C. over D. by 3.The old man is a good swimmer ,and even how he often swims ________ Tuojiang River after supper . A.over B. through C. to D. across 4.The teacher told us to walk _______ the street carefully . A.over B. through C. off D. across 5.-Bill ,did you see Tom ? -Yes , he just parked his car here and then hurried _______ the street . A.through B. over C. past D. across 6.They are talking about how to walk ______ the forest . A.across B. over C. through D. under 知识点②:turn left left/right: (1)[adv.]turn left/right向左/右转 (2)[n.] turn to the left/right向左/右转 (3)[adj.] left/right hand turn: (1)[v.]行为动词/连系动词。 行为动词:转弯,转身,翻转,旋转,换方向,转向 Turn left at the end of the road.在路的尽头左转。 连系动词:变得(后跟形容词作表语) The leaves turn yellow. 叶子变黄了。 (2)[n.]轮流,顺序 It’s your turn to clean the room. 轮到你打扫房间了。 1.I can’t see anything in the room .Please help me _____ the lights . A.turn on B. turn up C. turn down D. turn off 2.直走,然后向右走。 Go straight and then _________ __________. 知识点③:third第三 是序数词,对应的基数词是three 【拓展】 常见的序数词有 (1)1-3的序数词需要单独记忆 first, second, third (2)4-19 的序数词要在基数词后面加上th . fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, sixteenth, seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth (3)5,8,9,12的序数词的形式有变化 (4) 20-90中“几十几” 的序数词只把个位改为序数词 Twenty –first, fifty –ninth (5) 整十的变化,把ty 变 tie + th Twentieth, thirtieth, fortieth, fiftieth, sixtieth, seventieth, eightieth, ninetieth 1.--This is the ______ time that I come to Paris . I have been here twice . --Me too . The world is so large that I want to see more of it . first B. second C third 2.His office is on the ______ (three ) floor . 3.My grandparents live in an old apartment with _____ floors and they are on the _____ floor . A.fifth ,three B. fifth ,third C.five , three D. five ,third 知识点④:on the left/right在左/右边 在……的左边/右边on the left/ right of …… 在某人的右边 on one’s right 1.Turn _______ and the pay phone is on ______. A.right ,the right B. the right , right C. right ,right D. the right , the right 2.Just walk along the street and turn _______.The book shop is ________. A.the left, left B. left, on the left C. the right, right D. right , the right 3.Walk along the street ,and you’ll see the hospital ______ your left . A.in B. past C. on D. over 4.--Is there ________ supermarket near here ? --Yes , it’s on ______ right of our school . A.a,/ B. /,the C. the ,a D. a ,the [原文(P32)]Why not ask the policeman over there???为什么不问问那边的警察呢?? 知识点:why not do sth ? 为什么不做某事呢? ①Why not + 动词原形 + 其他?=Why don’t you + 动词原形 + 其他?(表建议、询问) -Why not play football with us? 为什么不和我们去踢足球呢? -That sounds like a good idea. 这是个好主意。 Why not go with us?= Why don’t you go with us? 为什么不同我们一起去呢? ②Why not? 为什么不(询问被否定的原因) -You can’t go there alone. 你不能单独去那里。 -Why not? 为什么不呢? ③why not当然,好啊(用在口语中表示赞同) -Let’s go to the movies. 我们看电影吧。 -Why not? 好啊! 【拓展】 常见的其他表示建议的句式 (1)Shall we…? 我们……好吗? Shall we go out for a walk? 我们一起去散步好吗? (2)How about/What about…? ……怎么样? How / What about listening to the music? 听音乐怎么样? 1.-Why not _______ out to play football? --Good idea .Let’s go . A.going B. go C .goes D. to go 2.-I feel upset because I am too heavy . -_______ do more exercise to lose some weight ? A.Why don’t B. Why not C. Why not to [原文(P32)]Could you tell me how to get to the National Stadium?? 你能告诉我去国家体育馆怎么走吗?? 知识点①:Could you tell me how to...?你能告诉我怎么...吗? Could[情态动词]比can更委婉 疑问词+to do作宾语 -Could you...? -Certainly./Sure./Sorry, I can’t. 知识点②:get to到达 get to=arrive in/at+地点 get+地点副词(here / there / home / anywhere...) [原文(P32)]Take the underground to the Olympic Sports Centre, or you can take a bus or a taxi.? 坐地铁到奥体中心,你也可以坐公共汽车或打车去。? 知识点①:take (1)搭车、乘坐、把(某人)带往,使(某人)到 You can take a bus or a taxi to the Olympic Sports Centre. 你可以乘坐公共汽车或者出租车前往奥体中心。 I must take my sister to the hospital. 我必须带我妹妹去医院。 take+冠词/形容词性物主代词+交通工具(+to+地点) =(go to...)by+交通工具(交通工具前不加任何冠词) We can take an / the underground to go there . = We can go there by underground . (2)穿(某尺寸的衣服或者鞋子) -What size does she take? 她穿多大号的? -Small. 小号的。 (3)花费 常用于固定句式: It takes sb. some time to do sth. 做某事需要花费某人多长时间 It took me half an hour to finish the work. 完成这项工作花了我半小时。 How long does it take you from your home to school? 从学校到你家要花多长时间? (4)买(相当于“buy, get, have) 购物的时候,经过一番挑选后决定购买某种商品时 用“I will take it / them.”而不用“I will buy it / them.” -How much is this watch? 这块表多少钱? -Seven dollars. 7美元。 -Oh, it’s cheap. I’ll take it. 哦,很便宜。我买了。 知识点②:underground (1)[n.]地铁 (2)[adj.]地下的 This is an underground shopping mall. 这是一个地下购物中心。 【注意】 take a underground乘地铁(动词短语) by underground乘地铁(介词短语) 1.More and more people in Shanghai choose to go to work ______ underground. A.In B. with C. by D. for 2.There are usually _______ (地下的) car parks for shoppers to use in many big supermarkets . [原文(P34)]Welcome to this short tour of London.? 欢迎参加伦敦短程游。 知识点: tour ①[n.]短期旅行、游览 a tour of...对...的参观/游览 ②[v.]周游,观光 tourist [n.][C]旅客,游客 tour, travel, journey&trip tour 意为“旅行”, 表示旅行完再返回原出发点。We are going on the tour of the city this afternoon.我们今天下午要到城里去观光。trip通常指短距离的旅行、远足。I enjoyed our trip to the seaside. 我喜欢我们到海边的旅行。journey 常指远距离的陆地旅行。They decided to take a train journey. 他们决定坐火车旅行。travel 指广义的旅行,而不是指某次具体的旅行,常指长途旅行或者国外旅行。He came home after years of foreign travel. 在国外旅行多年之后他回家了。 [原文(P34)]We’re standing opposite the National Gallery, a famous museum?with lots of famous paintings.? 我们现在站在国家美术馆——一个藏有许多名画的博物馆——的对面。? 知识点①:opposite在……的对面 (1)[prep.]在……对面(=across from) 常与名词一起构成介词短语,表示方位。 Their house is opposite mine. 他们的房子和我的相对。 (2)[adj.]另一边的,对面的,相反的 He is on the opposite side of the road. 他在路对面。 (3)[adv.]在对面 We sat opposite to each other. 我们相对而坐。 (4)[n.]相反的人(或物), 对立面(常与of连用) “Tall” is the opposite of “short”. “高”是“矮”的反义词。 [拓展] 常见的表示方位的介词或介词短语有: 介词: Along 沿着 Across 越过 Through穿过,越过 Opposite 在……对面 Past 路过,经过 Down 沿着 Over在……上方 On在……上面 Onto在……上面 In在……里面 Into进入……里 Under在……下面 Above在……上方 Below在……下方 From从…… Behind在……后面 At在… By靠近 Beside在……旁边 Near在……附近介词短语 Next to 靠近,紧挨着 In the middle of 在……中间 In the front of 在…… 前面 In front of 在……前面 On the left of 在…… 左边 On the right of 在……右边 1.单项填空 1.You can walk _______ the road when the traffic light is green . A.cross B. through C. across D. opposite 2.--I like the weather in Kunming . It’s warm all year long . -Yes .And the temperatures stays ________ zero all the time . A. at B. below C. around D. above 3.-Oh ,my god ! I’ve left my keys in the room . I’ll have to get in _______ the window. -It’s dangerous .You’d better wait for your mom to come back. A. past B. over C. across D. through 4.There are some apples _______ the tree and some birds are singing _______ the tree . A.On ,on B. in ,on C. on ,in 5. I am sitting behind Mike , so he is sitting ________ me . A.Behind B. in front of C. on the corner of D. on the left of 6.The workers will build a new railroad ________ the two cities . A.Straight B. between C. across D. along 7.-Could you tell me the way to the Science Museum ,please ? -Yes , walk along this street .You’ll see it _______ your left . A. on B. in C. for D. over 2.根据汉语提示完成句子 1.When we walk _____ (穿过) the road ,we should follow the traffic rules . 2.There is a small river ________ (在…后面) the old man’s house . 3. The cinema is ____________ (在……对面) the music store. 4.It’s two hundred kilometers _________(在…之间) the two cities. 5. Is there a swimming pool _____ (在……附近) here? 3.根据中文补全句子 1.那家超市在电影院前面。 The supermarket is _______ _______ _______ the cinema . 2.我看到他正在马路的另一边跑步。 I saw him running _______ _______ _______ _______ _______ the street. 3.沿着街道向前走,然后像右拐弯。 _______ _______ the street, then _______ _______ . 知识点②:famous著名的,有名的,出名的 可作定语或表语(=well – known) 【拓展】famous常见的搭配: be famous for...以……而著名(for后接著名的原因) be famous as...作为……而著名(as后接身份、职业等) China is famous for the Great Wall. 中国因长城而闻名。 Lu Xun is very famous as a writer. 鲁迅作为一名作家而著名。 1.-Hainan _____ its blue sky and fresh air . -So it is .That’s why more and more visitors spend their holidays here . A. is weak in B. is famous for C. is used to 2.Demi Moore is famous _______ the film Chost and Michal Jordan is famous _____ the most valuable player . A.for ,for B. for ,as C .as, as D. as ,for 3.As we all know ,Heze is ________ its peony (牡丹)。It attracts millions of visitors from home and abroad every year. A.popular with B. well –known as C .famous for 知识点③:painting[n.][C] 油画,绘画 The painting is very expensive. 这幅油画很贵。 (1)paint[v.]绘画,上颜色; [n.][U]油漆,绘画 She is an art student and she paints a lot of pictures. 她是一名美术生,她画许多画。 Don't touch the door; the paint is wet. 别碰这门, 油漆未干。 (2)painter [n.][C]漆工,画家 He is painting. 他在画画。 [原文(P34)]From here, we’ll walk along the red street to Buckingham Palace. 从这里出发,我们将沿着红色大姐走到白金汉宫。 [原文(P36)]Turn left and walk up Green Street.向左转,沿着格林街走。 知识点:walk along (up, down)沿着 其后一般接道路、河流等名词。经常可以互换。 We are walking along/ down/ up the street. 我们正沿着这条街走。 up & down & along up 有“顺势上行”的意思,多指向北或向上,且带有向说话人而来的意思。 walk up to走近,走向The girl is walking up to her mother. 那个女孩正走向她妈妈。down 有“顺势下行”的意思,多指向南或向下,有离说话人远去的意思。I saw him walking down the street. 我看见他在沿着街走。along 顺势而行,不表示方向。Go along this road, and you’ll find the bank in the end. 沿着这条路一直走,在尽头你就能找到那家银行。 [原文(P34)]It takes you 135 metres above the River Thames.??它能带你到离泰晤士河对面135米高的地方。? 知识点:above在...之上 above & on & over Above表示“在……上方’’,表示某东西和另一物体的垂直高度高 表示“数量,价格,温度等)大于,高于 On 表示“在……上面,表示某一物体和另一物体表面接触。 Over表示“在……上方’’,表示和物体表面不接触的正上方。 [原文(P34)]You can see most of London on a clear day.??在晴朗的日子里,你几乎能看到伦敦市的全貌。 知识点①:most of+可数名词/不可数名词/人称代词宾格 ...中的大多数 most后不可直接加定冠词/指示代词/物主代词修饰的名词(需加of) most of the/these/our students=most students 知识点②: clear (1)[adj.]清晰的,晴朗的,清澈的 I can see a plane flying in the clear sky. 我能看见飞机在晴朗的天空中飞行。 The water in the river is very clear. 这条河里的水非常清澈。 I can see the hill through the clear glass. 通过透明的玻璃我能看到小山。 (2)[v.]收拾,清除 Please clear the ashes from the fireplace. 请清除壁炉的灰。 (3)[v.]清掉(嗓子里的痰);清(嗓子) He cleared his throat, and went on with his summing-up report.他清了清嗓子,继续做总结报告。 Clearly [adv.]清楚地,明白地 [原文(P34)]When you get off the boat, go past the station and and walk along the street.? 知识点:past经过,穿过 (1)[prep.]经过,穿过 Go past the hospital, and you will see the post office. 经过医院,你就会看到邮局。 (2)[n.]过去 Alice has traveled a lot in the past. 爱丽丝在过去旅游了许多地方。 (3)[adj.]过去的,前任的 Great changes have taken place in the past 20 years. 在过去的20年里发生了巨大的变化。 [原文(P34]You’re now back at the square. And this is where we’ll finish our tour.? 你现在回到了(特勒法尔加)广场,在这里我们将结束我们的伦敦游。 知识点①: be back to…回到某地(=go back to…) back[adv.]回到(原处)”或“向后”,可指动作或者状态 He went (was) back to his hometown. 他又回到了他的家乡。 I am not ready to go back to work. 我还不准备回去工作。 Please give back the book to the library in time. 请及时把书还给图书管。 【注意】如果表示地点的词是副词“home, there, here”等时,则不用介词to。 We must be back home at six o’clock. 我们必须在六点时回家。 知识点②:finish 结束,完成 finish doing sth 意为“结束做某事” finish可跟名词、代词、动名词。 After she finished ________ the story ,Alice wrote a review for her school newspaper . A.read B. reads C. reading D. to read

    • 2020-03-29
    • 下载18次
    • 100.49KB
    进入下载页面

    免费资料

  • ID:4-7065499 浙江省金华市中考英语复习之句子种类及简单句(含部分答案)

    初中英语/中考专区/二轮专题/句法/简单句

    句子种类及简单句 [教学目标]学生对句子种类(句子成分—基本句型)和简单句的概念和种类的了解并掌握 学前自测(发现考点) ( )1. He needs your help. You ___ and give him a hand. A. should to stay B. shouldn't stay C. ought not stay D. ought to stay ( )2. —Excuse me, can I smoke here? —No, ____. A. you mustn't B. you'd not better C. you can D. you'd better not to ( )3. _____ useful advice you gave us! A. What a B. How a C. What D. How ( )4. —Mum, must I finish the homework tonight? —No, ____. It is Saturday and you can finish later. A. you must B. you'd not better C. you mustn't D. you don't have to ( )5. — ____ will the next bus come, do you know? —In five minutes. A. How long B. How soon C. How many D. How far ( )6. —You won't follow his example, will you? — ____. I don't think he is right. A. No, I won't B. Yes, I will C. No, I will D. Yes, I won't ( )7. —Subway Line 6 and Line 2 will be built in our city in the coming four years. —Wow! _____ news! A. What exciting B. How exciting C. What an exciting D. How an exciting ( )8. —Must we collect the waste paper and bottles now? — _____. You can do it after class. A. Yes, you must. B. No, you needn't. C. Yes, you may. D. No, you mustn't. ( )9. It's great! Your daughter's finished the homework, _____? A. has she B. isn't she C. hasn't she D. does she ( )10. ____ the map and tell me where Shanghai is. A. Look at B. Looks at C. Look around D. Looking at 答案 学前自测 1-5 DACDB 6-10 AABCA 知识导图 考 点 精 讲 练 考点 1 句子成分及五大基本句型                                     1. 句子成分 一个句子是由一个或者若干个单词,按照语法的规则和结构组成的。句子的组成部分叫作句子成分,也叫句法成分。句子成分由词或词组或从句充当。在英语中,句子的组成成分有:主语、谓语、宾语、宾语补足语、表语、定语、状语。其中,主语、谓语构成句子的主干部分,表语、宾语和宾语补足语组成谓语部分,定语和状语则是对句子的内容进行的补充成分。 主语 作用 位置 句子说明的人或事物 用在句首,动词之前 组成部分 1. 名词作主语 A tree has fallen across the road.一棵树横在大路中间。Little streams feed big rivers.小河流入大江。 2. 代词用作主语 You’ re not far wrong. 你差不多对了。He told a joke but it fell flat.他说了个笑话,但没有引人发笑。 3.数词用作主语 Three is enough. 三个就够了。Four from seven leaves three. 7减4余3。 4. 名词化的形容词用作主语 The lazy men are forced to work.懒汉被迫劳动。 The old and the young marched side by side.老少并肩而行。 5. 副词用作主语 Now is the time. 现在是时候了。Carefully does it. 小心就行。 6. 名词化的介词作主语 The ups and downs of life must be taken as they come.当生活中的起起伏伏来临的时候我们要面对它。 7. 不定式用作主语 To find your way can be a problem你能否找到路可能是一个问题。It would be nice to see him again能再次看见他很不错。 8. 动名词用作主语 Smoking is bad for you. 抽烟对你有坏处。Watching a film is pleasure, but making one is hard work.看花容易绣花难。 9. 名词化的过去分词用作主语 The disabled are to receive more money.残疾人应该拿到更多的钱。The dead died of old age.已故者死于年迈。 10. 介词短语用作主语 To Beijing is not very far.北京并不是非常远。From Yan’ an to Nanniwan was a three-hour ride on horseback. 从延安到南泥湾骑马要三个小时。 11. 从句用作主语 Whenever you are ready will be fine.只要你什么时候准备好了就行。 12. 句子用作主语 “How do you do?" is a greeting.“你好”是一句问候语。 (2)谓语 作用 位置 是对主语加以陈述,表示主语的行为或状态 主语后 组成部分由简单动词(及物动词、不及物动词、系动词等)或动词短语(助动词或情态动词十主要动词)构成 1. 由简单的动词构成 (1) What happened? 发生了什么事?(2) He worked hard all day today.他今天苦干了一天。(3) The plane took off at ten o’ clock.飞机是十点起飞的。 2. 由动词短语构成的谓语 (1)I am reading.我在看书。(2) What’ s been keeping you all this time?这半天你在干什么来着?(3)You can do it if you try hard.你努力就可以做到。 3. 常用某些动作名词代替表动态的谓语动词,表生动 这种动作名词之前常用没有多大意义的动词如:have,get,take,give等。 (1)I had a swim yesterday. 我昨天游了一次泳。 (2)Take a look at that! 你看看那个! (3)表语 作用 位置 表示主语的性质、状态和特征 系动词之后 组成部分 1.名词作表语 The wedding was that Sunday.婚礼是在那个星期天举行的。 2.代词作表语 So that’ s that. 就是这样。 3.数词作表语 We are seven.我们一共7人。 4.形容词作表语 Are you busy? 你有空吗? 5.副词做表语 Are you there? 你在听吗?(电话用语) 6.不定式作表语 All could do was to wait. 我只能等待。 My answer to his threat was to hit him on the nose.面对他的威胁,我直接一拳打在他鼻子上。 7.过去分词作表语 I was so much surprised at it.我对此事感到很惊讶。 . I’ m very pleased with what he has done.我对他所做的很满意。 8.介词短语作表语 She is in good health. 她很健康。 The show is from seven till ten.演出时间为7点至10点。 9.从句作表语 Is that why you were angry?这就是你发怒的原因吗?This is where I first met her.这就是我初次与她会面的地方。 补充: 能作系动词的实义动词: come, go, run, turn, get, become, keep, stay, make (表变化的动词) My dream has come true. 我的梦想实现了。 Keep fit.保重。 The well ran dry.这口井干枯了。 fell, sound, smell, look, taste (感观动词) He fell sick.他病了。 seem. appear(似乎,好像) A thin person always seems to be taller than he really is.一个瘦人总是看起来更高。 (4)宾语 作用 位置 动词的对象或承受者 及物动词或介词后 组成部分 1.名词作宾语 Do you want a drink? 你想喝一杯吗? 2.代词作宾语 They won’ t hurt us.他们不会伤害我们。 3.数词作宾语 If you add 5 to 5,you get 10. 5加5等于10。 4.名词化的形容词作宾语 I shall do my possible. 我将尽力而为。 5.副词做宾语 He left there last week. 他上个星期离开了那里。 6.不定式作宾语 Does she really mean to leave home? 她真的要离开家吗? 7.名词化的分词作宾语 He never did the unexpected. 8.从句作宾语 Do you understand what I mean?你明白我的意思吗? 拓展:双宾语问题 宾语中有些动词需要两个同等的宾语,即直接宾语(direct object)与间接宾语(indirect object)。 直接宾语一般指动作的承受者多为物,间接宾语指动作所向的或所为的人和物(多指人)。 具有这种双宾语的及物动词叫做与格动词(dative verb)。间接宾语一般须与直接宾语连用,通常放在直接宾语之前。 常用的有:answer,bring,buy,do,find,get,give, hand, keep, leave, lend, make, offer, owe, pass, pay, play, promise, read, save; sell, send, show, sing, take等。 Give me a cup of tea, please. 请给我一杯咖啡。 I bought him a birthday present.我给他买了个生日礼物。 I have found him a place.我给他找到了一个职位。 双宾语可以用介词to或for表达: Please give it to him.请把东西给他。 Mother cooks breakfast for us every day。妈妈每天为我们做早餐。 (5)补语—主语补足语&宾语补足语 类别 作用 位置 主语补足语 对主语的补充 主语前 组成部分 形容词用作主语补语 Tired and sleepy, I went to bed.又累又困,所以我上床休息了。 类别 作用 位置 宾语补足语 对宾语的补充 宾语后 组成部分 1. 名词用作宾语补语 They named the child Jimmy.他们给孩子起名为吉米。 2.名词短语作宾语补语 They think her my sister.他们觉得她是我姐姐。 3.形容词作宾语补语 He boiled the egg hard.他将鸡蛋煮老了。 4.形容词短语作宾语补语 I found the book very interesting.我发现那本书很有趣。 5.不定式作宾语补语 The partners wanted Dr. Bethune to take over.同伴想让白求恩来接管。 6.动名词作宾语补语 I call this robbing Peter to pay Paul. 我把这个叫做拆东墙补西墙。 7.介词短语作宾语补语 Don’ t take his kindness for granted.不要把他的友善看作是理所当然的事。 (6)定语 作用 位置 修饰或限制名词或代词的词、词组或句子 放在所修饰的成分之前,不定式、短语或从句放在所修饰 的成分后 组成部分 1. 形容词用作定语 (1) She is a natural musician.她是一位天生的音乐家。 (2) He must be the best violinist alive.(后置定语)他一定是现世最好的小提琴家。 2. 名词用作定语 (1)A baby girl女婴 (2)well water井水 3. 代词用作定语 (l)Your hair needs cutting.你的头发该剪了。(2) Everybody’ s business is nobody’ s business.三个和尚没水喝。 4. 数词用作定语 (1) There’ s only one way to do 做此事只有一法。(2)Do it now, you may not get a second chance·现在就开始做,你不会有第二次机会的。 基数词用作后置定语:page 24,Room. 201,the year 1949 5. 副词作定语时常后置 the room above楼上的房间 the world today 当今世界 the way out出路 a day off休息日 6. 不定式用作定语 (1) Her promise to write was forgotten. 她忘记了答应写信的事。 (2)That’ s the way to do it. 那正是做此事的方法。 7. 动名词用作定语 a walking stick 拐杖 sleeping pills 安眠药eating implements吃饭用具 learning method 学习方法 8. 分词充当定语 a sleeping child正在睡觉的小孩 a drinking man 嗜酒者 a retired worker 一个退休工人 a faded flower 一朵凋谢了的花 9.介词短语用作定语 This is a map of China. 这是一幅中国地图。 10. 从句用作定语 The car that is parked outside is mine.停在外面的车是我的。 状语 作用 位置 表示动词的时间、地点、方式、原因、目的等,用于修饰动词、形容词、副词或句子 一般修饰形容词或副词放在其前,修饰动词放在其前后均可 组成部分作状语的有副词、名词、代词、数词、形容词、不定式、分词、介词短语、从句等。 副词最常用作状语,位置比较灵活,可置句末、句首和句中。 1) He speaks the language badly but reads it well.他说得不行但读得非常好。 (2) Naturally we expect hotel guests to lock their doors. 我们自然很期待宾馆客人们能锁好他们的门。 用途分类 1.时间状语 多位于句末和句首,有时亦可置于句中 Shall we do the shopping today or tomorrow?我们是今天购物还是明天7Now China leads the world. 现在中国领先于世界。 2.地点状语 多置于句末,有时也位于句首和句中 There are plenty of fish in the sea. 海里有很多鱼。 3.原因状语 多置于句末,有时亦可置于句首 Because he was ill, Tom lost his job.汤姆因为生病而丢了工作。 I eat potatoes because I like them.我吃土豆是因为我喜欢它们。 4.结果状语 多由不定式、分词和从句表示,常位于句末 He woke suddenly to find someone standing in the door way.他突然醒了过来,结果发现门口站着个人。She spoke so softly that I couldn’t hear what she said.她说的声音如此的小以至于我听不见她说什么。 5.目的状语 多由不定式、介词短语和从句等表示,常位于句末,强调时可以置于句首 He ran for shelter(隐蔽处). 他跑着去找遮蔽处。In order to get into a good school, I must study even harder.为了进一所名校我必须要更努力。 6.条件状语 多由短语和从句表示,常置于句末和句首 We’ll be lucky to get there before dark.我们将很庆幸能在天黑之前到达那。If he were to come, what should we say to him?如果他来了的话,我们将跟他说什么? 7.让步状语 由短语和从句表示,常置于句末和句首 He helped me although he didn’t know me.尽管他不认识我,他还是帮助了我。 8.程度状语 常由副词、介词短语及从句等表示 The lecture is very interesting. 演讲非常有意思。 9.伴随状语 常由短语和独立主格等表示,多位于句末和句首 My train starts at six, arriving at Chicago at ten.我的火车六点出发,10点到芝加哥。 2. 简单句的基本结构——五大基本句型 只有一个主语或并列主语和只有一个谓语或并列谓语组成的句子叫简单句。根据简单句的基本结构,可分为五大基本句型: S(主)+Vi.(谓) 谓语动词为不及物动词,能表达完整的意思。不及物动词后可接状语进行修饰。 I(S) agree(V).They(S) arrived(V). S(主)+V.(系)+P (表) 谓语动词为连系动词,不能表达完整的意思,后需加表语,意义才能完整。 This kind of food (S) tastes (V)delicious(P).(表特征)It(S)is getting (V) warmer and warmer(P).(表变化) S(主)+Vt.(谓)+O (宾) 谓语动词为及物动词,必须跟动作的承受者(宾语),意义才能完整。 She(S)plans(V)to swim(O)on Monday.Tom(S)enjoys(V)playing football(O). S(主)+Vt.(谓)+IO (间接宾语)+DO(直接宾语) 谓语动词须跟两个宾语才能表达完整意思。两个宾语中,一个是动作的直接承受者,一个是动作的间接承受者。 My father (S) bought (V) me (IO) a pen (DO).The cinema (S) will show (V) us (IO) a new movie(DO). 常见跟双宾语的动词。 buy, pass, lend, give, teach, show, bring, send S(主)+Vt.(谓)+O (宾)+C(宾补) 补充说明宾语的特点、身份等。 You(S) should keep(V) the room(O) clean(C). 通过感观知道宾语做了某事或让宾语去完成某个动作。 Dad(S)saw(V)Tom(O)playing_basketball(C). 考点 2 陈述句                                     陈述句用来说明一个事实或陈述一种看法。 陈述句包括肯定句和否定句两种形式。句末通常用句点,读降调。 1. 陈述句的肯定形式:主语+谓语+其他 或 主语+系动词+表语 They have lots of storybooks.他们有很多故事书。 2. 陈述句的否定形式 (1)be的否定式 ①be作系动词用时,结构为:主语+be+not+表语+其他。 She is not a teacher. 她不是一位老师。 ②be用作助动词,用于be doing/be going to do/be done等时态或被动语态中,结构为:主语+be+not+动词的现在分词或过去分词+其他。 Jim isn't playing football.吉姆没有在踢足球。 (2)助动词、情态动词的否定式,在它们之后直接加上 not 构成否定形式 如果句子的谓语动词是实义动词,其否定形式为:助动词 do/ does/ did+not+实义动词(原形) The boy doesn't do housework at home.这个男孩在家不做家务。 (3)除not 外,其他否定词也可以构成否定句 ①用no表示,no= not any/a He has no sister.=He doesn't have any sister.他没有姐妹。 ②never绝不,从不 I have never seen such a man.我从没见过这样的人。 ③little, few几乎没有 There are few students in the classroom.教室里几乎没有学生。 ④no one/nobody没有人 Nobody is interested in the book.没有人对这本书感兴趣。 ⑤nothing没有东西,没有事情 There is nothing wrong with you.你没有什么问题。 ⑥neither of...两者之中没有一个;none of...三者或三者以上之中没有一个 Neither of them has ever been to Beijing.他们两个都没有去过北京。 None of these pens works.这些钢笔没有一支能用。 ⑦seldom很少;hardly几乎不;rarely很少 I can hardly sing English songs. 我几乎不会唱英文歌曲。I seldom go to hospital. 我很少去医院。 ⑧too...to...太……以至于不能…… He is too old to run as fast as he used to be.他太老了,跑不了像他以前那样快。 ⑨当 all, both, each, everyone, everything, everywhere, always 等表示总括意义的词和 not 连用时,表示部分否定 Not all the girls like bright colours. 不是所有的女孩都喜欢鲜艳的颜色。 注意:如果肯定句中含有 some, somebody, someone, something, somewhere, already, 变为否定句时,要分别改为 any, anybody, anyone, anything, anywhere, yet。 考点 3  疑问句                                    疑问句通常包含一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、选择疑问句和反意疑问句四种形式。具体内容如下: 1. 一般疑问句:表示询问事物或某种情况是否属实,需要对方给予肯定(yes)或否定(no)的回答。 形式 例句 Be+主语+其他? —Is she from England?她来自英格兰吗? —Yes, she is./No, she isn't. 是的,她是。/不,她不是。 助动词+主语+动词原形/过去分词+其他? —Do you like playing basketball?你喜欢打篮球吗? —Yes, I do./No, I don't. 是的,我喜欢。/不,我不喜欢。 情态动词+主语+动词原形+其他? —Must I finish the report today?我必须今天完成这份报告吗? —Yes, you must. 是的,你必须(今天完成)。 注:(1)使用一般疑问句时,应特别注意问句或答句在人称、数和时态上的一致。(2)一般疑问句也可用表示肯定或否定的词来回答,如certainly(当然), surely(当然), of course(当然),I think so(我想是的),all right(好吧),certainly not(当然不是), not at all(一点也不), never(从不),sorry(很抱歉),not yet(还没有) I’m afraid not(恐怕不是)等。 2. 特殊疑问句:以特殊疑问词开头,对陈述句中的某一部分进行提问的句子。 (1)疑问代词:可以对主语、表语、宾语、定语提问。 疑问词 用法 例句 what 询问职业、身份、观点、看法、事物名等 What's her job?她的工作是什么? who 询问身份 Who is the girl over there?那边的那个女孩是谁? which 询问特定的人或物 Which color is your favorite?哪种颜色是你最喜欢的? whose 询问所属关系 Whose book is it?这是谁的书? whom 询问人 Whom do you like best in your family?在你的家里你最喜欢谁? (2)疑问副词:对状语提问。 疑问词 用法 例句 when 询问时间 When did you go to Shanghai last month?你上个月什么时候去上海的? where 询问地点、位置 Where do you want to go this winter?这个冬天你想去哪儿? why 询问原因 Why were you late for the meeting this morning?今天早上你为什么开会迟到? how 询问方式 How do you go to school every day?你每天怎么去上学? (3) 疑问词组 词组 含义 用法 How many 多少 提问数量,后跟可数名词复数 How much 多少(钱) 提问数量,后跟不可数名词;提问价格 How old 多大 提问年龄 How long 多长(时间) 提问持续的时间,答语用“for+一段时间”或“since+过去时间点”;提问某物体的长度 How soon 多久 提问将来的时间,答语用“in+一段时间” How far 多远 提问距离 How often 多久一次 提问频率 what/ which/ whose+名词 What colour is your new coat? 你的新外套是什么颜色的? 3. 选择疑问句:提供两种或者两种以上的情况供对方选择回答的疑问句。选择疑问句中的两种或两种以上的情况用or连接,回答时要用一个完整的句子或其省略形式。通常划分为两种: 分类 形式 例句 一般选择疑问句 一般疑问句+or+被选择的部分? —Do you like traditional Western music or pop music,Betty? 贝蒂,你喜欢传统西方音乐还是流行音乐? —Well, I like both.哦,两个我都喜欢。 特殊选择疑问句 特殊疑问句, A or B? —Which do you prefer, coffee or tea? 咖啡和茶,你更喜欢哪一个? —Tea.茶。 4. 反意疑问句(附加疑问句):附加在陈述句后的简单问句。 (1)结构:陈述句+附加疑问部分(be动词/助动词/情态动词+陈述句主语对应的代词) (2)原则:“前肯后否,前否后肯”(人称和时态前后保持一致)。如: You are from Australia, aren't you?  肯定       否定 Jack doesn't live in Guilin, does he?   否定        肯定 (3)用法 (1) 主句为肯定陈述句时,附加问句部分用否定形式, 且必须用缩写形式。 The girl went to school late yesterday, didn't she? 那个女孩昨天上学迟到了,对不对? (2) 主句为否定陈述句时,附加问句部分用肯定形式。陈述部分含有never,few,little,nothing,nobody,no,hardly,none,too...to.等词时视为否定。 He didn't eat anything, did he? 他没有吃任何东西,对吗?There are few people in the room, are there?房间里几乎没有人,不是吗? (3) 当陈述句部分主语是指示代词 that, this 或不定代词 something, everything, nothing 时,附加部分用 it。 Everything is ready, isn't it? 一切都准备好了,对不对? (4) 当陈述部分主语是 everyone, everybody, no one, nobody, somebody, someone 时,附加部分可用 they,也可用 he。 Everybody likes the new teacher, don't they? 大家都喜欢这位新老师,对不对? Someone knows the answer, doesn't he? 有人知道答案,对不对? (5) 当陈述句部分是“there be”结构时,附加疑问句部分的主语用 there。 There is something wrong with your watch, isn't there? 你的手表有毛病了,对不对? (6) 当陈述部分含有否定前缀的词时,仍然把陈述部分看作肯定句,其反意疑问句仍用否定形式。 It is impossible, isn't it? 这是不可能的,对不对? (7) 以 let's 开头的祈使句, 附加问句应用 shall we; 其他形式的祈使句(包括let us),无论是肯定还是否定祈使句,附加问句都可用 will you。 Let's go home now, shall we? 现在咱们回家吧,好吗? Let us have a rest now, will you? 现在让我们休息一会儿,好吗? (8) 当陈述部分的主句是 I think/ believe/ suppose 等结构时,问句部分则往往与 that 从句中的主语和谓语动词保持一致。 I think he is asleep, isn't he? 我认为他睡着了,是不是? 4)对反意疑问句的回答 对反意疑问句的回答,不管陈述部分是肯定句还是否定句,若事实是肯定的,答语就要用yes;事实是否定的,答语就要用no。注意在“前否后肯”的反意疑问句的答语中,yes意为“不”,no意为“是的”。如: —He didn't go to the meeting, did he?他没有参加这次会议,是吗? —Yes, he did.不, 他参加了。 —Mary sings well, doesn't she? 玛丽唱得很好,是不是? —Yes, she does. / No, she doesn't. 不,她唱得很好。 / 是的,她唱得不好。 注意: 陈述部分是一个主从复合句,附加问句一般要和主句一致。但是当陈述部分是“I’m sure…, I’m afraid…, I (don’t) think / believe… +宾语从句”结构时,附加问句应与从句一致,而且要注意否定转移现象。 He said he was late for class, didn’t he? 他说他上课迟到了,是吗? I don’t think he is good at math, is he? 我认为他不擅长数学,是不是这样?(否定转移) 【现学现用】 1. —________ are you in? —I am in Class One. A. Which school B. Which class C. Which grade 2. You don't like this colour, ________ you? A. will B. are C. do 3.—It is hot today, ________? —Yes, it is. A. aren't they B. don't you C. isn't it 4. —________ students are there in your class? —Fifty. A. How many B. How much C. How long D. How far 5. —________ is this notebook? —It must be Anna's. Her name is on it. A. Whose B. Who C. Whom D. Which 6. —Hey, Jack. ________ gave you the gift? —My father. A. What B. When C. Who D. Why 7. She doesn't like pop music, ________? A. does she B. is she C. doesn't she D. isn't she 8. —________ is your father? —A cook. He works in a restaurant near our home. A. Who B. What C. Which 9. —________ do people like swimming? —Because it is good for their health. A. When B. Where C. Why 10. He has few friends in his new school, ________? A. hasn't he B. does he C. is he 11. Her brother has washed all the clothes by himself, ________? A. doesn't he B. does he C. hasn't he 12. —Jim is never late for school, ________? —No, he is used to getting to school early. A. has he B. is he C. isn't he 考点 4 祈使句                                     祈使句表达说话人对对方的叮嘱、劝告、希望、禁止、请求或命令等。祈使句一般以动词原形开头,无时态和数的变化,句末用句点或感叹号,读时用降调,在祈使句的句首或句末加上 please,以使语气更加委婉客气。 祈使句有肯定和否定两种形式。 1. 肯定形式 结构 例句 动词原形+其他成分 Give them more personal space. Be+adj. Be careful! Be quiet, please! Let sb.+动词原形 Let's go to school! 2. 否定形式 结构 例句 Don't+动词原形+其他成分 Don't stand too close to North Americans. Let's/Let sb.+not+动词原形+其他成分 Let's not make noise here. Let Mary not come here. No+名词/v.?ing No smoking! No photos!(常用于公共场合的提示语中) Never+动词原形 Never be late for school! 注意: (1)祈使句的回答用一般将来时。 —Please remember to take my notebook to school.请记得把我的笔记本带去学校。 —OK, I will.好的,我会的。 (2)祈使句+and/or+句子,可以转换成if引导的条件状语从句。如: Hurry up, or you'll be late for class.快点,否则你上课会迟到。 =If you don't hurry up, you'll be late for class.如果你不快点,你上课就会迟到。 (3)有时为了表示委婉的语气,可在句首或句尾加上please,但please加在句尾时,前面要用逗号隔开。 Please sit down. 请坐。 (4)在意思较为明显的情况下,可把谓语动词省去。 This way,please. 请这边走。 (5)有时为了明确地向对方提出请求或发出命令,可加称呼,但称呼要与句子隔开。 Turn off the light,Jim. 吉姆,把灯关了。 (6)某些名词、形容词或副词等后面加上感叹号,也可作为祈使句使用。 Hands up! 手举起来! 【现学现用】 1.________ silent, please. The baby is sleeping. A. Keep B. Kept C. To keep D. Keeping 2. ________ quiet please. My baby is sleeping. A. Be B. Being C. Is D. Are 3. ________ me a chance and I'll bring you a surprise. A. Give B. Giving C. To give 4. Please ________ the rubbish into different litter bins according to the signs. A. puts B. put C. putting 5. —________ too much sweet. It's bad for your teeth. —Yes, you are right. A. Don't eating B. Don't eat C. No eat 考点 5 感叹句                                     感叹句是用来表达人的特殊情感的句子,可以表达人的喜、怒、哀、乐等情绪。感叹句可以是一个单词、一个不定式短语、一个由短语构成的独立句,也可以是由what或how引导的句子。其具体的形式如下: 形式 结构 例句 What引导 What+a/an+形容词+可数名词单数(+主语+谓语)! What a beautiful city (it is)!多么美丽的一座城市啊! What+形容词+可数名词复数(+主语+谓语)! What interesting books(they are)!多么有趣的书啊! What+形容词+不可数名词(+主语+谓语)! What nice music(it is)!多么美妙的音乐啊! How 引导 How+形容词/副词(+主语+谓语)! How fine the weather is!多么好的天气啊! How well he plays the violin!他拉小提琴拉得多好啊! How+形容词+a/an+可数名词单数(+主语+谓语)! How cute a cat(it is)!一只多么可爱的猫啊! How+主语+谓语! How time flies!时间过得真快呀! 特殊 1. 在陈述句、祈使句或疑问句句尾加感叹号使之变成感叹句,表示某种强烈的感情 He jumps so high! 他跳得真高啊! 2. 用一个词或词组表达强烈情感的句子也是感叹句 Look out! 当心! Great! Wonderful! 3. 以There和Here等副词开头的感叹句 Here comes the teacher! 老师来了! 注意: (1)如何判断用what还是how来引导感叹句? 凡是其后直接跟a/an的,多用what;凡是形容词直接加名词的,多用what;其他一般用how。 (2)What感叹句中可数名词单数前一般为不定冠词a/an,而不用the。转换成how感叹句是,该名词前一般用定冠词the,以表示特指。 What a big fish it is! = How big the fish is! What dear meat it is! = How dear the meat is! 【现学现用】 1. ________ delicious the soup tastes! A. How B. What C. What a 2. ________ nice weather it is! Let's go out for a picnic. A. What B. How C. What a 3. —Look at my new dress. —Wow! ________ beautiful it is! A. How B. How a C. What D. What a 4. ________ interesting the book is! I want to buy one, too. A. How B. What C. How an D. What an 5. —________ beautiful shoes she is wearing! —I think so. A. What B. What a C. How D. How a 6. ______ interesting person our English teacher is! A. How B. What C. What an 7. ________ clever a dog is! I want to have one. A. How B. How a C. What a 8. ________ great fun it is to have a picnic on such a sunny day! A. What a B. How a C. What 9. Look! ________ happily the children are playing over there! A. How B. What C. How a 考点 6 There be句型                                     1. 结构:“There be +主语(人或物)+地点 ”,表示“在某地有某物”。 2. There be句型的不同句式 (1)否定句。在be 动词后面加not, not any, no。如: There is no water in the bottle.瓶子里面没有水。 (2)疑问句。把be动词提前到句首,some变any,其他都不变。如: Is there any water in the bottle?瓶子里有水吗? 3. There be句型中的be动词的数:遵循“就近原则” be动词的单复数形式必须和There be之后的第一个主语保持一致。如果第一个主语是可数名词单数或不可数名词,be动词用单数;如果第一个主语是可数名词复数,be动词用复数。如: (1) There on the desk. (2) There in the bottle. (3) There on the wall. (4) There in the bottle. There here. 4. There be句型的不同时态。There be句型时态的变化体现在be动词上, 而且可以和助动词或情态动词连用。 (1)一般将来时:There will be或There is/are going to be... (2)一般过去时:There was/were/used to be... (3)现在完成时:There has/have been... (4)含情态动词:There+情态动词+be... 拓展  (1)辨析There be句型与have There be句型表示某处存在某物或某人,不强调此物归谁所有;have表示某人拥有某物或某人,强调所属关系。 There is a tree on the hill.山上有棵树。 I have a pencil.我有一支铅笔。 当have表示包括、存在的含义时,可以与There be句型互换。 A week has seven days.=There are seven days in a week.一个星期有七天。 (2)There be sb. doing sth.+地点/时间。某地/某时有某人正在做某事。 There is a baby sleeping in the room.房间里有个婴儿正在睡觉。 【现学现用】 1. There________ a concert in our school hall next week. A. is going to have B. will have C. will be D. is going to hold 2. Look! There________ a pair of glasses and two boxes on the table. A. is B. are C. was     3. There ________ many trees in our school. A. are B. is C. have 考点 7 主谓一致                                     针对主谓一致的试题,应该找出题干中的“主语”,确定其单复数;然后结合“语法一致”、“意义一致”和“就近一致”三个原则来进行选择;最后根据所给句子的时态选出最终答案。 1. 语法一致:单数主语谓语动词用单数,复数主语谓语动词用复数。 主语成分 谓语 例句 人称代词主格(第一、三人称单数)、不可数名词或单个人名 单数 It smells delicious.它闻起来很美味。Lily is a good student and we all like her.莉莉是一个好学生,我们都喜欢她。 动词不定式短语、动名词短语或从句 单数 To learn English well isn't easy. 学好英语不容易。What he said is very important for us all. 他所说的对我们所有人都非常重要。 one of/the number of+名词复数 单数 The number of students in our class is 32. 我们班的学生人数为32。 a number of+名词复数 复数 A number of trees were cut down. 许多树木被砍倒了。 人称代词主格(第二人称、第三人称复数) 复数 You are so clever.你真是太聪明了。They are all interested in football.他们都对足球感兴趣。 and或both...and...连接名词 复数 Both Linda and I like learning maths.我和琳达都喜欢学数学。 主语后有with, along, like, except, besides, but, including, together with, as well as等连接的名词或代词时 取决于主语(名词) Tom with his parents is watching TV. 汤姆和他的父母正在看电视。 Nobody was late, except me.除了我,没有人迟到。 a lot of/lots of/plenty of/most of+名词 Lots of people have been there. 很多人去过那儿。 分数或百分数+名词 Two thirds of the work has been finished. 三分之二的工作已经被完成。 2. 意义一致:根据句子主语的意义来确定谓语动词的单复数。 主语成分 谓语 例句 集体名词(如:family/class/team/group/public等) 取决于主语意义 His family is going to move to Beijing.他家将搬去北京。(作为整体时,用单数)The whole family are watching TV.全家人正在看电视。(侧重成员时,用复数) 集合名词(如:people/police等) 复数 The police are helping the girl find her mother.警察们正在帮助这个女孩找妈妈。 the+姓氏名词复数,表示“……一家”或“……夫妇” 复数 The Blacks enjoy working in China.布莱克夫妇喜欢在中国工作。 the+某些形容词,表示一类人 复数 The young are energetic. 年轻人有活力。 and连接并列主语,表示同一个人或物时(即:and后面无冠词) 单数 A famous writer and teacher is going to have a speech in our school. 一位著名的作家兼老师将在我校进行一次演讲。 表示重量、度量、时间、长度、价格、数学运算等的词或短语 单数 Two pounds isn't so heavy. 两磅不怎么重。Three weeks was allowed for making the necessary preparation.有三个星期的准备时间。 3. 就近一致:谓语动词的形式与靠近它的名词或代词保持一致。 主语成分 谓语 例句 由either...or..., neither...nor..., not only...but also...,not...but...或or连接两个并列主语 谓语动词和距离较近的主语在单复数上保持一致 Not only my parents but also I am looking forward to meeting my uncle.不仅我父母,我也盼望见到我的叔叔。 There be...和Here be...这两个句式中 be动词常与最近的主语在数上保持一致 There is a table and two chairs in Tom's room.汤姆的房间里有一张桌子和两把椅子。 【现学现用】 1. She ________ my sister, Meimei. A. are B. is C. am 2. Mr. Smith was the only one of the writers ________ invited to the meeting. A. who was B. who were C. which was 3. These are my parents. They ________ workers. A. am B. are C. is 4. The boy ________ my friend, Bill. A. am B. is C. are 5. Tony, as well as his parents ________ visit the company yesterday. A. was invited to B. were invited C. invited to 6. Neither my sister nor I________ been to Xi'an before. A. have never B. have ever C. has never D. has ever 7. I ________ a middle school student. A. am B. is     C. are 8. Lingling and her friends ________ looking forward to visiting Disneyland in Shanghai. A. be B. is C. am D. are 9. Either you or I ________ invited to the important meeting. A. be B. is C. am D. are 10. Both Mike and I ________ ready for the new high school life. A. is B. am C. are 11. Smith, along with his families, ________ visit Beijing this summer. A. is going to B. are going to C. was going to 12. Soft and quiet music ________ me relaxed. A. make B. makes C. making 巩固训练(夯实基础) 一、单项选择 ( )1. —Mum had nothing for supper tonight, ____? —No. She didn't feel like _____ anything. A. had she; eating B. hadn't she; to eat C. did she; eating D. didn't she; to eat ( )2. — ___ did Tom say when you told him the news? —Nothing. How B. What C. Which D. Why ( )3. — ____ the little boy looks! —Yes. He can’t find his mum. How sad B. What sad C. What sadly D. How sadly ( )4. —Let's go boating, ____? —OK. A. will you B. won't you C. shall we D. will we ( )5. —Have you read today's morning paper? —Not ____. What's the latest news about hand-foot-and-mouth disease? A. only B. yet C. ever D. just ( )6. — ____ make this mistake again, Jack. —Sorry. I _____. A. Don't; won't B. Don't be; won't C. Don't be; don't D. Don't; will ( )7. —Did you go fishing ____ swimming yesterday? —Neither. I went shopping. A. and B. or C. but D. so ( )8. — ____ do you go to school, by bike or by bus? —By bike. A. What B. When C. How D. Why ( )9. —There are always many volunteers in Olympic Games, ____? —Yes. Many hands make light work. A. aren't there B. are there C. aren't they D. are they ( )10. —There is enough fruit for us, _____? — _____. We need to get some. A. isn't there; No B. isn't it; Yes C. is there; No D. isn't it; No 二、用所给单词的正确形式填空 1. —_____ (how a) fast China is developing! —Yes, we are so lucky to live in such a great country. 2. —Mum, can I play computer games this evening? —______ (finish) your homework first, and then we'll talk about it. 3. He seldom came here, ____ (does) he? 4. Don't forget to give Polly some food and change her water, ____ (would) you? 5. ____ (does) she sleep well last night? 6. _______ (What) clever dog Lucky is! It can understand Mr Smith's orders. 7. —__________ (often) do you brush your teeth? —Twice or more a day. 8. I always hate _______ (be) late for school. 9. Be careful! ______ (Do) go too high. 10. Which do you like _____ (well), skating or skiing? 答案: 巩固训练 一、1-5 CBACB 6-10 ABCAA 二、 1. How 2. Finish 3. did 4. will 5. Did 6. What a 7. How often 8. being 9. Don’t 10. better 21世纪教育网 www.21cnjy.com 精品试卷·第 2 页 (共 2 页)

    • 2020-03-23
    • 下载8次
    • 958.67KB
  • ID:4-7061008 九种基本时态讲解(无答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/九年级综合

    九种基本时态讲解 【教学目标】复习初中阶段基本时态,帮助学生掌握时态的用法 一.概念:英语中表示不同时间发生的动作或存在的状态,需用不同的动词形式表示,这种不同的动词形式称为时态。 二.种类:(基本时态)      一般现在时   一般过去时        现在进行时   过去进行时      一般将来时   过去将来时      现在完成时   过去完成时 过去完成进行时 1)定义 一般现在时表示经常发生或习惯性的动作或状态及客观现实和普遍真理。 2)句型结构: be动词的变化 肯定句:主语+be(am,is,are)+其它 I am a boy.  我是一个男孩。 否定句:主语+ be + not +其它 He is not a worker.  他不是工人。 一般疑问句:Be +主语+其它 -Are you a student?   -Yes. I am. / No, I'm not. 特殊疑问句:疑问词+一般疑问句 Where is my bike? 行为动词的变化(当主语为第一,二人称及复数时,助动词为do) 肯定句:主语+动词原形(+其它) We often play basketball after school. 否定句:主语+ don't+动词原形(+其它) We don’t play basketball after school. 一般疑问句:Do +主语+动词原形+其它? Do you often play basketball after school? Yes, we do. / No, we don't. 特殊疑问句:疑问词+以do开头的一般疑问句? What do you often do after school ? 当主语为第三人称单数时 ,助动词为does 肯定句:主语+动词三单式(+其它) He swims well. 否定句:主语+ doesn’t+动词原形(+其它) He doesn’t swim well. 一般疑问句:Does +主语+动词原形+其它? Does he swim well? Yes, he does. / No, he doesn't. 特殊疑问句:疑问词+以does开头的一般疑问句? How does your father go to work? 3)用法: a)经常性或习惯性的动作,常与表示频度的时间状语连用。  时间状语:every…, sometimes,often,always,usually, twice a week, at…, on Sunday I leave home for school at 7 every morning. He watches TV once a week . b) 客观真理,客观存在,科学事实。 The earth moves around the sun.  Shanghai lies in the east of China.The light travels faster than the sound . c) 表示格言或警句中。注意:此用法如果出现在宾语从句中,即使主句是过去时,从句谓语也要用一般现在时。 Pride goes before a fall. 骄者必败。 Columbus proved that the earth is round.. d) 现在时刻的状态、能力、性格、个性。 I don't want so much.   Ann Wang writes good English but does not speak well. e)表永远性的动作或状态。 He lives in the country. f)在时间和条件状语从句中代表一般将来时 I'll go with you if you are free tomorrow. g)在以here, there开头的句子中常用一般现在时代替现在进行时 Here comes the train. 比较:①Now I put the sugar in the cup.    第一句用一般现在时,用于操作演示或指导说明的示范性动作,表示言行的瞬间动作。再如:Now watch me, I switch on the current and stand back. ②I am doing my homework now. 第二句中的now是进行时的标志,表示正在进行的动作的客观状况,所以后句用现在进行时。 4)第三人称单数变化形式。 a)一般情况动词在词尾加-s come---comes speak---speaks work---works live---lives b)以o, s, x, ch, sh结尾的单词在词后加-es do---does go---goes finish---finishes brush---brushes fix---fixes pass---passes watch---watches c)以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词变y为i加-es Study---studies carry-carries cry---cries d)以“元音字母+y”结尾的单词直接加-s play---plays stay---stays 一般现在时用法专练: 一、用括号内动词的适当形式填空。 1. He often ________(have) dinner at home. 2. Daniel and Tommy _______(be) in Class One. 3. We _______(not watch) TV on Monday. 4. Nick _______(not go) to the zoo on Sunday. 5. ______ they ________(like) the World Cup? 二、改错(划出错误的地方,将正确的写在横线上) 1. Is your brother speak English? __________________ 2. Does he likes going fishing? __________________ 3. He likes play games after class. __________________ 4. Mr. Wu teachs us English. __________________ 5. She don’t do her homework on Sundays. _________________ 三、翻译: 我们每天晚上九点做作业。_______________________________________________ 我在早上七点半起床。_______________________________________________ 他每天七点去上班。_______________________________________________ 我们经常下午打篮球。_______________________________________________ 他喜欢音乐。_______________________________________________ 地球围绕太阳转。_______________________________________________ 火车六点出发。_______________________________________________ 【链接中考】 1.Mike is from America. He _______ English. A. spoke B. will speak C. speaks D. had spoken 2.We will go camping if it _______ tomorrow. A. won’t rain B. didn’t rain C. doesn’t rain D. isn’t raining 1)用法 a)在确定的过去时间里所发生的动作或存在的状态。时间状语有:yesterday, an hour ago, the other day, in 1982,   yesterday morning, last night (week, month, year…), a moment ago , a week ago, three years ago…, just now, in those days等。 Where did you go just now?I was a student 6years ago. I went to Beijing last year. They saw a film last night . b)表示在过去一段时间内,经常性或习惯性的动作。 When I was a child, I often played football in the street. Whenever the Browns went during their visit, they were given a warm welcome. c)用于虚拟条件句中, 表示与现在事实相反的情况 If I were you, I would take a small present. 如果我是你的话, 我就带上一件小礼物。 2)句型结构: 1. be动词的变化 肯定句:主语+be(was/were)+其他. I was at home last night. They were busy yesterday. 否定句 : 主语+ be+not(wasn’t/weren’t)+其他 I wasn’t at home last night. They weren’t busy yesterday. 一般疑问句:Be(Was/Were) +主语+其它? Was he at home last night? Were they busy yesterday. 特殊疑问句:疑问词+一般疑问句? Why wasn’t he at home last night?What were they busy with yesterday? 2.行为动词的变化 肯定句 : 主语 + 动词的过去式 I watched a film last Sunday. 否定句 : 主语+ didn’t + 动词原形 I didn’t watch a film last Sunday. 一般疑问句Did + 主语 + 动词原形? Did you watch a film last Sunday? Yes, I did . No , I didn’t. 特殊疑问句:疑问词+ 以did 开头的一般疑问句 ? What did you do last Sunday? 疑问词当主语时:疑问词+动词过去式? Who went to home yesterday? 翻译: 1.昨天他很忙。 肯定句:He was busy yesterday. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:__________________________________________ 回答:__________________________________________ 2.去年他抽烟了。 肯定句:He smoked last year. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:__________________________________________ 回答:__________________________________________ 3.两年前他去参军了。 肯定句:He joined the army two years ago. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:__________________________________________ 回答:__________________________________________ 4.他在1990年去世了。 肯定句:He passed away in 1990. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:__________________________________________ 回答:__________________________________________ 4)动词过去式变化规则 a)一般情况下的词加-ed work---worked call----called laugh----laughed Explain----explained finish----finished knock----knocked b)以不发音的字母e结尾的单词直接加-d live----lived change----changed smoke----smoked die----died graduate----graduated drive----drove c)以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词,变y为i加-ed study----studied carry----carried cry----cried try----tried marry----married d)以“元音字母+y”结尾的单词直接加-ed play----played stay----stayed e)以“一个元音字母+一个辅音字母”结尾的单词应先双写这个辅音字母然后再加-ed stop----stopped plan----planned pat----patted 5)不规则动词的变化: 原形 过去式 原形 过去式 原形 过去式 原形 过去式 sweep swept teach taught have had go went keep kept think thought do did find found sleep slept buy bought eat ate say said feel felt drink drank is/am was take took read read give gave are were mean meant put put sing sang drive drove meet met cut cut begin began speak spoke make made let let ring rang write wrote see saw fly flew run ran ride rode come came draw drew sit sat hear heard tell told grow grew learn learned/ learnt get got know knew 6)常用一般过去时的句型 It is time sb. did sth. "时间已迟了"  "早该……了" It is time you went to bed.   你早该睡觉了。 would (had) rather sb. did sth. 表示'宁愿某人做某事 I'd rather you came tomorrow. wish, wonder, think, hope 等用过去时,作试探性的询问、请求、建议等 I thought you might have some. 我以为你想要一些。 比较:一般过去时表示的动作或状态都已成为过去,现已不复存在。  Christine was an invalid all her life.  (含义:她已不在人间。)  Christine has been an invalid all her life. (含义:她现在还活着)  Mrs. Darby lived in Kentucky for seven years. (含义:达比太太已不再住在肯塔基州。)  Mrs. Darby has lived in Kentucky for seven years.( 含义:现在还住在肯塔基州,有可能指刚离去) 7) 用过去时表示现在,表示委婉语气 1)动词want, hope, wonder, think, intend 等 Did you want anything else? I wondered if you could help me. 2)情态动词 could, would Could you lend me your bike? 3) used toused to + do:"过去常常"表示过去习惯性的动作或状态,但如今已不存在。 Mother used not to be so forgetful.   Scarf used to take a walk.  (过去常常散步) [典型例题]   ---- Your phone number again? I ___ quite catch it. ---- It's 69568442.       A. didn't B. couldn't C. don't D. can't 一般过去时练习: 一、 用be动词的适当形式填空 1. I _______ at school just now. 2. He ________ at the camp last week. 3. We ___ students two years ago. 4. They _____ on the farm a moment ago. 5. Yang Ling ________ eleven years old last year. 6. It ______ Ben’s birthday last Friday. 二、用行为动词的适当形式填空 1. He _________ (live) in Wuxi two years ago. 2. The cat ________ (eat) a bird last night. 3. We _______ (have) a party last Halloween. 4. Nancy ________ (pick) up oranges on the farm last week. 5. I ________ (make) a model ship with Mike yesterday. 6. He _______ football now, but they _______ basketball just now. (play) 7. _______ they ________ (sweep) the floor on Sunday? No, they _____. 三、翻译: 我前天拿走了这本书。___________________________________________ 去年我买了一辆自行车。___________________________________________ 每天晚上我听音乐。___________________________________________ 她通常待在家里。___________________________________________ 两天前我完成了这项工作。___________________________________________ 四、综合: 1) I __________(be) a teacher 2 years ago. 2) He__________(be) a student now. 3) He__________(do) his homework at home every day. 4) They__________ (join) the Party in 1998. 5) We__________(not eat) apples yesterday. 6) We__________ (not play) basketball every day. 7) He__________(not go ) home once a week. 8) I am 16 years old. (划线部分提问)_____________________________________________ 9) I go to work at 8:00 every morning. (划线部分提问)_____________________________________________ 10) They joined the Party in 1990. (划线部分提问)_____________________________________________ 11) I went to Beijing last year. (划线部分提问)_____________________________________________ 【链接中考】 There ______ a big cake and many candies at the party yesterday. A. was B. were C. is D. are Tommy is looking for the watch his uncle ______ him last month. A. gives B. gave C. to give D. has given 1)意义 表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态,也表示将来经常或重复发生的动作。 时间标志:tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, soon , next Monday , next year , next weekend , this afternoon , this evening, in a few days …… 2)句型结构 一般将来时常用的两种结构 be going to+动词原形 : 表示打算、准备做的事或即将发生或肯定要发生的事。 shall/will+动词原形 : 表示将要发生的动作或情况,没有太多的计划性, 还用来表示意愿 ⑴ be going to +动词原形 肯定句:主语+be(am /,is,/ are) going to +动词原形+其它成份 My sister is going to learn English next year.我姐姐准备明年学英语。 否定句:主语+be(am / is / are)not going to +动词原形 +其它成份 I am not going to(go to)the cinema tonight.我今天晚上不打算去看电影。 一般疑问句:Be (am / is / are)+主语+going to+动词原型+其它成份…? Is your father going to play basketball with you ?你父亲打算和你去打篮球吗?No , he isn’t.不。 特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词(Wh-)+一般疑问句 ? Where are you going to spend Spring Fesital.? 春节你打算在哪过? 【注意】be going to 结构后面习惯上不跟 go , come 等表位移的动词,一般用该动词的进行时形式表示。 He’s going to New York next week.下周他要去纽约. ⑵.will /shall +动词原形(在书面语中,主语是第一人称时,常用shall ,在口语中,所有人称都可以用will) 肯定句:主语+will/shall+动词原形+其它成份 I (shall) write to him next week.下周我将给他写信。 否定句:主语 + will /shall+ not + 动词原形 +其它成份 They won’t watch TV this evening.今天晚上他们不看电视。 一般疑问句:will/shall+主语 +动词原形+其它成份 Will you stay at home with us tomorrow ?明天你和我们呆在家里好吗? 特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词 +一般疑问句 When will your father be back? 你爸爸什么时侯回来? (3)be about to+动词原形 I am about to leave school. They are about to set out.(√) They are about to set out soon.(×) 4)be +to do We are to discuss the report next Saturday. 3)用法 shall用于第一人称,常被will 所代替 will 在陈述句中用于各人称,在争求意见时常用于第二人称 Which paragraph shall I read first. Will you be at home at seven this evening? be going to do表示将来 a. 主语的意图,即将做某事。 What are you going to do tomorrow? b. 计划,安排要发生的事。 The play is going to be produced next month。 c. 有迹象要发生的事 Look at the dark clouds, there is going to be a storm. be +to do 按计划或正式安排将发生的事 We are to discuss the report next Saturday. be about to do(注意:be about to 不能与tomorrow, next week 等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用) 意为马上做某事 He is about to leave for Beijing. 【注意】 1.be going to / will 用于条件句时, be going to表将来, will表意愿 If you are going to make a journey, you'd better get ready for it as soon as possible. Now if you will take off your clothes, we will fit the new clothes on you in front of the mirror. 2.be to和be going to be to 表示客观安排或受人指示而做某事。 be going to 表示主观的打算或计划。 I am to play football tomorrow afternoon.(客观安排) I'm going to play football tomorrow afternoon. (主观安排) 3.Shall I /we …常用来征求对方意见,而问对方是否愿意,或者表示客气的邀请,常用Will you…?他们的回答比较灵活。 1.Shall we go to the park ? 肯定Sure , let’s go . 否定 No , let’s go to the cinema. 2.Will you please come to my birthday party next week ? 肯定Yes, I will. / Sure . 否定 I’m sorry. I’m afraid I can’t. 4)一般现在时表将来 1)下列动词:come, go, arrive, leave, start, begin, return的一般现在时表将来。这主要用来表示在时间上已确定或安排好的事情。 The train leaves at six tomorrow morning. When does the bus star? It stars in ten minutes. 2)倒装句,表示动作正在进行 Here comes the bus. = The bus is coming. There goes the bell. = The bell is ringing. 3)在时间或条件句中 When Bill comes (不是will come), ask him to wait for me. I'll write to you as soon as I arrive there. 4)在动词hope, take care that, make sure that等后 I hope they have a nice time next week. Make sure that the windows are closed before you leave the room. 5)用现在进行时表示将来  意为:"意图"、"打算"、"安排"、常用于人。常用词为 come, go, start, arrive, leave, stay等。   I'm leaving tomorrow.   Are you staying here till next week? 一、练习:填空 1. 我打算明天和朋友去野炊。 I_____ _______ _________ have a picnic with my friends. I ________ have a picnic with my friends. 2. 下个星期一你打算去干嘛? 我想去打篮球。 What ______ ______ _______ _______ _______ next Monday? I _______ ______ _____ play basketball. What _______ you do next Monday? I ________ play basketball. 3. 你妈妈这个周末去购物吗?是,她要去买一些水果。 _____ your mother _______ ________ go shopping this ___________? Yes, she _________. She ______ ________ __________ buy some fruit. 4. 你们打算什么时候见面。 What time _______ you _________ __________ meet? 二、综合 1.He___________(do) his homework at school every day. 2.They___________(finish) their work yesterday. 3.We___________(visit) their farm next year. 4.我半小时后要吃午饭。_________________________________________________ 5.他将骑自行车去学校。_________________________________________________ 6.他们下周日将去买汽车。_________________________________________________ 【链接中考】 1.I’m sorry I l (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com?)eft the book at home. I ______ it here tomorrow, I promise. A. bring B. will bring C. brought D. have brought 2.______ a big party in our school in two weeks. A. It is B. It will be C. There was D. There is going to be 3.—Jack is busy packing luggage(行李). —Yes. He ______ for America on vacation. A. leaves B. left C. is leaving D. has been away 1)意义 过去将来时是立足于过去某时,从过去的观点看将要发生的动作或状态。主要用于宾语从句中。 2)基本结构: ①would/ should+动词原形 ②was/ were going to+动词原形 ③was/ were doing进行时态表将来 He said that he would have a meeting next week. (He says that he will nave a meeting next week.) They said we should leave school tomorrow. (They say we shall leave school tomorrow.) 3)用法 主要表示从过去某一时间看将要发生的事情(尤其用于宾语从句中) They said it would be fine. 听说天气会很好。 I knew you would agree. 我当时就知道你会同意的。 【链接中考】 He wanted to know _______the English party. A. when will we have B. when we will have C. when would we have D. when we would have 1)意义 现在进行时表示现在或现在这段时间正在进行的动作。 时间标志:now, at present, 句前的look ,listen 等。 2)基本结构 be (am, is ,are )+doing形式 肯定句:主语 + be + doing形式 (+ 其他) I’m doing my homework now .You are listening to me carefully now. It’s raining hard now. 否定句:主语+be+not+doing形式 +其他. I’m not doing my homework now. 一般疑问句:Be+主语+doing形式 +其他? Are you doing your home work now? Yes, I am . No , I’m not . 特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词+be+主语+doing形式+其他? What are you doing now ? 3)动词现在分词的构成 ① 一般动词直接在词后加-ing do – doing read - reading work – working think – thinking study – studying go – going watch – watching jump - jumping ② 以不发音的字母e 结尾的动词,应先去掉 e 然后加 – ing like – liking take – taking leave – leaving live – living receive – receiving dance – dancing come – coming smoke – smoking write - writing ③ 以“一个元音字母 + 一个辅音字母”结尾的动词,应先双写这个辅音字母然后再加-ing stop – stopping begin – beginning dig – digging swim – swimming run – running sit – sitting (注意:listen – listening open – opening eat – eating rain – raining sleep - sleeping) 4)现在进行时的基本用法: a. 表示现在( 指说话人说话时) 正在发生的事情 We are waiting for you. b. 习惯进行:表示长期的或重复性的动作,说话时动作未必正在进行。 Mr. Green is writing another novel. (说话时并未在写,只处于写作的状态。) She is learning piano under Mr. Smith. c. 表示渐变的动词有:get, grow, become, turn, run, go, begin等。 The leaves are turning red. It's getting warmer and warmer. d. 与always, constantly, forever 等词连用,表示反复发生的动作或持续存在的状态,往往带有说话人的主观感情色彩。 You are always changing your mind. e.一些表示位置移动的行为动词, 如come, go, leave, begin, arrive, start等, 常用现在进行时表示即将发生的动作。 My mother is coming back from London tomorrow. 我妈妈明天从伦敦回来。 5)不用进行时的动词 1) 事实状态的动词 have, belong, possess, cost, owe, exist, include, contain, matter, weigh, measure, continue I have two brothers. This house belongs to my sister. 2) 心理状态的动词 Know, realize, think see, believe, suppose, imagine, agree, recognize, remember, want, need, forget, prefer, mean, understand, love, hate I need your help. He loves her very much. 3 ) 瞬间动词 accept, receive, complete, finish, give, allow, decide, refuse. I accept your advice. 4) 系动词 seem, remain, lie, see, hear, smell, feel, taste, get, become, turn You seem a little tired. 【典型例题】 My dictionary ___, I have looked for it everywhere but still___ it.  A. has lost, don't find   B. is missing, don't find C. has lost, haven't found  D. is missing, haven't found.   现在进行时专项练习:用所给的动词的正确形式填空: 1.The boy __________________ ( draw)a picture now. 2. Listen .Some girls _______________ ( sing)in the classroom . 3. My mother _________________ ( cook )some nice food now. 4. What _____ you ______ ( do ) now? 5. Look . They _______________( have) an English lesson . 6.______Helen____________(wash )clothes? Yes ,she is . 【链接中考】 1.—Where is Peter? —He ______volleyball with his friends in the school gym. A. plays?? ?B. played????? C. is playing 2.—What are you doing, Simon? —I have finished my homework, and now I ______ the computer games. A. played B. was playing C. am playing D. play 1)意义 表示过去某一时刻或某阶段时间正在进行的动作, 或与过去发生的某事同时发生的动作 时间标志:this morning, the whole morning, all day yesterday, from nine to ten last evening, when, while, at 6:00 yesterday, at this/ that time yesterday等。    My brother fell while he was riding his bicycle and hurt himself.     It was raining when they left the station.    When I got to the top of the mountain, the sun was shining.  2)基本结构 主语+be (was/were) +doing +其他 否定句则在was/were后加一个not,疑问句将was/were提前则可。 如:肯定句:He was reading a book at 5:00pm yesterday. 否定句:He was not reading a book at 5:00 yesterday. 一般疑问句:Was he reading a book at 5:00 yesterday? (Yes, he was./ No, he wasn’t.) 特殊疑问句:What was he doing at 5:00 yesterday? 3)用法 1. 过去进行时主要表示过去某个时刻正在进行的动作 时间状语:(just)then, at this/that time, yesterday afternoon, at nine, last night, (at)this time yesterday但在不少情况下,没有表示时间的状语,这时需要通过上下文来表示。 ①What were you doing at nine last night? 昨晚九点的时候,你在做什么? ②I was watching TV at home yesterday afternoon.我昨天下午正在家里看电视。 ③They were playing football at this time yesterday.昨天这个时候他们在踢足球。 2.过去进行时也可以表示过去某一段时间内正在进行的动作 常与those days, the whole morning, from 8:00 to 12:00 last night等时间状语连用。 (1)From 1983 to 1998 , he was teaching at Yale . 从1983到1998年,他正在耶鲁大学教书。(2)They were building a bridge last winter . 去年冬天他们正在造一座桥。(3) He was writing a book those days. 那几天他正在写一本书 3.过去进行时与频度副词always forever, continually, constantly等连用时表示过去经常反复的动作,常常带有埋怨、讨厌、赞扬或喜爱等情绪 ⑴My sister was always forgetting things.(表示埋怨) ⑵He was always helping others. (表示赞扬) 4. 过去进行时表示过去将要发生的动作 现在进行时可以表示将来的动作,同样,过去进行时也可以表示从过去某时看来将要发生的动作,常用在间接引语中 ①Lucy arrived in Beijing last Friday. But she was leaving for Hong Kong the next morning. 上周五Lucy到达北京,但第二天早晨就要动身去香港了。 ②She asked him if he was coming back for lunch. 她问他午饭是否准备回来吃。 4)过去进行时和一般过去时的区别。 (1)过去进行时表示过去某时正在进行的动作,而一般过去时则表示一个完成的动作。也就是说用一般过去时,只表示有过这件事;用过去进行时,则强调动作的连续性。 ① I wrote a letter this morning. 今天上午我写了一封信。(信写完了) I was writing a letter this morning. 今天上午我在写一封信。(信不一定写完) ② The children watched TV yesterday evening. 昨天晚上孩子们看了电视。(强调过去发生了这件事) The children were watching TV yesterday evening. 昨晚孩子们都在看电视。(强调昨晚看电视这一动作的持续性) (2) 表示过去的状态、感觉及心理活动的静态动词(如be, like, love, hate, fear, own, hear, see, know, want, notice)可用于一般过去时,但通常不用于进行时 I hated it when a man spoke with his mouth full of food. 我讨厌人们说话时口里含着食物。 (3) 一般过去时与always, constantly, forever, continually等连用,表示“过去经常性、习惯性的动作”;而过去进行时与always, constantly, forever, continually等连用,表示动作的重复,常带有感****彩。 He always got up at six. 他过去总是六点起床。 He was always thinking of his work. 他总是一心想到工作。 (4) 有时过去进行时可以用来替换一般过去时,但一般过去时表示主语的行为是经过认真考虑的;而过去进行时表示一种较随便或没有进行仔细考虑的行为 I thought that he would agree with us. 我原以为它会同意我们的。 I was thinking of persuading him to follow my advice. 我想到了要说服他接受我们的建议 5)使用过去进行时应注意的几点 动词hope, want, wonder等的过去进行时常用来表示提出要求,虽然表示现在的内容,但语气比一般现在时或一般过去时要委婉。如: I was wondering whether you could come to join us. 我想你能否过来跟我们一起活动? I was hoping you could send me home. 6)下面几种情况不用一般过去时而要用过去进行时: (1). 表示过去某一阶段暂时性的习惯动作时 Tom was getting up at six o’clock every day that week. 汤姆那一周里每天都是六点钟起床 (2). 与always连用表示赞美,厌烦等感情色彩时 John was always coming to school late. 约翰上学总是迟到。 Lei Feng was always doing good deeds for the people. 雷锋总是为人民做好事。 (3) 用来描写故事发生的情景时 It was a dark night. The wind was blowing hard and the rain was falling heavily. A PLA man suddenly appeared on the river bank. He wanted to cross the river.那是一个漆黑的夜晚,风刮得很厉害,雨下得很大,一个解放军战士突然出现在河岸上,他想过河去。 (4) when作并列连词,表示“(这时)突然”之意时,第一个并列分句用过去进行时,when引导的并列分句用一般过去时。 I was taking a walk when I met him. 我正在散步,突然遇见了他。 We were playing outside when it began to rain. 我们正在外边玩,这时下起雨来了。 (5) go, come, leave, start, arrive等动词可用过去进行时表示过去将来的含义 I was leaving for Wuhan that day. 那天我正要去武汉。 She was coming later. 她随后就来。 7)when, while 的用法 when和while与过去进行时有着密切的关系,他们作从属连词时都有“当…….时候”之意,用法稍有不同: when引导的时间状语从句的谓语动词可以是短暂性动词/延续性动词,而while引导的时间状语从句中的谓语动词只能是延续性动词。 when引导的从句谓语动词如果是短暂性动词则用一般过去时,主句是延续性动词则用过去进行时,从句动作发生在主句动作的时间段之内(长动作用过去进行时,短动作用一般过去时);如果主句和从句两个谓语动词都是延续性动词则全部用过去进行时,这时when和while都可以用。 when从句的谓语动词可以在主句谓语动作之前、之后或同时发生;while和as从句的谓语动作必须是和主句谓语动作同时发生。 when和while两个词还可以用作并列连词,但意思不同,when相当于“在那时”,等于at that time或just then;而while则相当于“而;却;但是”;相当于but,表示对比关系。(这一点暂时可以不掌握) eg. ⑴ I was playing computer games when my father got home. = When my father got home,I was playing computer games. (2) Mother was cooking when/while I was doing my homework. = When/While I was doing my homework, mother was cooking. 过去进行时巩固练习: Simon _____________ (make) a model plane at 8:00 a.m. Peter ______________(do) his homework at seven last night. They ____________ (watch) a football match from 7:00 to 9:00 last night. He _____________(try) to draw a plane on the blackboard at that time. What book ________ you ____________(read) when I ________ (see)you at four yesterday afternoon? While she __________ (watch) TV, her son ____________ (play) outside the room. It ________ (begin) to rain while we _____________(work) in the field. I ________ (do) my homework last night when the light _______ (go) out. {go out 意为熄灭} ——I saw you in the reading room yesterday , Tom. What were you doing? ------Oh, I ____________ (read) some books on science. 10. Girls ___________(dance) while boys ____________(sing) at the party. 11.--- Did you see Tim just now? --- Yes. He __________ (fish) by the river. 12.When the teacher ______ (come) into the classroom, the students __________(laugh)loudly. 【典型例题】 1) Mary ___ a dress when she cut her finger.  A. made  B. is making  C. was making  D. makes 2) As she ___ the newspaper, Granny ___ asleep. A.read; was falling B. was reading; fell C. was reading; was falling D. read;fell 练一练 1. 前天那个时候Tom 正在看电影。 2. 上周日四点我们正在游泳。 3.师看见我们时我们正在玩扑克。 4. I ____ (do) my homework yesterday. 5. He ____ (do) his homework at 5:00 yesterday. 6. He ____ (do) his homework now. 动词填空 1.John_______(work) all day yesterday. 2. —What______you _______(do) at ten o'clock yesterday﹖ —I_______(study) in class. 3.When Harry _______(have) breakfast Lily _______(telephone) him. 4.When I ________ (go) to school this morning I ______ (see) a car running into a bus. 6. This time yesterday Jack ______ (mend) his bike. 7. I ______ (write) a letter at ten last night. 8. It was six. The Greens ______ (have) supper. 9. When you _____(knock) at the door yesterday,I ______ (do) some washing. 10. While my mother ______ (watch) TV, I ______(make) a kite. 【链接中考】 1.I ______ my clothes, and the phone rang. A. wash B. washed C. am washing D. was washing 2.My brother came back home while I ______ homework. A. am doing B. were doing C. was doing 1)意义 1.表示说话之前已完成的动作,而且这个动作的结果对现在是情况仍有影响 标志词:already, yet, just, ever, never, before, in the past, recently 1)I have finished my homework. 我做完家庭作业了。(过去某时开始做,到现在已完成) 2)He has already come 他已经来了。(过去某时开始离开某地到这来,现在已在这。) 【注意】当在肯定陈述句中含有already或just 时,在转换成否定句时,要把句中的already 或just 去掉,在句末加上yet. ①I have already seen the film. I haven’t seen the film yet.②He has just come. He hasn’t come yet? 1过去已经开始,持续到现在的动作或状态 标志词:for, since, since…ago, up to now, by… ,so far 1)I have studied English for six years. 我已经学了六年英语了。 (六年前开始学英语,一直学到现在, 也可能继续学也可能就此不学了。) 2)I have lived in Shenyang since 1990. 我从1990年就在沈阳住。 (从1990年开始住在沈阳一直住到现在,也可能继续住也可能就此为止。) 【注意】当表示一段时间,现在完成时可以用for 或since引导的状语。 2) 基本结构 助动词have/has + done(当主语是第三人称单数时用has,其余人称用have) 1)肯定式:主语 + have / has + 过去分词 2)否定式:主语 + have / has + not + 过去分词 3)一般疑问句: Have / Has + 主语 + 过去分词 Yes, 主语 + have/has.(肯定)/No, 主语 + haven't/hasn't.(否定) 4)特殊疑问句: 特殊疑问词+have/has+主语+过去分词 3) 过去分词的构成 ①规则变化同过去式的构成) ②不规则变化如下 do did done go went gone eat ate eaten come came come have had had write wrote written be was/were been see saw seen hear heard heard swim swam swum drink drank drunk give gave given forget forgot forgotten take took taken keep kept kept sleep slept slept teach taught taught buy bought bought tell told told make made made cut cut cut hurt hurt hurt read read read let let let 4)注意 1.“have/ has got ” 形式上是一种完成时,但和have/ has 为同一意思“有”。 Have you got pen-friends? Yes, I have.你有笔友吗?是的,我有。 Has he got a lot of work to do? No, he hasn’t.他有许多工作要做吗?不,他没有。 2. have/has gone to 、have/has been to 和have/has been in的区别 have/ has gone to 去了,在去某地的路上或在某地,人还未回来 have/ has been to 曾经去过,人已经回来了 have/ has been in 已经在,常与一段时间连用 He has been to Shenyang before. 他以前曾去过沈阳。 He has been in Shenyang for ten years. 他在沈阳10年了。 Has he gone to Shenyang? 他去沈阳了吗? 3. have/ has been to常和once, twice, never, ever连用;have/ has gone to则不可 ─ Has Tom ever been to Paris? 汤姆去过巴黎吗? ─ Yes, he’s been there several times. 是的,他去过好几次了。 ─ Where have they gone? 他们去哪里了? ─ They’ve gone to Shenyang. 他们去沈阳了。 4.含有终止意义或暂短意义的动词不能与 for, since 引导的一般时间状语连用。这类动词有:come, go, start, leave, die, buy, finish, join, borrow, stop等。但它们能够用表示持续状态的相应的延续性动词替换句中的非延续性性动词arrive, come → be here,  buy → have begin, start → be on ; die → be dead       go out → be out join → be in     borrow→keep    finish/end →be over close →be closed   leave, move → be away; fall asleep → be asleep 5.非延续性动词的否定形式可以与表示延续时间的状语连用。即动作不发生的状态是可以持续的。 (x)I have received his letter for a month.(√)I haven't received his letter for almost a month. 6.在表示“最近几世纪/ 年/ 月以来……”时间状语中,谓语动词用现在完成时 in the past few years/months/weeks/days;over the past few years; during the last three months; for the last few centuries, through centuries; throughout history 等 5)现在完成时与一般过去时的区别 一般过去时 现在完成时 表示过去某时发生的动作或单纯叙述过去的事情,强调动作 现在完成时为过去发生的,强调过去的事情对现在的影响,强调的是影响 常与具体的时间状语连用 常与模糊的时间状语连用,或无时间状语 时间状语: yesterday, last week,…ago, in1980, in October, just now, 具体的时间状语 时间状语 for, since, so far, ever, never, just, yet, till / until, up to now, in past years, always,不确定的时间状语 共同的时间状语: this morning, tonight,this April, now, once,before, already, recently,lately 常用的非持续性动词有come, go, leave, start, die, finish, become, get married等 表示持续到现在的动作或状态,动词一般是延续性的,如live, teach, learn, work, study, know.   I saw this film yesterday.(强调看的动作发生过了。)   I have seen this film. (强调对现在的影响,电影的内容已经知道了。)    Why did you get up so early?(强调起床的动作已发生过了。)   Who hasn't handed in his paper? (强调有卷子,可能为不公平竞争。)   She has returned from Paris. 她已从巴黎回来了。   She returned yesterday. 她是昨天回来了。   He has been in the League for three years.(在团内的状态可延续)   He has been a League member for three years.(是团员的状态可持续)   He joined the League three years ago.  ( 三年前入团,joined为短暂行为。)   I have finished my homework now.    ---Will somebody go and get Dr. White?   ---He's already been sent for.  6)用于现在完成时的句型 1)It is the first / second time…. that…结构中的从句部分,用现在完成时 It is the first time that I have visited the city. It was the third time that the boy had been late. 2)This/It is the best (worst, most interesting ) +名词 +that” 后面跟现在完成时 This is the best film that I've (ever) seen. 这是我看过的最好的电影。 This is the first time (that) I've heard him sing. 这是我第一次听他唱歌。 【典型例题】 (1) ---Do you know our town at all?    ---No, this is the first time I ___ here. A. was  B. have been  C. came  D. am coming (2) ---Have you ____ been to our town before?   ---No, it's the first time I ___ here. A. even, come  B. even, have come  C. ever, come  D. ever, have come 练一练 I ___ (hear) from her recently / yesterday. 他已经阅读了这本书。___________________________________________________ 我们到目前为止已学习了两千个单词。___________________________________________________ 他们居住在中国三年了。___________________________________________________ 他看这部电影两次了。___________________________________________________ Bob 自从 1997 年在这所学校教学。___________________________________________________ 单选题 1、Miss Green isn't in the office . she_______ to the library .  A.has gone B. went C.will go D. has been 2、My parents ______ Shandong for ten years .  A. have been in B. have been to C. have gone to D. have been 3、The students have cleaned the classroom, ? A. so they B. don’t they C. have they D. haven’t they 4、 His uncle for more than 9 years. A. has come here B. has started to work C. has lived there D. has left the university 【链接中考】 1.My brother left school in 2005, and since then he in Beijing. A. lives B. lived C. will live D. has lived 2.—Where are the Greens, may I ask? —Well, they ______ England. They have been there for nearly a week now. A. have been to B. are going to C. have gone to 3.—You have a nice watch. —Thank you. I ______ it since I got married. A. had B. bought C. have had D. have bought 1)意义 表示动作发生在过去某一时间之前已经完成的动作或状态, 强调“过去的过去”, 也就是用来表示发生在过去的两个事件,动作中哪一个发生在前 时间标志:by the time, by the end of…,before , by, 等。 2)基本结构 主语+ had + 动词过去分词 + … When I got to the cinema yesterday the film had begun already.昨天当我到达电影院时电影已经开始了。 He had learned English before he came here.他来这儿之前已经学会英语了。 He had aught this class for 3 years by the time I left the school.当我离开这个学校为止 他已教这个班级三年了。 By the end of last term I had learned 2000 English words.到这学期末我已学会了2000 个英语单词。 注意: had been 是延续性动词,与段时间连用; had是非延续性动词,与点时间连用。 I had been working in London for one year before you came here I had work in London before you came here. 3)用法 ⑴ 表示在过去某一时间之前已经发生或完成的动作, 它表示动作发生在“过去的过去” By the time we arriv (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com?)ed, the meeting had already begun. 当我们到达时, 会议已经开始了。 ⑵ 用在told, knew, heard等动词后的宾语从句中 I heard that he had gone to Beijing. 我听说他已经去北京了。 ⑶ 用在含when, after, before等引导的状语从句的复合句中。 When we got there, the train had already left. 当我们到达那里时, 火车已经离开了。 【链接中考】 1.Just before the English class, I suddenly realized that I _____ my English textbook at home. A. forgot B. had forgotten C. left D had left 2.The plane ______ when we got to the airport. A. had taken off (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com?) B. was taken off C. will take off D. is taking off 翻译 (1) 我每天早上7 点通常打篮球。 (2) 昨天我去游泳了。 (3) 昨天他说他们将于后天去参观长城。 (4) 我们将在下学期学习俄语。 (5) 他现在正在玩游戏。 (6) 去年冬天这个时候他们正在盖房子。 (7) 我居住在山东20 年了。 (8) 到上月末为止他工作十年了。 1)概念 表示从过去某时开始一直持续到现在的动作, 这个动作可能还会持续下去。 2)句式结构 主语十have(has)+been+现在分词 3)用法 ⑴ 强调过去发生的动作一直持续到现在, (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com?) 常与all day, all the morning, all the years或“for+一段时间”等连用 I’ve been working in the company for l5 years. 我在这家公司工作15年了。 ⑵ 有时具有强烈的感情色彩, 表示愤怒或不满。 I’ve been waiting for you the whole day. 我一天都在等你。 【链接中考】 —How long ______ you ______ stamps? —Since three years ago. A. have;collected (?http:?/??/?www.21cnjy.com?) B. did;collect C. have;been collecting D. are;collecting 其他关于动词时态的知识点 1) 用一般过去时代替完成时 1)两个动作如按顺序发生,又不强调先后,或用then,and,but 等连词时,多用一般过去时 When she saw the mouse,she screamed. My aunt gave me a hat and I lost it. 2 ) 两个动作相继发生,可用一般过去时;如第一个动作需要若干时间完成,用过去完成时 When I heard the news, I was very excited. 3) 叙述历史事实,可不用过去完成时,而只用一般过去时 Our teacher told us that Columbus discovered America in 1492. 2)一般现在时代替将来时 (1)时间状语从句,条件句中,从句用一般现在时代替将来时 When, while, before, after, till, once, as soon as, so long as, by the time, if, in case (that), unless, even if, whether, the moment, the minute, the day, the year, immediately He is going to visit her aunt the day he arrives in Beijing. 他一到北京,就去看他姨妈。 (2) 表示现在已安排好的未来事项,行程等活动。   The museum opens at ten tomorrow. 博物馆明天10点开门。(实际上每天如此。) 【典型例题】 He said he________me a present unless I_______ in doing the experiment. A. had not given; had not succeeded  B. would not give; succeed C. will not give; succeed       D. would not give; will succeed. 3)一般现在时代替过去时 1 )"书上说","报纸上说"等 The newspaper says that it's going to be cold tomorrow.报纸上说明天会很冷的。 2) 叙述往事,使其生动 Napoleon's army now advances and the great battle begins. 4) 一般现在时代替完成时 1) 有些动词用一般现在时代替完成时 hear, tell, learn, write , understand, forget, know, find , say, remember. I hear (= have heard) he will go to London. I forget (=have forgotten) how old he is. 2) 句型 " It is … since…"代替"It has been … since …" 3) It is (= has been) five years since we last met. 5) 一般现在时代替进行时 句型:Here comes… ; There goes…   Look, here comes Mr. Li. 6)现在进行时代替将来时 1) 表示即将发生的或预定中计划好的活动 Are you staying with us this weekend? 这周和我们一起度周末吗? We are leaving soon.  我们马上就走。 2) 渐变动词,如:get, run, grow, become, begin及die He is dying. 7)时态一致 1) 如果从句所叙述的为真理或不变的事实,则永远用现在时 At that time, people did not know that the earth moves. He told me last week that he is eighteen. 2) 宾语从句的助动词ought, need, must, dare 时态是不变的。 He thought that I need not tell you the truth. 8) 时态与时间状语          时间状语 一般现在时  every …, sometimes, at …, on Sunday, 一般过去时  yesterday, last week, an hour ago, the other day, in 1982, just now 一般将来时  next…, tomorrow, in+时间, 现在完成时  for, since, so far, ever, never, just, yet, till/until, up to now, in past years, always, recently 过去进行时  this morning, the whole morning, all day, yesterday, from nine to ten last evening… when, while 时态分类练习 一般现在时与现在进行时专练 ( ) 1. Father usually ______ his newspaper after dinner. A. read B. reads C. reading D. is reading ( ) 2. The Blacks often ______ to the cinema on Saturday evenings. A. go B. goes C. is going D. are going ( ) 3.Look! The boy ______ with his mother in the pool. A. is swimming B. is swimming C. are swimming D. are swiming ( ) 4.--- What is Tom doing in the classroom? --- He ______ something on the blackboard. A. draws B. draw C. is drawing D. are drawing. ( ) 5.Old Tom usually ______ up at six and ______ sports in the garden. A. gets, dos B. gets, does C. get, does D. gets, do ( ) 6. It’s ten o’clock and Jack ______ still(仍然) ______ his homework. A. is, do B. is, doing C. are, do D. are, doing ( ) 7. The waiters ______ to work at five every morning. A. start B. starts C. starting D. are starting ( ) 8.I ______ a letter, so I can’t go out with you. A. is writing B. am writing C. am writeing D. am writting ( )9.A hundred days _____ quite a long time. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )10. --______ late for the meeting next time. –Sorry, I won’t. A. Don’t B. Don’t be C. Won’t be D. Be not ( )11. My mother _____ noodles, but my father ______. A. likes, doesn’t B. don’t like, do C. likes, didn’t D. didn’t like, do ( )12. The picture ______ nice. A. looks B. is looked C. look D. is looking ( )13. The students will go to the Summer Palace if it ______ tomorrow. A. don’t rain B. doesn’t rain C. won’t rain D. isn’t rain ( )14. We are always ready _______ others. A. to helping B. to help C. help D. helping ( )15. I often hear her ______ about the boy. A. talking B. talk C. to talk D. talked ( )16. He’s already a little weak in Chinese, ______ he ? A. is B. isn’t C. has D. hasn’t ( )17.Potatoes are ______ in the field by the farmers. A. grow B. growing C. grown D. grew ( )18. Does she have a watch? – Yes, she ______. A. have B. do C. has D. does ( )19. She _____ English very much now. A. is liking B. likes C. liked D. is teaching ( )20. She has no paper to _____ . Why not give her some? A. write B. be writing C. write on D. write in (  )21. Does Mr Know-all know ______ keys? A. to make B. how to make C. how make D. making ( )22. Does your mother ______ English now? A. teaches B. teach C. taught D. is teaching ( )23. Jack usually ______ mistakes last term. But this term he does better. A. makes B. made C. does D. did ( )24. The boy is too young, please ______ carefully. A. look after him B. look him after C. look at him D. look him at ( )25. She ______ you to come to my birthday party. A. hopes B. wishes C. want D. lets ( )26. --Where is Frank now? -- He ______ his bike in the yard. A. fixes up B. fixing up C. is fixing up D. fixed ( )27. Bob often ______ his mother with the housework on Sundays. A. help B. helping C. helps D. helped ( )28. The students will go to the Summer Palace if it ______ tomorrow. A. don’t rain B. doesn’t rain C. won’t rain D. isn’t rain ( )29. If it _____ tomorrow, I will go by car. A. rain B. will rain C. rains D. would rain ( )30. --What a nice garden! –She ______ it every day. A. is cleaning B. has cleaned C. cleans D. clean ( )31. --Where is Peter? -- He ______ his homework in the room. A. is doing B. does C. did D. do ( )32. The teacher told us that light ______ much faster than sound. A. travels B. traveled C. was D. will be ( )33. My mother told us that Taiwan ______ part of China. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )34. Do you know bananas _____ in Hainan? A. grows B. is grown C. grew D. are grown ( )35. The clothes ______very soft. A. are felt B. are feeling C. feel D. feels ( )36. The supermarket is far from Mary’s house. So she _____ only once a week. A. goes shopping B. has been there C. was shopping D. has gone there ( )37. Don’t make so much noise. We _____ to the music. A. are listening B. listen C. listened D. have listened ( )38. I’ll go swimming with you if I _____ free tomorrow. A. will be B. shall be C. am D. was ( )39. – Oh, Mrs. King, your sweater looks nice. Is it _____ wool ? -- Yes, and it’s _____ Inner Mongolia. A. made of, made by B. made of, made in C. made by, made for D. made by, made from 一般过去时专练 ( )1. The mother asked the boy _______ down the ladder, but he went on _______ instead. A. come; climbing B. to come; to climb C. to come; climbing D. coming; climbing ( )2. The teacher asked the students to close the windows _______ the wind from _______ the papers away. A. to stop; blowing B. stopping; blowing C. to stop; blow D. stopped; blow ( )3. The sick man stayed in bed, _______ very terrible. A. felt B. feeling C. is feeling D. was feeling ( )4. Yesterday I heard a story _______ by my friend. A. told B. telling C. to tell D. tell ( )5. The boy was made _______ there for an hour by his father. A. standing B. stand C. to stand D. stands ( )6. I saw him _______ into the small store. A. went B. going C. to go D. has gone ( )7. He raised his voice to make everybody in the room ______ him clearly. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard ( )8. Our geography teacher told us yesterday that the earth _______ around the sun. A. was moving B. moved C. has moved D. moves ( )9. Oh, it’s you. I’m sorry I _______ know you _______ here. A. don’t; are B. didn’t; are C. didn’t; were D. don’t; were ( )10. Mr LuXun died in 1936. He _______ a lot of famous novels. A. wrote B. was writing C. has written D. would write ( )11. --- How was your weekend on the farm? --- Great! We _______ with the farmers. A. enjoy ourselves B. went fishing C. will work D. make friends ( )12. --- What did Mr Jones do before he moved here? --- He _______ a city bus for over twenty-five years. A. is driving B. drove C. has driven D. drives ( )13. Jane _______ a new dress every month when she was in Shanghai. A. buys B. is buying C. bought D. will buy ( )14. --- Liu Mei can’t come tonight. --- Why? But she _______ me she would come. A. tells B. told C. is told D. had told ( )15. He turned off the light and then _______. A. leaves B. has left C. will leave D. left 一般将来时专练 ( )1. Her hope _______ the 2008 Olympic Games. A. to take part in B. is to take part in C. taking part in D. will take part in ( )2. --- Can I go to Beijing for my holiday, Dad? --- You can when you _______ a bit older. A. will get B. get C. are getting D. got ( )3. If he _______harder, he will catch up with us soon. A. study B. studies C. will study D. studied ( )4. --- Don’t forget to ask him to write to me. --- I won’t. As soon as he _______, I’ll ask him to write to you. A. will come B. came C. comes D. is coming ( )5. --- Jimmy is leaving for a holiday. --- Really? Where _______ he _______? A. has; gone B. will; go C. did; go D. would; go ( )6. Frank _______ to see his grandma if he _______ free tomorrow. A. will come; will be B. comes; is C. will come; is D. comes; will be ( )7. There _______ a talk on science in our school next Monday. A. will give B. will be C. is going to give D. is ( )8. --- Shall we go shopping now? --- Sorry, I can’t. I _______ my shirts. A. wash B. washes C. washed D. am washing ( )9. I believe that those mountains _______ with trees in a few years’ time. A. are covered B. will be covered C. are covering D. will cover ( )10. It is said that about 400 cars _______ in the factory next month. A. were produced B. will produce C. are produced D. will be produced ( )11. --- Are you free this afternoon? --- No. I’ll have an English composition _______ this afternoon. A. to write B. wrote C. to be writing D. to be written ( )12. --- Come back home every month. --- I _______. A. will B. must C. should D. can ( )13. A robot _______ think of itself; it _______ be told what to do. A. can’t; must B. couldn’t; can C. may not; will D. mustn’t, may 过去进行时 专练一 一、用动词的适当形式填空。 1. While we __________ (wait) for the bus, a girl __________ (run) up to us. 2. I __________ (telephone) a friend when Bob __________ (come) in. 3. Jim __________ (jump) on the bus as it __________ (move) away. 4. We __________ (test) the new machine when the electricity __________ (go) off. 5. She __________ (not want) to stay in bed while the others ________________ (all, work) in the fields. 6. While mother ________ (put) Cathy to bed, the door bell ________ (ring). 7. As I __________ (walk) in the park, it __________ (begin) to rain. 8. Even when she ___________ (be) a child she _____ _____ (already, think) of becoming a ballerina (芭蕾舞演员). 9. It was quite late at night. George __________ (read) and Amy __________ (ply) her needle when they __________ (hear) a knock at the door. 10. There __________ (be) a group round the fire when they __________ (reach) it. An old woman __________ (sit) on the ground near the kettle; two small children __________ (lie) near her; a donkey __________ (bend) his head over a tall girl. 专练二 1. I _____ (have) my breakfast at half past six yesterday morning. 2. Mary _____ (go) over her lessons from six to seven last night. John and peter ____(do) the same thing. 3. What _____ you ___ (do) at that time??? We _____ (watch) TV. 4. Was your father at home yesterday evening? Yes, he was. He _____ (listen) to the radio. 5. They _____(not make) a model ship when I saw him. 6. _____ they ____ (have) a meeting at 4 yesterday afternoon? No, they _____. They _____ (clean) the classroom. 7. ______ it ______(rain) when you left school?? Yes, it ____. (No, it ____) 8. What _____ your father _____ (do) when he was your age? 9. One day, Edison _____ (wait) for a train to arrive, and suddenly a little boy ran to the track(轨道) to play. 10. He asked me if I ______ (go) fishing that afternoon. 11. The three of them were in a hurry because their plane _____ (leave) in five minutes. 12. In a letter, john told us that he _____ (come) to china next month. 13. When the bell rang, jenny _____ (wait) in her seat. 14. She _____ (make) her dress the whole afternoon. 15. While my father ____ (look) through the evening paper, he suddenly ____ a cry. 现在完成时练习 一、 Fill in the blanks with the proper form. 1. I____ already ____ (see) the film. I ________ (see) it last week. 2. _____ he ____ (finish) his work today? Not yet. 3. My father ____ just ____ (come) back from work. He is tired now. 4. Where’s Li Ming ? He __________ (go) to the teacher’s office. 5. I __________ (work) here since I ______ (move) here in 1999. 6. So far I _______________(make) quite a few friends here. 7. How long ________ the Wangs ______________(stay) here ? For two weeks. 8. I ________ just ___________ (finish) my homework. 9. He ________ (go) to school on foot every day. 10.____ you ______ (find) your science book yet? 11. If it ____ (be) fine tomorrow, I'll go with you. 12. The students ____________ (read) English when the teacher came in. 13. Look! The monkey __________ (climb) the tree. 14. My mother __________ (come) to see me next Sunday. 15. I've lost my pen. _________ you ________ (see) it anywhere? 二、Choose the best answer. 1. How long have you _______ here? A. come B. got C. arrived D. been 2. My grandpa died _________. A. at the age of my 2 B. for 2 years C. when I was 2. D. my age was 6. 3. Jane has _____ to BeiJing. She will come back tomorrow. A. been B. gone C. went D. never been 4. It is ten years _____ I last saw her. A. after B. since C. for D. that 5.--Who will go to the station to meet Lorry? --I will. I _____ her several times. A. met B. have met C. had met D. will meet 6. --What a nice dress! How long _____ you _____ it? --Just 2 weeks. A. will, buy B. did, buy C. are, having D. have, had 7.--Do you know Lydia very well? --Yes, She and I _____ friends since we were very young. A. have made B. have become C. have been D. have turned 8. The Smiths _______ in China for 8 years. A. has lived B. lived C. have been D. live 9. --Hello, this is Mr. Green speaking. Can I speak to Mr. Black? -- Sorry. He ______ the Bainiao Park. A. has been to B. has gone to C. went to D. will go to 10. --____ you ever ____ to the US? -- Yes, twice. A. Have, gone B. Have, been C, Do, go D. were, going 三、Use “never, ever, already, just, yet, for, since” to fill in the blanks. 1. I have _______ seen him before, so I have no idea about him. 2. Jack has _________ finished his homework. 3. Mr. Wang has taught in this school ________ ten years. 4. “Have you ________ seen the film?” “No, I have ________ seen it.” 5. “Has the bus left _______?” “Yes, it has _________ left.” 附:拓展:过去完成时练习题   (  )(1)The police found that the house _______and a lot of things_________.   A. has broken into, has been stolen  B. had broken into, had been stolen   C. has been broken into, stolen    D. had been broken into, stolen (  )(2)By the end of this century, we__ ours into a strong modern country.   A. will build    B. had built   C. have built    D. will have built (  )(3)We _________the work by six yesterday evening.   A. finished     B.would finish  C. had finished   D. had been finished (  )(4)I _________to help you but couldn’t get here in time.   A. want       B. had wanted   C. have wanted    D. was wanting (  )(5) Mrs. Wu told me that her sister___________.   A. left about two hours before     B. would leave about two hours before   C. has left about two hours ago    D. had left about two hours before (  ) (6)When I reached home, my parents __________their supper.   A.are having              B.have already had   C.have had              D. had already had (  ) (7)It seems that the old man _________something important.   A.has lost      B. had lost    C. lost       D. would lose (  ) (8)She __________in this school ________the past ten years.   A.was teaching, since         B. had been teaching, since   C.would teach, for          D. has been teaching, for (  ) (9)Did you see Xiao Li at the party? No, ______by the time I arrived. she’d left    B.she's left    C. She was left    D.she must leave (  )(10)The job proved to be much more difficult than I______.   A. expect      B.expected     C. would expect    D.had expected (  ) (11)We couldn’t catch up with the others because they _____too long before us.   A.started      B.were starting   C.have started    D.had started (  ) (12)She felt anxious about her son as she ________for quite a long time.   A.haven't heard him           B. hadn’t heard him   C.haven‘t heard from him        D. hadn’t heard from him (  ) (13)By the time the speaker entered the hall, all the listeners_______.   A. had seated    B. were seated   C. seated       D. were seating (  ) (14)By the end of next July this building__________.   A. will be finished           B. will have finished   C. will have been finished       D. had been finished (  ) (15)By the time the war ____, most of the people had left.   A.was began               B. was broken out   C.broke out               D. had been broken out (  ) (16)If she ______harder, she would have succeeded.   A. had worked    B. have worked   C. should work    D. worked (  ) (17)I wish ______I you yesterday.   A. seen       B. did see     C. had seen      D. were to see (  )(18)He is talking so much about America as if he _______ there.   A. had been     B.has been     C. was        D. been (  ) (19)That dinner was the most expensive meal we___.   A. would have    B. have had     C. had never had   D. had ever had (  )(20)When Jack arrived he learned Mary ______for almost an hour. A.had gone     B. had set of    C. had left      D. had been away when +短/延 while +延

    • 2020-03-21
    • 下载43次
    • 455.66KB
    进入下载页面

    免费资料

  • ID:4-7045978 中考英语复习专题:非谓语动词及练习(含答案)

    初中英语/中考专区/二轮专题/词法/非谓语动词

    非谓语动词专题 学前自测(发现考点) ( )1. I know you are busy, but you look pale. You'd better ____ a good rest. A. stop to have B. stop having C. to stop to have D. to stop having ( )2. Mum, please ask Sally ___ any noise. I’m doing my homework. A. not make B. don't make C. not to make D. don't to make ( )3. —I decided ___ weight by eating less every day. —Oh, forget it! You have said that again and again. A. to lose B. lost C. losing D. lose ( )4. I love my cat and spend a lot of time ___ after it. A. look B. looks C. to look D. looking ( )5. My mother advised me ___ to music when I was doing my homework, or I will make a lot of mistakes. A. listening B. listen to not C. not to listen D. to listen ( )6. He asked her ___ the bag because it was too expensive. A. not to buy B. to buy not C. not buying D. not buy ( )7. I wanted to ask my friend ____ me with the Maths problem, but my teacher didn't allow. A. help B. helping C. to help D. to helping ( )8. —You were in such a hurry this morning. What happened? —Oh. I got up too late this morning. So I had to run as fast as I could _____ the bus. A. catch B. catching C. to catching D. to catch ( )9. —I feel a bit thirsty now. — Why not ____ for a cold drink with us? A. go B. going C. to go D. do you go ( )10. We had better stop ____. It's going to rain. A. run B. ran C. to run D. running 谓语与非谓语的区别 原则一:在一个句子, 一般一个主语应配套一个谓语, (并列谓语除外),如一个主语后跟了两个动词, 就应该有一个是谓语动词, 一个应该是非谓语动词,这种情况在我们汉语中叫做“连动” 如:我去书店买一些书,在此句中, 只有一个主语“我”,却有两个动词“去”和“买”,那么“去”就应该是谓语动词, “买”就应该是非谓语动词 例句:(1)I went to the bookshop to buy some books 谓语 非谓语 (2)He enjoys playing basketball 谓语 非谓 (3)I sing and play my favourite songs 并列谓语 原则二:谓语动词体现的时态,与时间状语有关 非谓语与时态无关 例句:(1)He enjoys reading books every day 谓语(现在时) 非谓 现在时标志时间状语 (2)He enjoyed reading books last year 谓语(过去时) 非谓语 过去时标志时间状语 谓语动词会受时间状语的影响,体现各种时态 非谓语动词不受时间状语的影响,与时态无关,与主语的单复数无关 原则三:谓语与非谓语的形式不同,谓语主要体现十六种基本时态(含被动),而非谓只有三种固定形式(被动和完成)to do , doing , done 例句:(1)He finished reading the novels 过去时 doing (2) He has something to be sent 现在时 to do被动 (3)They were rebuilding the damaged house 过去进行时 done (4)Kate had found the missing boy 过去完成时 doing (5)Having realized the secret, he was angry Doing 完成 过去时 小结:谓语动词的形式有 did , does , be doing have/has done had done etc 非谓语动词的形式有to do ,doing , done , to be done ,being done , having done , 注意:(1)doing 算做是非谓语 而be+doing 算做是谓语 例如:go –went-gone 可以轻易区分go 和went 算谓语而gone属于过去分词是非谓语;但是如find-found-found play-played-played类似这样的词其过去时和过去分词一样, 如果你在选项中看到 played要从两个方面考虑,A 谓语动词过去时 B 非谓语动词过去分词 原则四:谓语动词与非谓语动词的顺序并不是一定有先后的 例句:(1)The damaged house was in ruins 非谓(过去分词) 谓语(过去时) (2)He played the songs written by JouJou 谓语(过去时) 非谓(过去分词) 证明:第一句是先非谓后谓语,而第二句是先谓语后非谓语 1. There ______ no bus, we had to walk home.   There ______ no bus and we had to walk home.   A. was  B. being  C. be  D. to be 答案:BA 解题方法:先看选项, AC是谓语 BD是非谓语 第二个题目是并列句,所以前后是两个句子,and之前的句子缺的就是谓语动词, 又由had 决定了是过去时, 所以用was 第一道题目,前后两部分之间用逗号分开, 所以不是并列句, 所以前一部分是后一部分的状语,也就不是句子, 所以选非谓语,用being 2.The girl ______ in a red coat is Mary.   The girl is ______ Mary now. A. dressed  B. dressing  C. dress D. to dress 答案:AB 解题方法:先看题目,第一道题目中有一个动词is ,所以缺少的是非谓语动词,应该从ABD中选 过去分词词be dressed in ,所以选用dressed .第二道题目缺少谓语动词,前面有is 算be 应该选 dressing 构成进行时(谓语动词) 动词的非谓语形式:动词不做谓语时的固定形式? I?非谓语的三种形式 类别结构 含义 例句 现在分词/动名词 doing 主动,进行 1)?boiling?water?正在沸腾的水? 2)?Do?you?know?the?girl?standing?over?there??你认识站在那里的那个女孩吗? 3)Seeing?is?believing.?眼见为实。(动名词) being done 被动,进行? (正在被做) 1)The?houses?being?built?now?are?for?the?teachers.现在正在建的那些房子是为老师而建的。 2)1.No?one?enjoys?being?made?fun?of?in?public.没人愿意当众被取笑。(动名词) having?done? 主动,完成? 1)?Having?waited?for?an?hour,?he?left. 等了一个小时后,他离开了。? 2)?Not?having?received?a?reply,?he?wrote?another?letter.没收到回复,他又写了一封信 3) I?apologize?for?not?having?kept?my?promise.?我为没能遵守诺言表示歉意。(动名词) having?been?done?? 被动,完成 1)Having?been?told?many?times,?he?still?made?the?same?mistake.? 虽然被告诉过好多次了,他仍然犯同样的错误。 2)Tony?was?very?unhappy?for?not?having?been?invited?to?the?party.托尼不高兴是因为没有被邀请参加聚会。(动名词) 过去分词 done 被动,完成 The?story?told?by?Tom?is?very?interesting.汤姆讲得故事非常有趣。? 不定式 to do 将来,主动 I?have?much?work?to?do.我有很多工作要做。 to?be?done? 将来,被动? The?houses?to?be?built?next?month?are?very?big.下个月将要被建的那些房子很大。 to?have?done? 完成,主动? 使用条件:? 1)?看结构是否需要;2)?看是否表达过去或完成之意 He’s?said?to?have?invented?the?telephone. 据说他发明了电话。? 考点一 动词不定式(to do)的用法 动词不定式是动词的一种非限定形式,有加 to 和省略 to 两种形式,可以在句中作主语、表语、定语、宾语补足语、状语等成份。 1. 作主语 To?see?is?to?believe.? To travel around China is my dream. 环游中国是我的梦想。 It?is?better?to?see?something?once?than?to?hear?about?it?a?hundred?times. 注意:不定式作主语,整个结构看成一个整体,谓语动词用单数形式,但通常用 it 作形式主语,而把不定式放于句末,来保持句子的平衡,常见的句式有: (1) it takes sb. some time to do sth. It took me twenty minutes to finish my English homework. 完成我的英语家庭作业花费了我 20 分钟的时间。(2) it’s + adj. / n. +to do sth It's interesting to read the English books. 读英语书是很有趣的。(3) it's+adj. +for sb. to do sth. 其中形容词是用来修饰动词不定式的,形容词一般为表示事物的特征特点,表示客观形式的形容词,如:difficult,?interesting,?easy,?impossible等。 It's hard for me to learn English well. 学好英语对我来说是很难的。(4) it's+adj. +of sb. to do sth. 其中形容词是用来修饰某人的,形容词一般为表示性格、品德、心智能力,表示主观感情或态度的形容?词,如:good,?kind,?nice,?clever,?foolish等 It's very kind of you to help me. 帮助我你真是太好了。 ★区分用法★? 1)?直接用不定式做主语的句子显得更加正式。? 2)?如主语和表语都是to?do,则只能采用to do放句首的形式。??? 对敌人仁慈就是对人民残忍。 To?be?kind?to?the?enemy?is?to?be?cruel?to?the?people? 3)?如是疑问句或感叹句,则只能采用it做形式主语的形式。??? What?is?it?like?to?be?there?? What?a?joy?it?was?to?read?Barak’s?book! ★小试身手★? 1)?To?be?fond?of?dancing?was?a?certain?step?towards?falling?in?love.? ________________________________________________________? 2)?对他来说,学两门外语是很困难的。? ________________________________________________________? 3)?你能这么说很有礼貌。? ________________________________________________________? ★真题试炼★? 1)?It’s?important?_____?the?piano?well.? A.?of?him?to?play??B.?for?him?to?play? C.?of?him?playing?? D.?for?him?playing? 2)?It’s?wrong?_____?her?like?that.? A.?of?you?to?treat??B.?for?you?to?treat? C.?of?you?treating?? D.?for?you?treating ★链接中考★ —How long does it take your father ______ to work every day? —About half an hour. A. drives B. driving C. to drive 2. 作表语 动词不定式作表语时,主要表示愿望、责任、义务等,一般可转化为动词不定式作主语。 His wish is to be a teacher. 他的愿望就是当一名老师。 To be a policeman is his wish. 当一名警察是他的愿望。 主语和表语都是不定式(其含义往往一是条件,一是结果)??? To?do?that?would?be?to?cut?the?foot?to?fit?the?shoe.? ________________________________________________________? 3. 作宾语 [A] 及物动词+不定式一般形式: 谓语动词(vt.)+不定式 (作宾语)[说 明]want(想) / try(试图) / decide(决定) / would like(想要) / hope(希望) / love(喜爱) / learn(学会) / afford(提供) / agree(同意) / fail(失败、未能) / mean(意味着) / prefer(宁愿) / wish(希望) plan(计划)/seem(似乎)+ to (do)(无)help(帮助)to可以省略begin(开始)/ start(开始)/hate(憎恨) 也可跟动名词,意义变化不大forget(忘记) / remember(记得)/ like(总爱) 也可跟动名词,意义变化较大 I would like to have a rest at the moment.我现在想休息一下。 They began to search the room for the thief.他们开始在屋子里搜寻小偷。 He liked to have a swim in the pool near his house.他喜爱在靠家的水塘里面游泳。 When did you learn to speak English?你什么时候开始学英语的? Don’t forget to close the door when you leave.你离开时别忘了关门。 ★区分用法★ He forgot to turn off the light.(他忘了关灯.) (没关) He forgot turning off the light.(他忘记关过灯.)(关了) Please remember to ring me up.(记得给我打电话.)(还没打电话) I remember calling you yesterday but you forgot.(我记得昨天给你打电话了,但是你忘记了.)(打过电话) [B] 及物动词+疑问词+不定式: 谓语动词(vt.)+wh-疑问词+不定式 (作宾语)说明tell (告诉) / show (显示) / know (知道) / ask (问) / find out (发现) / understand (明白) / wonder(疑惑) / learn(学会) / forget(忘记) / remember(记得) / teach sb.(教某人) / discuss(商讨)what where + how + to (do) who which ……不定式疑问形式还可以作句子的主语、表语等。 He does not know which one to take.(他不知道该选哪个) Tell me how to get to the station.(告诉我怎么样去火车站) She asked me what to do for today’s homework.(她问我今天家庭作业做什么) Can you teach me how to search the internet?(你能教我怎样上网吗? [C] 不定式作宾语而后面又有宾语补足语时,通常用it代替作形式宾语,而不定式则后置。常跟 it 作形式宾语的动词有: find, think, make 等。 I found it not very easy to learn to ride a bike.(我发现学骑车不很容易) I found it difficult to get on with him. 我发现与他相处是很难的。 ★链接中考★ 1.Granny often tells us ______ water in our daily life. A. save B. saving C. to save D. saves 2.—What would you like for breakfast ? —I like hamburgers . But now I’d like ______ some cakes. A. eating B. to eat C. to drink D. drinking 4. 作宾语补足语 a.?非谓语做宾补的用法。 结构含义例子see?+?宾语?+?do看见(宾语)做……了see?him?go?to?the?officesee?+宾语?+?doing看见(宾语)正在做see?him?going?to?the?officesee?+宾语?+?being?done看见(宾语)正在被做see?him?being?bitten?by?a?dogsee?+宾语?+?done看见(宾语)被做see?him?bitten?by?a?dog b.?不定式to?do(do)做宾补表示“要去做”。 结构例词动词+宾语+?to?doask,?invite,?tell,?want,?encourage,?wish,?expect,?beg,?request,?require,?advise,?order, teach,?force, warn, allow, would like等表示劝请、要求、喜好类 I?want?both?of?you?to?go.? The?teacher?told?us?to?do?exercise one.? I told him not to draw on the wall. 我告诉过他别在墙上乱画。 Mum asked me to help her with the cooking.(妈妈叫我帮助她做饭) I would like you to see my parents.(我想要你见见我的父母) c.?do?做宾补表示“全过程” 动词+宾语+do(省略to)一“感”:feel? 二“听”:hear?/?listen?to? 三“使”:have?/?make?/?let? 四“看”:see?/?watch?/?notice?/?find /loot at 半“帮助”:help I?saw?my?daughter?enter?the?classroom, sit in?a?chair,?open?her?English?book?and?begin?to?read?Chapter?15. The boss often made the workers work 14 hours a day.(老板常让工人们一天工作14小时) Now let me hear you play the violin.(现在让我来听你拉小提琴) [注意]hear / see / feel / watch之后的宾补用不定式与现在分词时,含义不同,需特别注意,(参见现在分词部分)。比较: I heard her crying when I walked past.(我路过时听到她正在哭)(指当时瞬间的情况) I sat near her and heard her sing the new song.(我坐在她附近听她唱新歌)(指整个过程) ★链接中考★ 1.The woman made his son ______ finally after she told him some jokes. A. laughed B. to laugh C. laugh D. laughing 2.The woman made his son _______ finally after she told him some jokes. A. laughed B. to laugh C. laugh D. laughing 3.While I was walking along the lake, I saw some fish _____ out of the water. A. jumped B. to jump C. jumping D. are jumping 5. 作定语 动词不定式短语作定语时,应放在所修饰的名词、代词之后。 动词不定式与被修饰的词之间存在逻辑上的动宾关系。 用法例句 及物动词to?do出现在名词后面。 动宾关系I have a lot of work to do. 我有很多工作要做。 He?always?has?a?lot?of?meetings?to?attend.? Have?you?got?anything?to?say?at?the?meeting?主谓关系She?is?always?the?first?(one)?to?come?and?the?last?to?leave. 不及物动词to?do出现在名词后面且带上相应的介词。Let’s?first?find?a?room?to?live?in?/?to?put?the?things?in.? We?have?nothing?to?worry?about.? They could not find a place to live in.(他们找不到住的地方) Please give me a chair to sit on.(请给我一张椅子坐坐) He has got a writing brush to write with.((他找到了写字的毛笔)[注意]:但前面被修饰的名词是place/time/way时可省略不及物动词的介词。I?think?the?best?way?to?travel?is?by?air.? We?have?no?place?to?live. [A] 记住下面的一些结构: 被修饰部分 + 不定式(作后置定语)汉 语 意 思a keyto lock the door锁门的钥匙 a boxto hold these things装这些东西的箱子give her a bookto read给她一本书读Is there any (+名词/代词)to (do)? 有…要(做的)吗?It’s timeto go.是走的时间了。/ 该走了。Do you have any workto do?你有工作要做吗?I’d like somethingto eat.我要点儿吃的。I have nothingto say.我没有话要说。Would you like somethingto drink?你要点儿喝的吗? ★小试身手★? 1)?了解一个人最好的方法是和他/她生活一段时间.? ________________________________________________________? 2)?你有什么可以吃的东西吗?? ________________________________________________________? 3)?许多老人找不到可以安度晚年的地方.? ________________________________________________________ ★链接中考★ We have two rooms ______, but I can’t decide ______. A. to live, to choose which one B. lived, choose which one C. to live in, which one to choose D. live, which one 6. 作状语 不定式结构可以作状语,修饰动词、形容词、副词等表示目的、原因、结果、条件等。 a.?放在句首也可以放在句尾表示目的等? They?ran?over?to?welcome?the?delegates.?? To arrive there on time,I got up one hour earlier than usual.(为了按时到达,我们比平时早起了一个小时)(表示早起的目的) [A] 放在不及物动词(come, go, stop, finish, wait等词)的后面。 He came to see her yesterday.(他昨天来看望她)(表示来的目的) I stopped to have a rest.(我停下来休息一会儿)(表示停下来的目的) [注意] stop to do 与stop doing的不同。 They stopped to have a look.(他们停下来看看)(不定式作“停下来”的目的状语) They stopped looking out of the window and began to listen to the teahcher.(他们停止向窗外望,开始听老师讲课)(动名词作宾语,表示“停止”的内容) [B] 放在完整的谓语之后(即“谓语+宾语”、“谓语+宾语+补语”、“动词+表语”之后)。 We cleaned the room to let him play in it.(我们打扫了房间以便让他在里面玩) I opened the window to see more clearly.(我打开窗子以便看得更清楚点儿) [注意] (1)?in?order?to?do?常置于句首用来强调目的。? (2)?so?as?to/so….as?to??表示目的,不可以置于句首。?? ★小试身手★? 1)?为了能够准时到达那里,我们必须现在出发? ________________________________________________________? 2)?为了款待重要客人,他从英国请了管家。? ________________________________________________________? 3)?他们一大早出发为了能赶上首班车。? ________________________________________________________? b.跟在作表语的形容词或过去分词的后面, 表示产生某种感情的时间(或原因) I’m sorry to hear that. 听到那件事我感到很难过 c.?表示结果? (1)?so...as?to 如此……以至于 Would?you?be?so?kind?as?to?lend?me?your?bicycle?/?tell?me?the?time?(2)?such?(…)?as?to...如此……以至于 I’m?not?such?a?fool?as?to?believe?that.(3)?enough?to.... 足以 The?boy?is?old?enough?to?go?to?school.(4)?too...to...?太……以至于不能... 注意:但是too….to结构前如果出现but,?never,?only等词时则表示肯定。 His?eyesight?is?too?poor?to?read?such?small?letters. It is never too old to learn.活到老学到老。(5)?only?to?不料却……,结果却……不定式之前有时可以加上only或but?only,以加强语气 I?bought?expensive?tickets?to?the?theatre,?only?to?discover?that?the?show?was?boring. ★小试身手★? 1)?你说这些话只会把大家弄得更加紧张。? ________________________________________________________? 2)?她太小了不能看这个暴力电影。 ________________________________________________________? 【链接中考】 As teenagers, we’re old enough _______ with housework. We can help set the table, wash the dishes and clean our own rooms. A. to help B. helping C. helped 7. “特殊疑问词+动词不定式”结构可以在句子中作主语、宾语、表语、宾语补足语等成份。 I don’t know what to say. 我不知道说什么。 Can you tell me how to use the computer? 你能告诉我怎样使用这台电脑吗? ●能用这种不定式短语作宾语的动词有:tell, show, know, learn, forget等。如: I can’t decide which sweater to buy! 我不能决定买哪一件毛衣! 注意: ⑴ 疑问代词往往是这一结构中不定式的宾语, 因此, 不定式中的动词应是及物动词或相当于及物动词的短语动词。而疑问副词在这一结构中只能作状语。 ⑵ 作宾语用的带疑问词的不定式短语相当于一个宾语从句。可以通过用“疑问词+不定式”结构把一个复合句转换成简单句。如: She didn’t know where she could find the children. →She didn’t know where to find the children. Can you tell me what I will do next?→Can you tell me what to do next? ⑶ 某些动词后面的不定式短语省去疑问词并不会造成意义上的差异。但在动词know后面的不定式一定要有疑问词, 决不能省去。 He learned (how) to swim last Sunday. 【链接中考】 There are so many kinds of Mp3 in the shop. We can’t decide ______. A. what to buy B. to buy what C. which to buy D. to buy which ? 考点二 动名词(doing) 在形式上,动名词与现在分词一样。 动名词有动词的特征,可以跟宾语,可以被状语修饰;它也有名词的特征,在句子中可以作主语、宾语(包括介词宾语)、表语、定语、宾语补足语等。动名词加相关词语(宾语或状语等)构成动名词短语。 1. 作主语 a.?动名词做主语通常位于句首。 ??Seeing?is?believing.? ??Not?finishing?school?can?affect?your?whole?life. b.?将?it放句首做形式主语,把动名词置于句末的常用结构。? It?is?+?a?waste?of?time/no?good/not?any?good/no?use/useless?+?doing?sth.??? It?is?no?use?talking?to?him?again.??? It?is?no?good?(your)?refusing?to?do?it.?? ★小试身手★??? ________?is?an?important?decision?in?a?person’s?life.?(结婚)??? ________?is?against?the?law.??(酒后驾车)? _________?relaxes?me?at?the?end?of?the?day.(听古典音乐)??? 跟他聊天就是浪费时间。 ____________________________________________________________ c.动名词作主语时,谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式。 Smoking is harmful. 吸烟是有害的。 2. 作表语 a.动名词作表语可以转换为动名词作主语。 The nurse's job is looking after the patients. =Looking after the patients is the nurse's job. 护士的工作就是照顾病人。 b.此时特别注意不要与现在进行时混淆。 My job is putting these parts together.(我的事情是把这些部件拼起来) I am putting these parts together.(我正在把这些部件拼起来) ★小试身手★? 1)?他们的工作是为残疾人制造轮椅。? _________wheelchairs?for?disabled?people. ★区分用法★ 做主语含义例句不定式to?do一次性的具体的动作? 有特定的动作执行者To?lie?is?wrong.? To?live?in?Beijing?is?the?height?of?Tom’s ambition.动名词doing抽象的泛指的动作无特定的动作执行者?Lying?is?wrong.? Swimming?is?good?exercise. 做表语含义例句不定式to?do一次性、具体的、将要发生的动作His?job?is?to?paint?the?walls.?他的工作是粉刷墙。(就这次的工作是刷墙)动名词doing一般性、抽象的、经常发生的动作His?job?is?painting?walls.?? 他的工作是粉刷墙。(这是他日常的工作) 3. 作宾语 [A] want / need之后用动名词时,含有被动意思。Your car needs repairing badly.(你的车急需修理。)(被修) My hair needs cutting.(我要理发。)(头发被理)[B] remember / forge / stop / finish之后用动名词时,与用不定式含义不同I forgot to write a letter to him.(我忘了给他写封信)(根本没写) I forgot writing a letter to him.(我忘了给他写过信)(写了却忘了) They stopped to look back.(他们停下来向后看)(停下的目的是向后看) They stopped looking back.(他们停止向后看)(不向后看了)[C] enjoy / mind / keep / hate/ go/finish/practice/miss/consider/suggest等词一般用动名词作宾语,动名词还可以作介词的宾语Do you mind my closing the door?(把门关上你介意吗?) She hates travelling by air.(她讨厌坐飞机旅行) They went swimming every afternoon.(他们每天下午去游泳) I enjoy walking around the town.(我喜欢在镇上转悠) 【链接中考】 English is very important, so I practice _______ it very hard. A. speaks B. to speak C. speaking D. speak[D] like / love / start / begin / learn后面用动名词时,与用不定式意思相近或相同We began to study English when we were at primary school.(我们在小学时就开始学英语了) We began studying English when we were at primary school. (我们在小学时就开始学英语了)[E]常见的后接动名词的短语 be busy 忙于 be worth 值得 can’t help 禁不住 give up 放弃 think of 考虑 be used to 习惯 feel like 想要 stop/keep…from 阻止 be good at 擅长 be interested in 对…感兴趣 succeed in 成功 look forward to 盼塑 等 We look forward to seeing you again. 我们期待着与你再次相见。 Have you given up drinking whisky before breakfast? 你在早餐以前已不喝威士忌了吗? 【链接中考】 The boy is looking forward to a good time after the exam. A. to have B. has C. having D. have 巧记:只能跟动名词作宾语的动词或短语列举如下: 完成、实践、值得、忙(finish, practice, be worth, be busy) 继续、习惯、放弃(keep, be used to, give up) 考虑、建议、不禁、想要(consider, suggest, can't help, feel like) 喜欢、思念、介意(enjoy, miss, mind) 4. 作定语 动名词作定语,表明它所修饰的词的用途、所属关系等,一般置于被修饰词前。 He slept in the sleeping bag. 他在睡袋里睡觉。 动名词与现在分词构成相同,但是含义不同,动名词主要表示事情,而现在分词则主要表示进行着的动作。 Eating too much is not good for your health. (动名词短语,作主语) Seeing is believing.(动名词短语,分别作主语和表语) He ran after a moving bus and got onto it.(现在分词,作定语) His father saw him sitting on some eggs.(现在分词,作宾补) 动名词的常用句型 ⑴ go+doing sth. 去做……   ⑵ be worth doing sth. 值得做…… ⑶ can’t help+doing sth. 禁不住…… ⑷ be used to+doing sth. 习惯做…… ⑸ It is no use(good)+doing sth. 做……没有 ⑹ without+doing sth. 没有做……就…… ⑺ no+doing 表示“禁止, 不准”。 考点三 分词(现在分词doing和过去分词done) 分词分为现在分词和过去分词两种。 现在分词具有主动和进行的含义,而过去分词则具有被动和已经完成的含义。 1. 作定语 a)?分词做定语的基本含义 分词有两种:现在分词和过去分词。这两种在句子中能担任的成分大体相同。? 现在分词一般有主动的意思过去分词一般有被动的意思用现在分词做定语的句子(表示主动)用过去分词做定语的句子1)?He?is?an?interesting?man.? 2)?The?house?standing?there?belongs?to?me.1)?Interested?members?will?meet?at?two.? 2)?The?house?built?last?year?is?very?beautiful. b)?分词作定语的重要知识点: (1)?单独作定语,应放在被修饰的名词之前,在更多情况下,可以用分词短语作定语,这时分词短语应放在被修饰的名词之后,在意义上也相当于一个定语从句,如:??? 现在分词:touching?story?/?leading?cadres?/?shining?example?/?coming?week?/???? 过去分词:skilled?worker?/?armed?forces?/?boiled?water?/?steamed?bread? 1)?Barking?dogs?seldom?bite.? 2)?Soon?our?respected?and?beloved?leaders?entered?the?banquet?hall.? 3)?Who?is?the?man?standing?(=?that?is?standing)?by?the?door?? 4)?They?built?a?highway?leading?(=?which?leads)?into?the?mountains.? ★小试身手★? 1.?写出下列短语的意思? 1)?the?rising?sun??????_____________________? 2)?fallen?leaves???????_____________________? 3)?faded?flowers?????? _____________________? 4)?returned?students?? _____________________? 5)?retired?workers?? _____________________?? 6)?the?exploded?bomb??_____________________? 7)?departed?friends???? _____________________ 2.?把分词做定语改成定语从句或者定语从句改成分词作定语? 1)?They?are?problems?left?over?by?history.? ____________________________________________________ 2)?Have?you?read?any?short?stories?which?were?written?by?Lu?Xun??? ____________________________________________________ 3)?developing?countries?=??????????????????????????? 4)?a?city?that?is?growing?= (2)?作定语的现在分词和过去分词所表示的动作发生的时间不同 1)?现在分词表示正在进行的动作(变为从句时要用进行时态) Tell?the?children?playing?there?(who?are?playing?there)?not?to?make?so?much?noise. Did?you?see?the?man?talking?(who?was?talking)?to?the?manager?2)?现在分词表示经常性的动作,?或现在?(或当时)?的状态(变为从句时用一般时态) They?lived?in?a?room?facing?(=?that?faced)?the?south. The?house?standing?(=?that?stands)?at?the?corner?of?the?street?was?built?in?1955.(3)?过去分词作定语时,过去分词所表示的动作可以在谓语所表示的动作之前发生,也可以是没有一定的时间性 The?meeting?held (which?was?held)?last?week?is?very?important. He?is?a?man?loved?(who?is?loved)by?all. [注意] ①如果所表示的动作现在正在发生,或是与谓语所表示的动作同时发生,可以用现在分词的被动形式来表示,如:The?meeting?being?held?is?very?important.? We?must?keep?a?secret?of?the?things?being?discussed?here.(discuss) ②如果所表示的是一个未来的动作,可以用一个不定式的被动形式来表示,如: The?meeting?to?be?held?next?week?is?very?important. ③分词作定语时,单个分词放在被修饰的名词前;分词短语则须置于被修饰的名词后。 I have got a running nose.(我流鼻涕) The woman running after the thief shouted very loudly,“Stop the thief!”(跟着小偷追的妇女大喊:捉小偷!) Yesterday I met a man called Mr. Black.(昨天我遇见了一个名叫布莱克先生的人) He only gave me a broken glass, so I was very angry with him.(他只给了我一个坏玻璃杯,所以我很生他的气) ★小试身手★? 1)?Please?tell?me?the?subjects?to?be?discussed?at?the?next?meeting.?(discuss)? 2)?Please?tell?me?the?subjects?discussed?last?week.?(discuss)? 3)?Do?you?know?the?meeting?being?discussed?now?is?held?by?Peter??(discuss) 2. 分词作表语 分词作表语,一般表示主语的特征和属性。 The result is surprising. 结果是令人吃惊的。 The cup is broken. 茶杯破了。 过去分词可以作表语,放在连系动词后面,但要注意不要与被动语态混淆,“主系表”主要表示状态,而被动语态则表示动作。常用过去分词作表语的结构有:be worried (焦虑) / be pleased (高兴) / be tired (疲劳) / get dressed (打扮好) / get lost (迷路) / get caught (遭遇) / beome frustrated (沮丧) / become intereted in (对…感兴趣)等等。 3. 分词作宾语补足语 (1)现在分词可以作下列动词的宾语补足语。 谓语动词(vt.) 宾语 宾语补足语 keep(保持) / see(看到) / hear(听到) / watch(注意到) / feel(感觉到) / find / notice sb./sth. (do)ing ①现在分词作宾语补足语,表示动作正在进行。 句子的宾语是现在分词的逻辑主语,它们之间存在主动关系。 Mum kept me working all the week.(妈妈让我一个星期都在工作) When I entered the room,I saw Jack eating a big pear.(我进入房间时看到杰克正在吃一只大梨子) In the dark I felt something very cold moving on my foot.(黑暗之中我感到有个冷的东西在我的脚上移动) ②过去分词作宾语补足语时,与宾语之间是被动关系。 I found him reading a novel. 我发现他在看小说。 (2) have/ get sth. done 表示“请别人做某事”,其中的过去分词作宾语补足语,与宾语之间是被动关系。 I'll have my hair cut tomorrow. 明天我将找人给我理发。(注意:表示请别人做) I must get my bike repaired. 我必须请人修理我的自行车。 【链接中考】 At least 300 million people are using QQ ______ by Ma Huateng to chat on line. A. create B. creates C. creating D. created 4. 分词作状语 (1)现在分词作状语,主要表示时间、原因、条件、结果、伴随状况等。 a.?现在分词作伴随状语,表示陪衬性的动作或伴随情况 The?children?ran?out?of?the?room,?laughing?and?talking?merrily.??? They?stood?there?for?an?hour?watching?the?game. She came into the classroom,holding a pile of papers in her hand.(他走进教室,手上抓着一沓纸) I am very busy these days getting ready for the coming oral test.(这些日子我正忙着准备即将来到的口语考试) 注意:? a.?分词表示的必须是主语的一个动作;? b.?分词表示的动作和谓语表示的动作(或状态)是同时发生的;? c.?分词表示的是比较次要的动作,对谓语表示的动作或状态加以说明; d.?大部分放在谓语之后;? e.?分词有时可以与句子的其他部分用逗号隔开。 b.?现在分词作原因状语,表示原因或理由 Seeing?nobody?at?home,?she?decided?to?leave?them?a?note.??? Not?knowing?her?address,?we?couldn’t?get?in?touch?with?her.?? 试试可不可以变成状语从句呢:? 1)?Because?she?saw?nobody?at?home,?she?decided?to?leave?them?a?note.? 2)?Because?we?didn’t?know?her?address,?we?couldn’t?get?in?touch?with?her. 注意:如果分词表示的动作在谓语所表示的动作之前发生,则要用完成形式,如:Having?worked?among?the?peasants?for?many?years,?he?knew?them?very?well.??? Not?having?received?an?answer,?he?decided?to?write?another?letter. c.?现在分词作时间状语(相当于?when?引导的从句) Turning?around,?she?saw?a?police?car?driving?up.??? Hearing?the?news,?they?all?jumped?with?joy.? 试试可不可以变成状语从句呢:? 1)?When?she?turned?around?,she?saw?a?police?car?driving?up.? 2)?When?they?heard?the?news,?they?all?jumped?with?joy.?? 注意:?这里分词表示的是一个极短暂的动作,这动作一发生,谓语动词所表示的动作立即发?生。这类分词一般放在句首。如果两个动作是完全同时发生的,多用?when?或?while?+?分词这种结构,如:? Be?careful?when?crossing?the?street.??? Don’t?mention?this?while?talking?to?him. d.?现在分词作状语还可以表示结果、条件和让步 Working?hard,?you?will?succeed.???(________)??? Weighing?almost?one?hundred?jin,?the?stone?was?moved?by?him?alone.??(________)? ? 试试可不可以变成状语从句呢:? 1)?If?you?work?hard,?you?will?succeed.? 2)?Although?the?stone?weighs?almost?one?hundred?jin,?the?stone?was?moved?by?him?alone. e.?现在分词的完成形式和被动形式 分词的完成形式主要用在状语中,表示动作在谓语动作之前发生? Having?been?there?many?times,?he?offered?to?be?our?guide.? Having?been?given?such?a?good?chance,?how?could?she?let?it?slip?away? (2)过去分词作状语 a.过去分词短语作状语,可以修饰谓语,说明动作发生的背景或情况 Built?in?1192,?the?bridge?is?over?700?years?old. The?trainer?appeared,?followed?by?six?little?dogs. b.过去分词短语表示原因(相当于一个原因状语从句) He?soon?fell?asleep,?exhausted?by?the?journey. 试试可不可以变成状语从句呢:? 1)?He?soon?fell?asleep?as/because?he?was?exhausted?by?the?journey. c.过去分词短语有时可以表示时间(相当于时间状语从句)和条件(相当于条件状语从句) United,?we?stand;?divided,?we?fall.? Seen?from?the?hill,?the?park?looks?very?beautiful.?? 试试可不可以变成状语从句呢:? 1)?If?we?are?united?,we?stand;?If?we?are?divided,?we?fall.? 2)?When/If?the?park?is?seen?from?the?hill,?the?park?looks?very?beautiful. 注意:?过去分词短语作状语时,前面有时可以加上when,?if,?while,?though,?as?if?等连词,这种结构可以看作是一种省略的状语从句(省略部分多为主语?+?be?的多种形式”)。需要注意的是,省略的主语必须和主句的主语相同 If?/?When?heated,?water?changes?into?steam.? The?girl?is?very?shy,?and?never?speaks?until?spoken?to.?? 试试看把它们补充完整:? 1)?If/when?water?is?heated,?it?changed?into?steam.? 2)?The?girl?is?very?shy,?and?never?speaks?until?she?is?spoken?to.? ? 注意:? 1.?在用分词短语作状语时,?它逻辑上的主语一般必须与句子的主语一致.?? 2.?过去分词在时态上强调动作已经完成,在语态上侧重于被动;? 3.?而现在分词在时态上强调动作正在进行,在语态上侧重于主动。?? ★小试身手★? 试一试:判断下列句子中分词充当什么状语,并且看看可不可以转化成相应状语从句。? 1)?Every?evening?they?sat?on?the?sofa?watching?TV.????????? 表________? 2)?I?got?home,?feeling?very?tired.??? 表________? 3)?Not?knowing?her?address,?we?couldn’t?get?in?touch?with?her.??表________? 4)?Turning?around,?she?saw?an?ambulance?driving?up.???? 表________? 5)?Compared?with?you,?we?still?have?a?long?way?to?go.?? 表________ 考点四 特殊动词的特殊用法 1. 意义上无太大区别的情况 有些动词后可跟to do和doing作宾语, 意义上无太大区别, 如like, love, hate, prefer, begin, start, continue等。 She hates to eat (eating) fried food. 她不喜欢吃油炸食物。 I have begun to learn (learning) Russian. 我已经开始学习俄语了。 【注意】like to do sth. 指具体某一次的动作;而like doing sth. 指经常性的动作。 I likes playing basketball, but I doesn’t like to play basketball this afternoon. 他喜欢打篮球, 但今天下午他不想打。 2. 意义上有很大区别的情况 有些动词后加不定式或动名词作宾语有两种截然不同的含义。 如: 1. go on to do sth. 接着做另一件事 go on doing sth. 继续做同一件事 2. forget to do sth. 忘记去做某事 forget doing sth. 忘记做过某事 3. remember to do sth. 记着去做某事 remember doing sth. 记着做过某事了 4. stop to do sth. 停下手头的事去做另一件事 stop doing sth. 停止正在做着的事情 5. try to do sth. 尽力做某事 try doing sth. 试着做某事 6. mean to do sth. 打算做某事 mean doing sth. 意味着做某事 7. allow sb. to do sth. 允许某人做某事 allow doing sth. 允许做某事 【链接中考】 1.Just before the Chinese class, I suddenly realized that I forgot ______ my Chinese text book. A. bring B. bringing C. and bring D. to bring 2.When we came to the gate, he stopped _______ me go in first. A. to let B. to tell C. to allow D. to ask 考点五 非谓语的时态语态? to do 一般 进行 完成 主动 to do to be doing to have done 被动 to be done to have been done ★小试身手★? 1)?能被邀请来做演讲是我的荣幸。? __________________________________________________________________?????????????????????????????????2)?老板经过他身边时,他假装正在打电话。? __________________________________________________________________?????????????????????????????????3)?他们似乎在发薪日前就花光了上个月的工资。 __________________________________________________________________????????????????????????????????? 2.doing 一般(与谓语动词同时发生)? 完成(在谓语动词之前发生) 主动 doing having done 被动 being done having been done 3.done 过去分词done的一般情况即表示“被动、完成”的含义,所以没有时态语态变化。?? ★小试身手★? 1)?_________(earn)?some?money?to?pay?the?daily?expenses,?I?started?to?work?in?a?local?café?as?a?waiter.? 2)?The?most?common?mistakes?_________(lead)?to?a?bad?back?are?poor?body?mechanics?and?unhealthy?habits.?? 3)?We?teenagers?often?think?that?parents?are?conservative?(保守的),?and?they?know?nothing?about?us,?but?honestly,?we’re?actually?still?too?young?____________(know)?what’s?really?best?for?us.?? 4)?Soon?I?had?lived?in?the?city?for?over?six?months?but?I?still?did?not?like?it.?Apparently,?I?had?difficulty?_________?(adapt)?myself?to?life?in?the?city,?let?alone?finding?a?job?to?my?delight. 5)?_________(wonder)?how?my?mum?could?consume?them?so?quickly,?I?began?observing?her?daily?routine?for?two?weeks.?? 6)??The?Flakes?brought?along?a?lobster?(龙虾)?trap?in?hopes?of?having?some?delicious?treats,?but?it?was?lost?within?the?first?few?hours?after?_________(attack)?by?a?shark.?? 7)“I?think?she?would?like?you?to?have?it.”_________(shock),?I?took?it?from?her?automatically.?She?smiled?and?walked?away.?? 8)?__________________(endure)?too?many?of?these?tragedies?in?the?past?few?years,?each?time?I?learn?the?news?I?react?not?as?a?President,?but?as?anybody?else?would?—?as?a?parent.?And?that?was?especially?true?today.?? 9)?He?has?a?constant?urge?__________________(check)?for?next?messages;?he?checks?his?phone?every?five?minutes!??? 10)?Many?researchers?claim?__________________(find)?relationships?between?left-handedness?and?various?physical?and?mental?characteristics.?? 11)?The?cities?_________(experience)?the?highest?annual?growth?in?office?rental?rates?are?both?in?South?Africa?with?40?percent?rate?rise?for?Durban?and?44?percent?for?Sandton. 巩固训练(夯实基础) 一、单项选择 ( )1. —I had my hair _____ yesterday. —I see. It suits you well. A. cutting B. been cut C. cut D. to be cut ( )2. —I like reading books ____ by Lu Xun. —So am I. A. write B. are written C. writing D. written ( )3. When I went into the room, I found ____ in bed. A. him lying B. he lying C. he lies D. him was lying ( )4. —Did he say anything? —No, he left the room without ____ anything. A. saying B. to say C. said D. to saying ( )5. The boy stood in the front of the classroom, ___ a passage. A. read B. reading C. to read D. reads ( )6. —Mother likes shopping very much. —Yes. She would rather ____ around for hours in shops than ____ TV at home. A. walk; watch B. to walk; watch C. to walk; to watch D. walk; to watch ( )7. —Remember ___ the book to me when you finish ____ it. —All right. A. to return; reading B. returning; reading C. to return; to read D. returning; to read ( )8. —Children are often told ____ unhealthy food. —It's right. Unhealthy food is bad for them. A. to eat B. not to eat C. eating D. not eating ( )9. —What's your dream? —My dream is ____ a university in Shenzhen. A. to go to B. go to C. going to D. gone to ( )10. —You have kept him ____ for an hour. —Oh, I'm sorry I forgot the time. A. wait B. waited C. to wait D. waiting 二、用所给单词的正确形式填空 1. The ______ (excite) girl is jumping happily. 2. _______ (smoke) is bad for your health. 3. I did what I could _______ (help) him improve his study. 4. It’s a sunny day. What about ______ (have) a picnic? 5. I found it difficult ______ (get) on well with her. 6. Would you mind _______ (turn) off the television? 7. I spent an hour ________ (clean) the room. 8. It’s hard for me ________ (learn) Chinese well. 9. My bike is broken. I must get it _________ (repair). 10. I am very tired. I want to stop ______ (have) a rest. 答案: 学前自测 1-5 ACADC 6-10 ACDAD 巩固训练 一、1-5 CDAAB 6-10 AABAD 二、 1. excited 2. Smoking 3. to help 4. having 5. to get 6. turning 7. cleaning 8. to learn 9. repaired 10. to have

    • 2020-03-18
    • 下载40次
    • 85.37KB
  • ID:4-7029323 Module 10 A holiday journey一般过去时用法&练习(无答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级下/Module 10 A holiday journey/本模块综合与测试

    一般过去时 [教学目标] 掌握一般过去时的动词变化(be动词、、情态动词、规则变化、不规则变化),以及一般过去时的一般疑问句和特殊疑问句如何变化。 [教学步骤] 1.导入 一般现在时He walks to school every day. (一般现在时)他每天步行上学。 一般现在时表示目前习惯性、经常性的动作。 一般将来时He will walk to school tomorrow.(一般将来时)他明天将会步行上学。 一般过去时He walked to school yesterday. (一般过去时)他昨天步行上学了。 一般过去时主要表示过去的动作或状态。在句子中由主语+动词的过去式来表达。 2.详解 一般过去时用来表示过去某一时间内发生的动作或存在的状态以及过去习惯性、反复性的动作。谓语动词要用动词的过去式,常和表示过去的时间状语连用,如yesterday昨天、last night昨晚、last week上周、last year去年等。 一、一般过去时的结构(可分三类不同的结构) (1)be动词的过去时 be动词过去时的句型如下: 肯定句 主语+be 动词的过去式(was, were) +...... He was busy yesterday. 他昨天很忙。 We were busy yesterday. 我们昨天很忙。 否定句 主语+be动词的过去式(was, were) + not+... He was not busy yesterday. 他昨天不忙。 一般疑问句 be动词的过去式(Was, Were) +主语+... Was he busy yesterday? 他昨天忙吗? 特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+be过去式(was, were)+主语+...? What was your former name??你以前叫什么名字? ①be动词过去时的肯定句 be动词的现在时和过去时 主语 现在时 过去时 I (第一人称单数) am was He, She,It(第三人称单数) is You(第二人称单、复数) are were We (第一人称复数) They(第三人称复数) I was very tired last night. 我昨天晚.上很累。 He was an engineer. 他以前是个工程师。 Tom was a teacher. 汤姆以前是个老师。 We were there. 我们曾在那里。 You were a worker. 你以前是个工人。 They were at home yesterday. 他们昨天在家。 Jack and Bob were in the living room at that time. 杰克和鲍勃那时在起居室。 There was an apple on the plate yesterday. 昨天有一个苹果在盘子里。 There were some books there. 那儿曾经有一些书。 ②be动词过去时的否定句 He was not in Canada last year.他去年不在加拿大。 be动词过去时的否定句的结构和现在时一样,只要在be动词过去式(was, were)后面加上not就可以了。否定式的was not, were not 大多使用缩写形式wasn’t (读作['w?znt]) 和weren't (读作[w??nt])。 Mike wasn't at school. 迈克不在学校。 I wasn't busy the other day.前几天我不忙。 They weren't Chinese.他们不是中国人。 There weren't any boys in the classroom. 教室里一个男孩也没有。 ③be动词过去时的疑问句 一般疑问句: A: Was it raining in Beijing yesterday? 昨天北京下雨了吗? B: No, it wasn't. It was cloudy. 不,没下雨。昨天北京阴天。 特殊疑问句: A: Where were you yesterday morning?你昨天上午在哪儿? B: I was at school. 我在学校。 be动词过去时一般疑问句的结构和一般现在时一样,只要把be动词的过去式was, were调到主语前面即可。回答Was/Were+主语+......?时,需用Yes.... was/were,或No.... wasn't/weren't。 注意:以疑问词开始的特殊疑问句,回答时,不能用Yes.No。直接回答所问的问题即可。 1. A: Was she a teacher? 她以前是个老师吗? B: Yes,she was. 是的,她是。/No,she wasn't. 不,她不是。 2. A: Were they doctors? 他们以前是医生吗? B: Yes, they were. 是的,他们是。/No,they weren't. 不,他们不是。 3. A: Was your father free this morning? 今天上午你爸爸有空吗? B: Yes, he was. 是的,他有空。/No,he wasn't. 不,他没空。 4. A: Was there any water in the bottle? 瓶子里有过水吗? B: Yes, there was. 是的,曾经有过。/No, there weren't. 不,没有过。 be动词的现在时和过去时句型(以he为主语) 句型 一般现在时 一般过去时 肯定句 He is... He was... 否定句 He isn't... He wasn't... 一般疑问句 Is he... ? Was he... ? 特殊疑问句 疑问词+ is he...? 疑问词+ was he...? (2)一般动词的过去时 一般动词过去时的基本句型如下: 肯定句 主语+ 一般动词的过去式+...... He played tennis last week. 他上周打网球了。 否定句 主语+ did not+ 动词原形+...... He did not play tennis last week.. 上周他没打网球。 一般疑问句 Did+主语+动词原形+...... ? Did he play tennis last week?他上周打网球了吗? 特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+did+主语+动词原形+其他? Why did he go to the hospital last Monday??上星期一他为什么去医院? ①一般动词过去时的肯定句 We had a good time yesterday. 昨天我们过得很高兴。 He had a good time yesterday. 昨天他过得很高兴。 一般过去时没有人称和数的变化。因此主语即使是第三人称单数,也和其他人称一样变化。 I saw a film last week.上周我看了一部电影。 She studied English two years ago. 两年前她学英语。 We said good- bye to Mary at five. 五点钟时,我们和玛丽说再见。 He rushed into the room.他冲进房间。 动词过去式规则变化 ①一般情况下在动词原形后直接加-ed。 wanted, played ②以不发音的字母e结尾的动词,直接加-d。 hoped, lived ③重读闭音节单词如果末尾只有一个辅音字母需双写最后一个辅音字母,再加-ed stopped ④以辅音字母+y结尾的动词变y为i,再加-ed。 以元音字母+y结尾的动词,直接加-ed. studied, worried played, enjoyed 读音 请记住:清后[t],元浊[d], [t] [d]之后读[id]。 ①清辅音后,ed要读[t]。worked, finished ②元音或浊辅音后,ed要读[d]。 lived, called ③[t]或[d]后,ed 读[id]。started, needed 动词过去式不规则变化 注意不规则动词的时态变化。务必熟记下述动词的原形和过去式 ②一般动词过去时的否定句 We did not have a good time yesterday. 昨天我们过得不好。 He did not do his homework. 他没做作业。 一般动词过去时否定句的结构和一般现在时否定句的结构一样,不论主语是第几人称,还是单、复数,在主语后面加上did not (而不是do not或does not)就可以了。否定式did not 常用缩写形式didn't,读作[`didnt]。 He didn't have lessons this morning. 今天. 上午他没课。 You didn't do your best to do it. 你没有尽力去做。 I didn't work overtime yesterday. 我昨天没有加班。 注意: didn't 后的动词,一定要用动词原形。 ③一般动词过去时的疑问句 一般疑问句: A: Did he go there? 他去那儿了吗? B: Yes, he did./ No, he didn't. 是的,他去了。/不,他没去。 特殊疑问句: A: When did you get up this morning? 今天早晨你几点起床的? B: At six. 六点钟。 一般动词过去时一般疑问句的结构和一般现在时一般疑问句的结构一样,无论主语是第几人称,是单、复数,在主语前面加上did即可。 1. A: Did Tom go with you?汤姆和你一起去吗? B: Yes, he did.是的。/ No, he didn't. 不,不是的。 切记: 在过去时的问句中,因为句首用了Did,谓语动词要用原形。 2. A: How many subjects did you study last term?. 上学期你们学习了几门课? B: We studied seven.我们学习了七门课。 比较: 表示具体的科目、学科,不能用lesson,而要用subject。 表示教科书上的第几课,要用lesson,如lesson2。 一般动词的现在时和过去时的比较(以go为例) 句型 一般现在时 一般过去时 肯定句 I go... He goes.. . I went. . . He went... 否定句 I don't go... He doesn't go... I didn't go... He didn't go... 一般疑问句 Do you go...? Does he go...? Did you go...? Did he go...? 特殊疑问句 When do you go...? When does he go...? When did you go...? When did he go...? [练一练] ?I do my homework every day.(用yesterday改写句子) 肯定句:?___________________________________________ 否定句:?___________________________________________ 一般疑问句:?___________________________________________ 回答:?________________/___________________ (3)情态动词的一般过去时态 情态动词过去时的基本句型如下: 肯定句 主语+情态动词的过去式+动词原形+其他 She could walk twenty years ago. 她20年前能走。 否定句 主语+ 情态动词的过去式+not+ 动词原形+其他 She could not walk twenty years ago. 她20年前不能走。 一般疑问句 情态动词的过去式+主语+动词原形+...... ? Could she walk twenty years ago. 她20年前能走吗? 特殊疑问句 特殊疑问词+情态助动词过去式+主语+动词原形+其他? What could she do twenty years ago??20年前她能做什么?? ①情态动词过去时的肯定句 They might be at home yesterday. 他们昨天可能在家。 He might be at home yesterday. 他昨天可能在家。 情态动词没有人称和数的变化。因此主语即使是第三人称单数,也和其他人称一样变化。 情态动词的过去式 ①只做情态动词 ②可做情态动词又可做实义动词 ③可做情态动词又可做助动词 ④有情态动词特征 can→could must→must may→might ought to-ought to need-need dare-dared will-would shall-should have to-had to used to-used to ②情态动词过去时的否定句 We told him that we wouldn’t leave our hometown. 我们告诉他我们不会离开我们的家乡。 情态动词过去式否定句,不论主语是什么,都在情态动词后面加上not 就可以了。 He couldn’t make any mistake when he was careful.他认真的时候不会犯任何错误。 注意: 情态动词过去式+not后的动词,一定要用动词原形。 ③情态动词过去时的疑问句 一般疑问句: A: Could he go there? 他能去那儿了吗? B: Yes, he could./ No, he couldn't. 是的,他能去。/不,他不能去。 特殊疑问句: A: When should you get up the next day? 第二天你应该几点起床? B: At six. 六点钟。 情态动词过去时一般疑问句的结构,无论主语什么,在主语前面加上情态动词过去式即可。 情态动词的一般现在时和一般过去时的比较(以can为例) 句型 一般现在时 一般过去时 肯定句 I can... I could. . . 否定句 I can’t... I couldn’t... 一般疑问句 Can you ...? Could you ...? 特殊疑问句 When can you...? When could you ...? 二、一般过去时的基本用法 A.带有确定的过去时间状语时,要用过去时。 yesterday昨天 last year去年 just now 刚才 two days ago两天前 the other day前几天 once upon a time过去曾经 in the old days 过去的日子里 before liberation 解放前 when I was 8 years old当我八岁时 Did you have a meeting the other day? 前几天你们开会了吗? He left just now.他刚刚离开。 Lei Feng was a good soldier. 雷锋是个好战士。 注意:在谈到已死去的人的情况时,多用过去时。 B.表示过去连续发生的动作时,要用过去时。 这种情况下,往往没有表示过去的时间状语,而通过上下文来表示。 The boy opened his eyes for a moment,looked at the captain, and then died. 那男孩儿把眼睛张开一会儿,看看船长,然后就死了。 说明:该句虽然没有表示过去的时间状语,但open, look和die是连续发生的三个动作,所以都要用过去时。这时要特别注意上下文。 C.表示过去一段时间内经常或反复的动作。 常与always (总是),never (从不)等连用。 Mrs. Peter always carried an umbrella. 彼得太太过去老是带着一把伞。 (只是说明她过去的动作,不表明她现在是否常带着伞。) Mrs. Peter always carries an umbrella.彼得太太老是带着一把伞。 (说明这是她的习惯,表明她现在仍然还习惯总带着一把伞。) I never drank wine. 我以前从不喝酒。 (不涉及到现在,不说明现在是否喝酒) D. 如果强调已经终止的习惯时要用used to do . He used to drink.他过去喝酒。(意味着他现在不喝酒了。喝酒这个动作终止了) I used to take a walk after supper.我过去在晚饭后散步。(意味着现在不在晚饭后散步了) I used to enjoy gardening,but I don't like it any more.以前我很喜欢园艺,现在一点儿也不喜欢。 He didn't use to smoke. 以前他不抽烟。(否定句) A: Did he use to smoke? 以前他抽烟吗? (一般疑问句) B: Yes, he did.是的,他抽。/No,he didn't. 不,他不抽。 补充: used not= usedn't He used not to smoke.他过去不抽烟。 Used he to smoke? 他过去抽烟吗? used to do与would比较 1. used to do表示过去做而现在已终止(不做)的动作,强调与现在的关系,而would do只说明过去的动作习惯,和现在没关系,这个动作现在也许终止,也许还在做。 He would take a walk after supper. 他过去总是在晚饭后散步。 (和现在无关系,也许他现在还在晚饭后散步,也许不。) 2. used to不必带时间状语,而would因为是表示在过去某一时间内的某种习惯做法,所以要带时间状语。 He used to drink a lot. 他过去总是喝很多酒。 He would drink a lot when he was young.他年轻时很能喝酒。 E.不表示过去确定的时间状语的情况。 有些句子,虽然没有表示过去确定时间的状语,但实际上是指过去发生的动作或存在的状态的话,也要用过去时。 I didn't know you were in Paris. 我不知道你在巴黎。 (因为在说话时,我已经知道你在巴黎了。这句话指的是说话之前,所以只能用过去时表示。实际上,这句话暗指: But now I know you are here. ) . I thought you were ill.我以为你病了呢。 (这句话应是在说话之前,我以为你病了。但是现在我知道你没病。) 比较: I took a walk in the morning. 我曾经在早晨散步。(只是说明过去这一动作) 辨别下面一组句子的正误 Li Ming studied English this morning. 把过去时的肯定句变为一般疑问句 (x) Did Li Ming studied English this morning? (动词应该用原形) (x) Does Li Ming study English this morning? (时态应该用原句子的时态) (x) Was Li Ming studied English this morning? (应该用一般动词,而不是be动词) (o) Did Li Ming study English this morning? 3.总结 一般过去时口诀: 1.一般过去时并不难,表示过去动作、状态记心间。 2.动词要用过去式,时间状语句末站。 3.否定句很简单,didn't 站在动词原形前,其它部分不要变。 4.一般疑问句也好变,did放在句子前,主语、动原、其它部分依次站。 5. 特殊疑问句也简单,疑问词加一般疑问句记心间。 6. 最后一条请注意,动词过去 ? 附录:不规则变化动词 1. A—A—A型(现在式、过去式和过去分词同形) 动词原形 过去式 含义 cost cost 花费 cut cut 割,切 hit hit 打 let let 让 put put 放下 read read 读 hurt hurt 伤 2. A—A—B型(现在式和过去式同形) 动词原形 过去式 含义 beat beat 打 3. A—B—A型(现在式和过去分词同形) 动词原形 过去式 含义 come came 来 become became 变 run ran 跑 4. A—B—B型(过去式和过去分词同形) (1)在动词原形后加一个辅音字母d或t构成过去式或过去分词。 动词原形 过去式 含义 burn burnt 燃烧 learn learned/learnt 学习 mean meant 意思 hear heard 听见 (2)把动词原形的最后一个辅音字母“d”改为“t” 构成过去式或过去分词。 动词原形 过去式 含义 build built 建筑 lend lent 借给 lose lost 失去 send sent 送 spend spent 花费 (3)其他 动词原形 过去式 含义 pay paid 付 lay laid 下蛋 say said 说 bring brought 带来 buy bought 买 think thought 想 sleep slept 睡 keep kept 保持 sweep swept 扫 stand stood 站 understand understood 明白 win won 得胜 shine shone/shined 发光 catch caught 抓住 teach taught 教 feel felt 觉得 fight fought 战斗 find found 发现 get got 得到 hang hanged 绞死 hung 挂 have had 有 hold held 盛,握 leave left 离开 make made 制造 meet met 遇见 sell sold 卖 shoot shot 射击 tell told 告诉 smell smelt/smelled 嗅,闻 sit sat 坐 dig dug 挖 A—B—C型(现在式、过去式和过去分词都不相同) (1)在动词原形后加-n或-en构成过去分词。 动词原形 过去式 含义 eat ate 吃 fall fell 落下 steal stole 偷 give gave 给 freeze froze 冻结 take took 拿 see saw 看见 write wrote 写 ride rode 骑 drive drove 驾驶 throw threw 抛,扔 blow blew 吹 grow grew 生长 know knew 知道 fly flew 飞 draw drew 拉,绘画 show showed 展示 (2)过去式加-n或-en构成过去分词。 动词原形 过去式 含义 speak spoke 说话 break broke 破碎,折断 wake waked/ woke 醒 choose chose 选择 forget forgot 忘记 (3)变单词在重读音节中的元音字母“i”分别为“a”(过去式)和“u”(过去分词)。 动词原形 过去式 含义 begin began 开始 ring rang 按铃 sing sang 唱 sink sank 沉 swim swam 游泳 drink drank 饮 (4)其他不规则动词的变化。 动词原形 过去式 含义 be(am, is) was 是 be(are) were do did 做 go went 去 lie lay 躺 wear wore 穿 一般过去时练习题(1) 写出下列动词的过去式 is\am_________? fly_______? plant________? are ________? drink______ play_______??? go________? make ________ does_________? dance____ worry________? ask _____?? taste_________? eat__________ draw______ put ______??? throw________ kick_________? pass_______?? do ________ 二、用be动词的适当形式填空 1. I ______ an English teacher now. 2. She _______ happy yesterday. 3. They _______ glad to see each other last month. 4. Helen and Nancy ________ good friends. 5. The little dog _____ two years old this year. 6. Look, there ________ lots of grapes here. 7. There ________ a sign on the chair on Monday. 8. Today _____ the second of June. Yesterday ______ the first of June. It _____ Children's Day. All the students ______ very excited. 三、句型变换 1.There was a car in front of the house just now. 否定句:_______________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:___________________________________________________ 肯定回答:_____________________________________________________ 否定回答:__________________________________________________________ 2.They played football in the playground. 否定句:_______________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:___________________________________________________ 肯定回答:_____________________________________________________ 否定回答:_____________________________________________________ 四、用所给动词的适当形式填空 1. I ______ (watch) a cartoon on Saturday. 2. Her father _______ (read) a newspaper last night. 3. We _________ to zoo yesterday, we _____ to the park. (go) 4. ______ you _______ (visit) your relatives last Spring Festival? 5. ______ he _______ (fly) a kite on Sunday? Yes, he ______. 6. Gao Shan _______ (pull) up carrots last National Day holiday. 7. I ____________ (sweep) the floor yesterday, but my mother ______. 8. What _________ she _________ (find) in the garden last morning? She _________ (find) a beautiful butterfly. 9. It _________ (be) Ben's birthday last Friday 10. We all _________ (have) a good time last night. 11. He _________ (jump) high on last Sports Day. 12. Helen _________ (milk) a cow on Friday. 13. She likes _________ newspapers, but she _________ a book yesterday. (read) 14. He ______ football now, but they _______basketball just now. (play) 15. Jim's mother ____________ (plant) trees just now. 16. _______ they ________ (sweep) the floor on Sunday? No, they _________. 17. I _______ (watch) a cartoon on Monday. 18. We ____ (go) to school on Sunday. 19. It ____ (be) the 2nd of November yesterday. Mr White ___ (go) to his office by car. 20. Gao Shan ________ (put) the book on his head a moment ago. 21. Don't ______ the house. Mum _______ it yesterday. (clean) 22. What _________ you ______ just now? I _______ some housework. (do) 23. They _________ (make) a kite a week ago. 24. I want to ______ apples. But my dad _______ all of them last month. (pick) 25. _______ he ______ the flowers this morning? Yes, he _____. (water) 26. She ____ (be) a pretty girl. Look, she _____ (do) Chinese dances. 27. The students often _________ (draw) some pictures in the art room. 28.What ______ Mike do on the farm? He ________ cows. (milk) 五、句型转换 1、Lucy did her homework at home.(改否定句) Lucy ___________ ___________ her homework at home. 2、He found some meat in the fridge(冰箱).(变一般疑问句) ___________ he __________ ___________ meat in the fridge? 3、She stayed there for a week.(对划线部分提问) __________ ___________ __________ she __________ there? 4、There was some orange in the cup.(变一般疑问句) _________ there ___________ orange in the cup? 六、中译英 1.我的故事书刚才还在手表旁边. ___________________________________________________________ 2.他们的外套上个礼拜放在卧室里了。 ___________________________________________________________ 3.一会以前花园里有两只小鸟。 ___________________________________________________________ 4.. 格林先生去年住在中国。 ________________________________________________________ 5. 昨天我们参观了农场。 ________________________________________________________ 6. 他刚才在找他的手机。 ________________________________________________________ 7. 我过了一个忙碌但却刺激的周末。 I _________ _________ __________ __________ exciting weekend. 8. Jenny喜欢看书。昨晚她看了一本英语书。 Jenny likes _________ __________. She _________ an English book last night. 9. Emma每天都看电视。可是昨天他没有看。 Emma __________ TV every day. But he _________ ___________ yesterday. 10. 上周六他们做什么了?他们做作业和购物了。 What ________ they _________ _________ Saturday? They _________ __________ homework and _________ __________. 一般过去时练习题(2) 一、句型转换 1. The children had a good time in the park. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 对划线部分提问:____________________________________ 2. There were about nine hundred people at the concert. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 对划线部分提问:____________________________________ 3. Ann did her homework yesterday evening. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 对划线部分提问:____________________________________ 4. Last week I read an English book. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 肯定/否定回答:____________________________________ 对划线部分提问:____________________________________ 5. My brother was in the park just now. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 对划线部分提问:____________________________________ 二、写出下列动词的第三人称单数形式、过去式形式 go?_______?_______?enjoy?_______?_______ buy?_______?_______?eat?_______?_______ get?_______?_______?walk?_______?_______ take?_______?_______?dance?_______?_______ write?_______?_______?run?_______?_______ wim?_______?_______?find?_______?_______ egin?_______?_______?eat?_______?_______ lay?_______?_______?study?_______?_______ 三、用所给词的适当形式填空。 1. Tom and Mary ___________ (come) to China last month. 2. Mike _________________(not go) to bed until 12 o'clock last night. So he ______ (get) up late. 3. Mary __________ (read) English yesterday morning. 4. Tom ___________ (begin) to learn Chinese last year. 5. My mother ________________ (not do) housework yesterday. 6. There ____________ a telephone call for you just now. (be) 7. -When _______ you _________ (come) to china?  -Last year. 8. _________ (be) it cold in your city yesterday? 9. How many people ________ (be) there in your class last term? 10. There ________ (be) a football match on TV yesterday evening, but I _________ (have) no time to watch it. 四、改错题(请改正每个句子中的一个错误) 1.How is Jane yesterday? _________________________________________ 2.He go to school by bus last week. ________________________________ 3.He goes home at 6:00 last month. ________________________________ 4.I can fly kites seven years ago. ___________________________________ 5.Did you saw him just now. _______________________________________ 6.Tom wasn't watch TV last night. ________________________________ 7.I did not my homework yesterday. _______________________________ 8.He wait for you three hours ago. _________________________________ 9.Who find it just now? ____________________________________________ II. 翻译下列句子 1. 我过了一个忙碌但却刺激的周末。 _________ _________ __________ __________ but exciting weekend. 2. 上周六他们做什么了?他们做作业和购物了。 What ________ they _________ _________ Saturday? They _________ __________ homework and _________ ________ __________. 3. 今天早上方方得做饭,因为昨晚他父亲不在家。 This morning Fangfang _______ _______ _______ _______ because his father _______ ________ ________ yesterday. 4. 他在打扫教室的时候,发现地上有块表。 When he ______ the classroom, he ______ a watch on the ground. 5. 他什么时候出生的?1980年。 ---When _______ he _______ ---_______ 1980.

    • 2020-03-15
    • 下载3次
    • 102.19KB
  • ID:4-7029322 Module 6 Around town方位介词图解&练习(含部分答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级下/Module 6 Around town/本模块综合与测试

    方位介词 [教学目标] 1.学生能了解一些常用的方位介词分类及其用法,并能够使用 [教学步骤] 1.导入 He drives. He drives on the road. He drives to the school. 方位=方向+位置 2.具体分析 (1)表位置 介词 意义 图示 例句 in/inside 在……之内 The students are reading in the classroom. 学生们在教师里读书。 outside 在……外面 He parked his car outside the heater. 他把汽车停在剧场外面。 at 在(小地点) He is at home now. in 在(大地点) He is in China now. 在某一个地区之内的方位 Shanghai is in the east of China. to 表示在某一地区之外的某方位 Japan lies to the east of China. on 两地接壤 The boat is on the river.那条船在河上。 在……上面 (表面接触) North Korea is on the northeast of China. beneath 在...下面 (表面接触) The paper is beneath the book. above 在……上方 (不接触) (可指温度海拔等刻度) The plane flew above the clouds. 飞机在云上飞行。 The altitude of the mountain is 300 meters above sea level. below 在……下方 (不接触) (可指温度海拔等刻度) The sun sinks below the horizon. 太阳沉没在地平线下。 Your temperature is below 37C. over 在……(正)上方(垂直) There are several bridges over the river. 河上有好几座桥。 under 在……(正)下方(垂直) The boat sailed under the bridge. 船在桥下行驶。 behind 在……后面 (外部) Olive hid behind a tree. 奥列弗藏在一棵树后面。 before 在..(外部)之前 (指时间较多) He made a speech before a large audience. 他在许多观众面前发表了讲话。 near/nearby 在……附近 (有一定距离) I don’t need a car because I live near the city centre . 我不需要汽车,因为我住在靠近市中心 by/beside 在……旁边 (可能触摸到) Our house is by the river.我们的房子在河边。 Come and sit beside me.过来坐在我旁边。 next to 紧挨... (触手可及) My best friend sits next to me in class. 上课时我最好的朋友坐在我的旁边。 against 紧靠,依靠 The man leans against the wall. between 在……之间(指二者) The letter B is between A and C. 字母B在A和C之间。 among 在……之间(指三者或三者以上) The house stands among the trees. 房子在树丛中。 round/around/about 在...周围 (指时间时表示大约) There is a road around/round/about the school.学校周围有条路。 It is round/around/about six o'clock 大约6点钟 across from/opposite 在...对面 There is a tall building across from/opposite the bank.这家银行对面有一座高层建筑物。 He sat opposite me on the train. on the left 在左边 There is a tree on the left of the house. on the right 在右边 There are some bikes on the right of the road. in the middle of 在...中间 The playground is in the middle of the school. at the back of 在...(内部)后方 The woman is at the back of the bus. in the front of 在...(内部)前方 The driver is at the front of the bus. in front of 在...(外部)前方 There is a tree in front of my house. on the corner of 在...拐角上 The coffee shop is on the corner of the street (2)表方向 介词 意义 图示 例句 along/down 沿着 Walk along/down this street, then turn left, you can see the post office. 沿着这条街走,然后向右拐,你就可以看到邮局。 across 横过、越过……(穿过平面) If the road is busy, don’t walk across it. 如果道路拥挤,就不要横穿马路。 through 穿过……(穿过空间) We drove through the tunnel. 我们开车穿过了隧道。 past 从某事物的一旁经过 The car drove past my house.这辆车开过了我家。 over 从平面的一边到另一边或跨越过某一高度 The dog jumped over the fence.这只狗跳过了栅栏。 into 进入到…之内 They put the apples into the baskets. 他们把苹果放进篮子里。 out of 从……出来 Don’t look out of the window in class. 上课时不要朝窗外看。 onto 到另一个平面上 Don't jump onto the desk.不要跳到桌子上。 off 脱离某一地方 He got off the bus just now.他刚才下了公交车。 up 向上 The monkeys climbed up the trees to pick the bananas. 猴子爬上树上去摘香蕉。 down 向下 The ball is rolling down the hill. 球正往山下滚。 round/around 围绕 All sat around the table. 所有的人围绕着桌子坐。 to 到...去 He took a flight from Beijing to Shanghai.他坐飞机从北京到上海 from 从...来 towards(美)/ toward(英) 向...,朝着,接近 The teacher walked towards me.这个老师向我走来。 away from 从...离去 He took the ball away from the table. 3.总结 方位介词练习 一、根据中文提示,用适当的方位介词填空: 1. There is a big pear tree __________ (在……的前面) my house. 2. Who was _________ (在……的后面) you when you were waiting in a line? 3. What’s _______(在……的下面)the desk? 4. The children are playing hide-and-seek. Maomao is hiding himself __________(在……里)the wardrobe. 5. The tallest boy in my class sits ________ (在……的隔壁) me. 6. They are standing _______ the door. (在……外面) 二、用适当的介词填空: 1. You can’t see the ball. It’s ______ the door. 2. Shall we meet ________ the gate of the cinema? 3. Is he playing _______ the street or ______ the road? 4. Are they ________ a factory or _______ a farm? 5. I sit ________ the twins. The elder sister is _______ my left and the younger one is_______ my right. 6. The big tree ______ our classroom is nearly 100 years old. 7. The teacher is writing on the blackboard ______ the classroom. 8. ---- Where is the light? ---- It’s just _______ the table. 9. ---- Where are the lamps? ---- They are _____ the desks. 10. A plane is flying ________ the clouds. 三、翻译句子: 1. 梅梅坐在我的前面,我坐在她的后面。 _________________________________________ 2.她正在学校门口等着妈妈。 _________________________________________ 3. 迈克坐在吉姆和萨姆之间。 _________________________________________ 4. 医院对面有一家银行。 _________________________________________ 5. 盒子里有什么? _________________________________________ 6. 讲台上有些彩色的图片。 _________________________________________ 7.看,孩子们跑进了屋子。 _________________________________________ 8.我正站在玩具店的外面。 _________________________________________ 9. 床下有双运动鞋。 _________________________________________ 10.黑板在教室的前面。 _________________________________________ 11.教室前面有棵大树。 _________________________________________ 12.那条河上有座桥。 _________________________________________ 13. 餐桌上面悬挂着一盏灯。 _________________________________________ 14. 许多鸟正从我们的头上飞过。 _________________________________________ 四、根据所给图片及英文提示完成句子 1. car, run, bridge _____________________________________________ 2. bus, in front of, hospital ______________________________________________ 3. plane, fly, forest ____________________________________________ 4. cake, in the box ___________________________________________ 5. dog, lying, the table _____________________________________________ 〖中考练兵〗 ( ) 1. The birds fly ______ the woods. A. above B. on C. under D. inside ( ) 2. ---- Can you see the hole _____ the wall? (河南) A. on B. in C. among D. between ( ) 3. There is a map ______ the wall. (北京) A. on B. from C. in D. at ( ) 4. ---- Where is Lily? ---- We are all here ______ her. (辽宁) A. beside B. about C. except D. with ( ) 5. Miss Gao is standing _____ all her students. A. between B. middle C. centre D. among ( ) 6. ---- Guess, how much does it cost? (广东) ---- I think it costs ______ 15 and 20 dollars. A. from B. between C. among D. with ( ) 7. Some shops open _______ 10 a.m. and 3:30 p. m. during the Spring Festival holidays. (山东) A. at B. between C. from D. about 第三大题参考答案 1. Meimei sits in front of me and I sit behind her. 2. She is waiting for her mother at the school gate. 3. Mike sits between Jim and Sam. 4. The hospital is opposite a bank. 5. What's in the box? 6. There are some colourful pictures on the teacher's desk. 7. Look! The children are running into the house. 8. I'm standing outside the toy shop. 9. There is a pair of trainers under the bed. 10. The blackboard is in the front of the classroom. 11. A big tree is in front of the classroom. 12. There is a bridge over the river. 13. There is a light over the table. 14. A lot of birds are flying over our heads.

    • 2020-03-15
    • 下载19次
    • 859.96KB
  • ID:4-7009008 必修1 Unit 1 friendship知识点

    高中英语/人教版(新课程标准)/必修1、2/必修1/Unit 1 Friendship

    原文(P1): Are you good① to your friends? Do the following② survey. Add③ up your score and see how many points you get. goodbe good to sb. = be kind to sb. = be friendly to sb. 对...友善/友好 Though he looks cold, yet he is good to other. 尽管他看起来很冷淡,但他对人一向很好。be good for sb./sth. = do good to sb./sth. 对...有好处Taking exercise is good for your health.锻炼对你的健康有好处。be good at sth. = do well in sth. 擅长做... the following + n. (名词) 下列的....; 接着的.....the following questions下列的问题the following day接下来的日子the following survey下列的调查 addadd sth. up把...加起来(强调合计的动作)Please add these figures up. 请把这些数字加起来。add up to +数字 加起来的总和是....; 总计达到了....The figures add up to 137. 这些数目加起来总和是137。add A to B 把A加入BPlease add some sugar to the coffee. 请加一些糖到咖啡中。A add to B A增加了BThe bad weather added to the difficulties. 不好的天气增加了困难。add that...补充说...I would like to add that we are pleased with the test result. 我还要补充一下,我们对测试结果很满意。 原文(P1):B. help your friend clean the bicycle so you can leave early. help sb. do sth./ to do sth./ with sth. 帮助某人做某事 原文(P1):When he/she borrowed it last time, he/she broke it and you had to pay to get it repaired. have/get sth. done.使某事被做 (sth.和done之间是被动关系)have/get it repaired使它被修好/修好它 have/get the flower watered使花被浇水/浇花have/gethave/get sb./sth. doing使某人/某物一直做... (sth和doing之间是主动关系)I have him working all the morning. 整个上午我都使他在工作。get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth. 使某人做某事get them to wash clothes/ have them wash the clothes使他们去洗衣服 get done (状态的改变)get作系动词,相当于be get hurt 受伤     get broken 破了 get tired 累了get killed 遇难 get lost 丢掉,迷路 get dressed 穿衣 原文(P1):B. let your friend borrow it without saying anything. do sth. without saying anything 什么也不说就做.... 原文(P1):Your friend comes to school very upset. upset(adj.) 心烦意乱的;不安的;不适的be upset over/about/at sth. 为……感到不安 be upset that+从句 心烦....He was quite upset over/about her illness. 他为她的病而忧心忡忡。(vt.)使...心烦,使...不安;打翻;使生气;扰乱upset oneself about sth.为某事烦恼 be upset by... 被……打乱Don't upset yourself—no harm has been done.不要难过—并没有造成任何伤害。 Our arrangements for the weekend were upset by her visit.她的到来把我们周末的安排给打乱了。 原文(P1):A. ignore① the bell and go somewhere quiet② to calm③ your friend down. ignorevt.不理睬,忽视I said hello to her, but she ignored me completely.我向她打招呼,可是她根本不理我。ignorance n. 无知;愚昧;不知道 ignorant adj. (对某事物)不了解的;无知的;无学识的be in ignorance of/about sth. 不知道某事 be ignorant of/about sth.不知道;没有意识到 go somewhere + adj.(形容词)去一个…的地方go somewhere quiet去一个安静的地方 go somewhere else去别的地方 calm(vt&vi)(使)平静;(使)镇静;(使)镇定calm sb. down使...冷静下来(vt.及物)We calm the lady down now.(及物)sb. calm down冷静(vi.不及物)The lady calms down now. (不及物)(adj.)平静的,镇静的keep/stay/remain calm保持镇静calmly adv. 平静地;宁静地;沉着地 calm 表示在危急、危险的情形中保持镇静quiet表示一个人的外表安静或性格稳定still 表示某人站、坐、躺的姿势是静止不动的silent表示没有声音,沉默,不讲话 原文(P1):C. tell your friend that you are concerned about him/her and you will meet after class and talk then. concernvt. & n.使担心,使不安;关于,关系到be concerned about/for 对……担心 be concerned with涉及;论述 as/so far as sb. be concerned 就某人而言 concern oneself with/in/about sth. 关心某事,忙于某事 have no concern with...与……无关 原文(P1):Your friend has gone on holiday and asked you to take care of his/her dog. on holidaygo on holiday去度假(强调动作)be on holiday去度假(强调状态) 原文(P1):While walking the dog, you were careless and it got loose and was hit by a car. walk(vt.)使...走;帮助...走walk sb.帮助某人走walk the dog遛狗 walk the horse遛马(n.)散步have a walk= take a walk(强调动作)= go for a walk(强调动作) 散步 状语从句中当主句和从句的主语一致且从句中谓语动词是be,从句中主谓(即主语+be)一起省略 While (you were)?walking the dog, you were careless. 遛狗时你粗心大意了。 While (he was)?in Beijing, he visited the Great Wall. 他在北京时游览了长城。 当从句的主语是it, 且谓语动词是be或包含be的某种形式时,it和be常可同时省略。 If (it /is)possible / necessary, this old temple will be rebuilt.如果可能/必要的话,将重修这座古庙。 原文(P1):B. tell him/her that he/she should have studied, so you don’t let him/her look at your paper. would have done should/ought to have done shouldn’t/ought not to have done could have done couldn’t/can’t have done may/might have done needn’t have done must have done(过去)本来会做(却没有做) (过去)本应该做(却没有做) (过去)本不该做(却做了) (过去)本能够做 (表猜测) 不可能做过 (过去)可能/也许做过 (过去)本没必要做 (表猜测,可能性很大) (过去)一定做过情态动词+(not+)have done 原文(P2):Do you want a friend whom you could tell everything to, like your deepest feelings and thoughts? whom引导的定语从句 可将介词to前置 Do you want a friend to whom you could tell everything, like your deepest feelings and thoughts? 原文(P2):Or are you afraid that your friend would laugh at you, or would not understand what you are going through? go through1、经历...; 遭受....The country went through too many wars.这个国家遭受了太多的战火。2、穿过...He goes through the forest. 他穿过森林。3、仔细检查Please go through your homework carefully.请仔细检查你的家庭作业。4、详细研究5、(计划等)通过...6、完成;做完I can't go through with this performance, I'm so nervous. 我无法完成这场表演,我好紧张。7、用完;耗尽go ahead开始做;先走;请把;说吧 go against背叛;违背;违反 go by逝去;过去 go down(水平、数量等)下降;下跌 go over仔细检查 go out外出;(灯、火)熄灭go in for爱好,从事 go without没有.....也行 原文(P2):Anne Frank wanted the first kind, so she made her diary her best friend. makemake sb./sth. + adj.(形容词) 使某人/某物处于...的状态中make sb./sth.+ n.(名词) 使某人/某物成为.... 原文(P2):Her family was Jewish so they had to hide or they would be caught by the German Nazis. hidehide - hid - hidenhide sth./sb. (away) 把....藏起来sb. hide away某人躲藏起来He hides himself away in the office all day long. 他整天都使自己躲在办公室里。 原文(P2):She and her family hid away for two years before they were discovered. before引导时间状语从句 原文(P2):She said, “I don’t want to set down① a series② of facts in a diary as most people do, but I want this diary itself to be my friend, and I shall call③ my friend Kitty.” set down①记下...; 写下...set down sth=set sth. down=write sth. down = put sth. down②制定,规定③登记 set about doing sth. 着手做某事 set out to do sth. 开始做某事 set aside不顾;把...放一边 set off动身,出发;使爆炸 set out (for)出发(去);动身(去) set up竖立;创建;开办 seriesA series of + 可数名词(复数形式)/不可数名词 一系列.......(series单复数同形)A?series of good books is?here.这里有一系列的好书。 Several?series of furniture are?here. 这里有几个系列的家具。 callcall +宾语+宾补 把...叫做.... as引导的方式状语从句,as意思“正如” 原文(P2):I wonder① if it’s because I haven’t been able to be outdoors② for so long that I’ve grown so crazy about everything to do with③ nature. wonderI wonder if/whether...我想知道/不知道是否...(委婉提出请求或礼貌询问某事)I wonder what is happening now. 我想知道现在发生了什么。wonder +疑问词+动词不定式=wonder +宾语从句 想知道...,对...感到疑惑(It’s) No wonder (that)... ...不足为奇;难怪...It’s a wonder that....令人惊奇的是..... outdoors(adv.副词)户外go outdoors去户外outdoors(adv.形容词)户外的an outdoor swimming pool do with有关everything to do with.....与...有关的一切事物(to do with修饰everything)A have something to do with B A与B有关系His job has something to do with computer. 他的工作与电脑有关。处理what和do with连用 What?will you do with my pen?=How will you deal with?my pen? 你将如何处理我的钢笔?how和deal with连用 It is/was +被强调部分+ that/who+从句 (注:去掉It is/was和that/who,该句子仍成立。) It was on Monday night that all this happened.(强调时间状语)这一切都发生在周一晚上。 It was Mary that/who I met in the street.(强调宾语)我在街上遇见的是玛丽。 It was I that/who met Mary in the street.(强调主语)是我在街上遇见了玛丽。 It was in the street that I met Mary.(强调地点状语)我是在街上遇见的玛丽。 原文(P2):I can well remember that there was a time when a deep blue sky, the song of the birds, moonlight and flowers could never have kept me spellbound. There was a time when.....曾经有段时间......(when引导定语从句,修饰a time) 原文(P2):For example, one evening when it was so warm, I stayed awake on purpose① until half past eleven in order to② have a good look at③ the moon by myself. do sth. on purpose故意做某事 In order (not) to do为了(不)做...(可放句中或句首)in order that引导目的状语从句so as (not) to do为了(不)做...(可放句中)so that可引导目的状语从句和结果状语从句 have a look at看看have a good look at 好好看看 原文(P2):Another time some months ago, I happened to be upstairs at dusk when the window was open. happen to do sth.碰巧做某事I happened to be there at that time.那时我碰巧在那里。 原文(P2):I didn’t go downstairs until the window had to be shut. not...until...直到...才... 原文(P2):The dark, rainy evening, the wind, the thundering clouds held me entirely in their power①; it was the first time in a year and a half that I’d seen the night face to face②… power(n.)能力;力量;权力;电力in power掌握权力 come to power上台执政 within/beyond one’s power在某人能力范围内/超出某人能力 in one's power在某人的支配下 have power over对...有控制权;能支配...(vt.)给...提供电力;驱动powerful(adj.)powerful reasons/arguments有说服力的理由/论证 a powerful influence巨大的影响 face to facedo sth. face to face面对面做某事We will have a talk face to face. 我们将面对面谈话。face to face with sb.与某人面对面face-to-face adj.面对面的heart to heart贴心地;坦诚地 side by side并排地 back to back背靠背地 one by one一个一个地 shoulder to shoulder肩并肩地 step by step逐步地;一步一步地 hand in hand手拉手地 arm in arm臂挽臂地 year after year年年;每年 day by day日复一日 It/That/This was (would be)the first (second, third...)time+that从句(过去完成时) It/That/This is (will be) the first/second time+that从句 (现在完成时) 【注意】如果time前有last修饰,一般不用完成时态。 It is the fourth time that I have come here.这是我第四次来这儿。 It/that/this is/was one’s first/second....time to do sth.这/那是某人第...次做某事 It’s (high) time that sb. did/should(不可省略should) do sth. =It’s time for sb. to do sth.某人该做某事了。 the first time意为“第一次”,用作连词引导时间状语从句 for the first time意为“第一次”,用作介词短语,单独作状语,不接从句 原文(P2):It’s no pleasure① looking through② these any longer③ because nature is one thing that really must be experienced. It is no pleasure doing sth.做某事没有乐趣 It is/was no use doing sth.做某事没有用 It is/was no good doing sth.做某事没有好处 It is/was a waste of time doing sth.做某事是浪费时间It is/was+n.+doing sth.做某事怎么样 look through透过...看识破浏览,快速查看look for寻找 look forward to期待;盼望 look into向里看;调查 look on as把...看作 look up查阅;查询;抬头向上看 look back on回忆;回顾 look after照顾;照料 look around/round环顾 look down on/upon on sb.轻视某人;瞧不起某人 look out (for sth.)担心...; 注意... no longer/ not any longer(强调时间上不再延续) no more/not any more(强调程度或数量不再增加) 原文(P4):She found it difficult to settle and calm down in the hiding place. settlevi.安家;安居;停留vt.&vi.解决(分歧、纠纷等);结束(争端、争论等)settle an argument/difference解决争论/分歧vt.(最终)决定,确定,安排好settlement n. 定居;定居点 settler n. 移居者;殖民者settle down(在某地)定居下来;(使某人)安静下来 settle down to开始认真对待某事;定下心来做某事 settle in 在……定居 settle in/into sth.适应(新环境/工作/生活等) settle on sth. 决定/选定某事(物) reach a settlement达成协议 divorce settlement离婚协议 原文(P4):She suffered from loneliness, but she had to learn to like it there. suffervi.(因疾病、痛苦、悲伤等)受苦,受难,受折磨 suffer froma bad back背疼a bad cold患重感冒ill health身体不好a headache/toothache头疼/牙疼vt.遭受;蒙受;(常用于否定句)忍受 sufferpain/hardship经历痛苦/困难a defeat/a loss/damage/punishment遭受失败/损失/损害/惩罚suffering n.(身体,精神上的)痛苦,苦恼;令人痛苦的事 原文(P4):How can Linda recover from her illness in this room when it’s so dirty and dusty? recover(vt.)恢复;重新获得,找回recover from sth.从...恢复recover...from...从...找回...He recovered his suitcase from the railway station.recover oneself静下心来(vi.)痊愈,恢复常态make a full recovery完全恢复 make a quick/slow recovery恢复很快/很慢cover vt.覆盖;包括 n.盖子 uncover vt.揭露;揭去...盖子discover vt.发现 原文(P5):I’ve got tired of looking at nature through dirty curtains and dusty windows. be/feel/get tired+介词be/feel/get tired out 筋疲力竭的be/feel/get tired from (doing) sth.因(做)某事而劳累/疲倦(身体上)be/feel/get tired of (doing) sth.厌烦(做)某事(心理上) 原文(P5):I need to pack up my things in the suitcase very quickly. pack up vi.&vt.将…装箱打包pack sth. up=pack up sth.(名两边代中间)pack away (用后)收拾好 pack into the stadium涌进体育场 be packed in/with paper被纸包裹 pack us off把我们打发走 a pack of一包;一帮;一群 原文(P6):I am having some trouble with my classmates at the moment. have trouble with.... 与...有麻烦;有困难;有问题have trouble/difficulty/a problem with sth.某事有困难 have trouble/difficulty/a problem (in) doing sth.做某事有困难 have no trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth.毫不费力地做某事 have a hard time (in) doing sth.做某事不容易 原文(P6):I’m getting along well with a boy in my class. get along/on withget along/on with sb.与某人相处get along/on well with sb.同某人相处很好; get along/on badly with sb.同某人相处不好 get along/on with sth.某事的进展get along/on well with sth.某事进展顺利 get along/on badly with sth.某事进展不顺get away 离开;逃离(from+n.) get through(用电话)联系上;完成(工作);通过 get off下(车、飞机等);脱下 get down下来、写下 get on上(车、飞机等);相处;进展 get in进入;收集;收割(庄稼等) get up起床;站起来 get into进入;陷入;养成(习惯) get over爬过,越过;克服,超越 get it(口语)明白,理解;猜中 原文(P6):They say that this boy and I have fallen in love. fall in love (with sb.) 爱上(某人);(与某人)相爱fall in love with sb.强调动作/非延续性/不可与表示一段时间的状语连用be in love with sb.表示状态/延续性/可与表示一段时间的状语连用表动作表状态lose touch with sb.be out of touch with sb.与某人失去联系get married (to sb.)be married (to sb.)与(某人)结婚become/get used to doing sth.be used to doing sth.习惯于(做)某事catch a coldhave a cold感冒go to sleep/fall asleepbe asleep入睡;睡着fall illbe ill生病diebe died死get lostbe missing丢失 原文(P6): exactly (adv.) 确实如此,正是;确切地;精确地;准确地exactly speaking=to be exact严格地说,确切地说 not exactly不完全如此 原文(P6): disagree (vi.不及物)不同意,有分歧disagree with sb. (on/about/over sth.) (就某事)与某人意见不合 disagree with (doing) sth.不赞成(做)某事不符,不一致;不适合disagree with sb.(食物、气候等)不适合某人 disagree with sth.与某事物不符/不一致agree with 同意某人的看法;(气候、食物等)适宜;与...一致 agree to同意(计划、安排、建议等) agree on就...达成一致 原文(P7):I’m not very good at communicating with people. communicatecommunicate with sb.与某人交流communicate sth. with sb.向某人传达(思想和感情) 原文(P7):Although I try to talk to my classmates, I still find it hard to make good friends with them. although不可与but连用,但是可以与yet/still连用 “find+宾语+宾补”形容词作宾补,it为形式宾语,真正的宾语为宾补后的动词不定式短语。 原文(P7):I do want to change this situation, but I don’t know how. do+动词原形(表强调)用于肯定句根据时态,可以使用do/does/did+动词原形的方式若句子为祈使句,直接用“do+动词原形”来加强语气 在口语中,若宾语从句的内容(除引导词外)在前文已经被提及,可省略从句内容,只保留宾语从句的引导词。 原文(P7):to join in discussions and show interest in other people’s ideas join in参加,加入join及物join sb. in (doing) sth.跟某人一起做某事,加入某人做某事join不及物join in (doing) sth.加入某事,一起做某事join通常指参加组织并成为其中一员join the army参军join in指参加一项正在进行的活动,如竞赛、娱乐、谈话等join in the game参加比赛attend正式用语,指参加会议、婚礼、葬礼或上课、上学、听报告等。attend the meeting/wedding/classtake part in指参加体育运动或群众性活动,重在说明参加者在该项活动中起一定的作用。Take part in the boat race 参加划船比赛 finish doing sth.结束做某事 plan to do sth.计划做... take an examination参加考试 get loose = become loose变得松了 make a list of sth. = list sth.列出...的清单 laugh at sb. 嘲笑某人 stay/keep awake保持清醒的状态 at dusk在黄昏 go upstairs/downstairs上/下楼 one year and a half = one and a half years 一年半 be good to?对….友好?? add up?合计? get sth done?使…被做 calm down?镇定下来??? have got to 不得不?? walk the dog 遛狗 hide away?躲藏;隐藏?? be concerned about?关心;挂念 share sth with sb?和某人分享某物? go through?经历;仔细检查? set down?放下;记下?? a series of?一系列;一套?? be/grow crazy?about?对…着迷??? on purpose?故意??? in order to/?so?as?to?为了? face to face?面对面地??? get along on with?与…相处 pack up?收拾,打理行装 according to?按照;根据…所说? have trouble with sb/sth?同某人闹意见;做…有困难 communicate with sb?和…交际 try out?试验;试用??? join in?参加(活动)??? far and wide?到处? look to sth?注意,留心某事 fall in love?相爱??? be ignorant of?对......无知的? cheat sb (out) of sth?骗取某人某物? have the/a habit of doing sth?有做…的习惯 at the moment此时,此刻 make friends with sb.与某人交朋友 feel like doing sth.=would like to do sth.想要做某事 swap sth. with sb.和某人交换某物 ?? 1.态度(attitudes)? Are?you?afraid?that...?? I’ve?grown?so?crazy?about...? I?didn’t?dare... 2.同意和不同意(agreement?and?disagreement)? I?agree.?I?think?so.?Exactly.? I?don’t?agree.? I?don’t?think?so.? I’m?afraid?not. 3.肯定程度(certainty) That’s?correct.? Of?course?not. ? 直接引语和间接引语(1):?陈述句和疑问句? 1.?陈述句? “I?don’t?want?to?set?down?a?series?of?facts?in?a?diary.”?Said?Anne.? ----Anne?said?that?she?didn’t?want?to?set?down?a?series?of?facts?in?a?diary. 2.?一般疑问句? He?asked,?“Are?you?leaving?tonight?”? ---He?asked?us?whether?we?were?leaving?that?night. 3.?特殊疑问句? “When?did?you?go?to?bed?last?night?”?father?said?to?Anne.? ---?Father?asked?Anne?when?she?went?to?bed?the?night?before. ? ?

    • 2020-03-11
    • 下载2次
    • 359.7KB
  • ID:4-7008956 初中英语动词的三种变化规则及练习(含答案)

    初中英语/中考专区/二轮专题/词法/动词时态

    动词的三种变化规则 1、第三人称 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E7%AC%AC%E4%B8%89%E4%BA%BA%E7%A7%B0&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)单数一般现在时 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E4%B8%80%E8%88%AC%E7%8E%B0%E5%9C%A8%E6%97%B6&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)形式 (1)原形动词词尾+“-s” help(帮助)→helps come(来)→comes (2)原形动词词尾“ch,sh,o,s,x”+“-es” teach(教)→teaches wash(洗)→washes go(去)→goes kiss(吻)→kisses fix(安装)→fixes (3)原形动词词尾为“辅音字母 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E8%BE%85%E9%9F%B3%E5%AD%97%E6%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)+y”时,去“y”后加“-ies”,若是“元音字母 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E5%85%83%E9%9F%B3%E5%AD%97%E6%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)+y”,只加“-s” study(学习)→studies play(游戏)→plays 补充: (1)大多数动词在词尾加“s”在清辅音后发音为[s],在浊辅音及元音后发音为 [z]。(发音的例外情况在第(5)) ①stop-stops [s];make-makes [s];②read-reads [z];play-plays [z] (2)以辅音字母加“y”结尾的,要先将“y”变为“i”,然后在加“es”读[z] fly-flies [z]; study-studies [z]; worry-worries[z] (3)以“s, x, ch, sh”结尾的,在词尾加“es”,发音为[iz] teach-teaches [iz]; watch-watches [iz] (4)以“o”结尾的动词,加“es”,读[z] go-goes [z] ;do-does [z] (5)下面几个动词变为单数时,原词的元音部分的发音发生了较大的变化,请注意。 1、do [du:]-does [d?z] ; 2、say [sei]-says [sez] (6)以不发音字母“e”结尾的开音节词,如果尾音是[s],[z]时,加“s”后字母“e”发音, 与所加“s”一起读做[iz]。 ??? close-closes [iz] 2、现在分词 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E7%8E%B0%E5%9C%A8%E5%88%86%E8%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)(也称“-ing”形) (1)原形动词词尾+“-ing” 1. do-doing 做? 2. stand-standing 站 3. sleep-sleeping 睡觉 4. eat-eating 吃 5. sing-singing 唱 6. drink-drinking 喝 7. read-reading 读 8. look-looking 看? 9. walk-walking 散步 10. watch-watching 看 11. draw-drawing 画?? ? 12. fly-flying 飞 13. open-opening 打开 14. jump-jumping 跳??? 15. do-doing 做 16. paint-painting 绘画 17. pick-picking 捡 18. play-playing 玩 19. talk-talking 说话? 20. cook-cooking 烹饪21. see-seeing 看见 22. learn-earning 学习23. catch-catching 抓住24. climb-climbing 爬 25. count-counting 数数 26. clean-cleaning 打扫 27. fish-fishing 钓鱼 (2)原形动词词尾为“-e”时,去“-e”后+“-ing” 1. come–coming 来?????? 2. dance-dancing 跳舞 3. close-closing 关 4. make–making 制造 5. ride–riding 骑 6. write-writing 写 7. take-taking 拿走8.dance-dancing跳舞 9. move–moving 移动;搬 10. have–having 有 ????? 11.leave-leaving离开 12.live→living住 ?? (3)原形动词词尾为“-ie”时,先把“-ie”改为“-y”后+“-ing” lie-liying(说谎) ????die-dying(死亡) (4)原形动词词尾为“短元音+辅音字母”时,先双写词尾辅音字母后再+“-ing” plan→planning(计划) kid→kidding(开玩笑) get→getting(得到) stop→stopping(停止) put→putting(放置) shut→shutting(关闭)sit-sitting 做swim-swimming 游泳 ?run-running 跑 cut–cutting 切 ??????? put–putting 放?????????? ? get-getting 得到 shop-shopping 购物 ???? begin-beginning 开始 stop-stopping 停止 注:双音节 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E9%9F%B3%E8%8A%82&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)动词若其词尾的词形如本项的情形,但重音 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E9%87%8D%E9%9F%B3&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)落在第一音节者直接加“-ing”,若是重音落在第二音节者则依本项规则加“-ing”。  visit →visiting(访问)begin →beginning(开始) (5)原形动词词尾为“元音+l,r”并为重读音节时,常重复词尾后再加“-ing”???? ?? compel →compelling(强迫) prefer→preferring(宁要) 3、过去式和过去分词 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E8%BF%87%E5%8E%BB%E5%88%86%E8%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)(规则变化) (1)原形动词词尾+“ed” rain →rained(下雨) walk →walked(走) need →needed(需要) work-worked 工作 learn-learned 学习?????? clean-cleaned 清洁 visit-visited拜访,参观 (2)原形动词词尾为“e”时,加“-d”? live →lived住 like →liked喜欢? dance-danced 跳舞 ???????use-used 使用???? (3)原形动词词尾为“辅音字母+y”时,去“-y”后加“-ied”,若是词尾为“元音字母+y”,只加“-ed” study →studied(学习) play →played(游戏) stay-stayed 停留;依靠 carry – carried 搬动 worry – worried担心 (4)原形动词词尾为“短元音+辅音字母”时,先双写该辅音字母后再+”ed“。 chat →chatted (闲谈) kid →kidded(开玩笑) beg →begged(恳求) stop →stopped(停止) bud →budded(萌芽) (5)原形动词词尾为“元音+l,r”并为重读音节时,常双写词尾后再加“-ed” compel →compelled prefer →preferred 注:双音节动词若其词尾的词形如本项的情形,但重音落在第一音节者直接加“-ed”,若是重音落在第二音节者,则依本项规则加“-ed”。    visit →visited(访问)omit →omitted(省略) 注意:英语字母 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E8%8B%B1%E8%AF%AD%E5%AD%97%E6%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)“c”后面接“e,i”时通常都发[s]音,例如: face,city。因此,如picnic作动词使用时,其词形变化 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E8%AF%8D%E5%BD%A2%E5%8F%98%E5%8C%96&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)为了要保住其词尾的[k]音,通常都先加“-k”之后再加“-ing”或“-ed”。例如:   We went picnicking last Sunday.(上星期天我们野餐 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E9%87%8E%E9%A4%90&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)去了)。   We picnicked in a park by a lake.(我们在湖边的一处公园野餐了。 请按指示做下列各动词的词形变化。 原形 第三人称单数形式 -ing形 过去式 例:change changes  changing changed walk __________ __________ __________ 2.reach__________ __________ __________ 3.snow __________ __________ __________ 4.name __________ __________ __________ 5.push __________ __________ __________ 6.work__________ __________ __________ 7.test __________ __________ __________ 8.drop __________ __________ __________ 9.turn __________ __________ __________ 10.finish __________ __________ __________ 11.study__________ __________ __________ 12.open__________ __________ __________ 13.close__________ __________ __________ 14.pass __________ __________ __________ 15.shop __________ __________ __________ 4、过去式和过去分词 (?http:?/??/?wenwen.soso.com?/?z?/?Search.e?sp=S%E8%BF%87%E5%8E%BB%E5%88%86%E8%AF%8D&ch=w.search.yjjlink&cid=w.search.yjjlink" \t "_blank?)(不规则变化) 一. AAA型(原形→原形→原形) 原形 过去式 过去分词 中文 read read read 读 cut cut cut 切,割 let let let 让 put put put 放 cost cost cost 花费,值 hit hit hit 撞,击 set set set 安排,安置 hurt hurt hurt 使…伤痛 bet bet bet 赌博,打赌 cast cast cast 抛 二. ABA型(原形→过去式→原形) 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 become became become 成为 come came come 来 run ran run 跑 throw threw thrown 扔 三. ABC型 1. ow →ew →own 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 blow blew blown 吹 draw drew drawn 画 grow grew grown 生长 know knew known?? 知道 2. i→a →u 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 begin began begun 开始 drink drank drunk 喝 sing sang sung 唱 swim swam swum 游泳 ring rang rung 打电话 3. 原形→过去式→过去式+(e)n 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 wear wore worn 穿 forget forgot forgotten 忘记 speak spoke spoken 说 freeze froze frozen 冻 choose chose chosen 选择 drive drove driven 驾驶 mistake mistook mistaken 误解 rise rose risen 上升 shake shook shaken 摇 4. 原形→过去式→原形+(e)n 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 eat ate eaten 吃 forbid forbade forbidden 禁止 give gave given 给 ride rode ridden 骑 see saw seen 看见 write wrote written 写 fall fell fallen 落下 break broke broken 打破,折断 forgive forgave forgiven 原谅;宽恕 5. 无规律 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 am/is was been 是 are were been 是 do did done 做 go went gone 走 take took taken 拿 四. ABB型 1. 原形→ought →ought 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 bring brought brought 带来 buy bought bought 买 fight fought fought 打架 think thought thought 思考 seek sought sought 寻求 2. 原形→aught →aught 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 catch caught caught 捉,抓 teach taught taught 教 3. 变其中一个元音字母 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 feed fed fed 喂 meet met met 遇见 get? got got 得到 hold held held 拥有 babysit babysat babysat 临时照看 sit sat sat 坐 win won won 赢 find found found 发现 bend bent bent 使弯曲 dig dug dug 挖 lead led led 引导 sell sold sold 卖 4. 原形→□t→□t 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 feel felt felt 感到 keep kept kept 保持 leave left left 离开 sleep slept slept 睡 sweep swept swept 扫 smell smelt smelt 闻;发出气味 retell retold retold 复述 5. 变其中一个辅音字母 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 build built built 建造 hear heard heard 听见 make made made 制造 mean meant meant 意思 send sent sent 送,寄 spend spent spent 花费 deal dealt dealt 处理 rebuild rebuilt rebuilt 重建 lend lent lent 借贷 6.辅音字母和元音字母都变 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 have had had 有,吃 lay laid laid 放置,产卵 lose lost lost 丢失 pay paid paid 付钱 say said said 说 sell sold sold 卖 tell told told 告诉 stand stood stood 站 misunderstand misunderstood misunderstood 误解 shoot shot shot 放炮;开枪 understand understood understood 理解 五. AAB型 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 beat beat beaten 打败 六. 有两种形式 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 bear bore born/borne 生 hang hanged/hung hanged/hung 吊死 learn learned/learnt learned/learnt 学 lie lied lied 说谎 lay lain 躺 show showed showed/shown 给……看 spell spelled/spelt spelled/spelt 拼写 burn burned?/burnt burned?/burnt 烧 smell smelled/smelt smelled/smelt 闻 shine shined/shone shined/shone 照耀 dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt 做梦 wake waked/woke waked/woken 醒 hide hid hid/hidden 躲藏 bite bit bit/bitten 咬 light lighted/lit lighted/lit 点着 prove proved proved/proven 证明 quit quit/quited quit/quited 放弃 rid rid/ridded rid/ridded 免除;去掉 saw sawed sawed/sawn 锯 sew sewed sewed/sown 缝纫 sink sank sunk/sunken 下沉 sow sowed sowed/sown 种植 spit spat/spit spat/spit 吐 spring sprang/sprung sprung 跳跃 wet wet/wetted wet/wetted 浸湿;弄湿 七. 情态动词 原形 过去式 过去分词 汉语意思 can could ∕ 能 may might ∕ 也许 must ∕ ∕ 必须 shall should ∕ 将要 will would ∕ 会 用所给单词的适当形式填空。 1.On March 3rd, 1866, Powell _________ (ride) his horse down the mountain toward the valley. 2.I _________ (be) very busy these days since my husband _________ (go) abroad for his two-year study. 3.Scotland’s radio stations _________ (lose) tens of thousands of listeners last year. 4.Zhen Zhe _________ (grow) up in Changchun, the capital of Jilin Province, located in northeast China. 5. The photos _________ (take) many years ago _________ (lose) last week. 6.Hardly had the match ________ (begin) when Jack ________ (get) his legs ________ (break) . 7.Several trees ________ (blow) down in the storm and the ________ (fall) branches and leaves were everywhere. 8.A new house ________ (build) at present after the old one ________ (burn) down by an unexpected fire. 9.The thief ________ (flee) from the police station but ________ (catch) again only three hours later. 10.With all they needed ________ (buy) , the Smiths ________ (drive) back home. 11.He ________ (dig) his fork into the meat and ________ (eat) it up at a mouthful. 12.When Jack ________ (swim) halfway, he ________ (meet) with a troop of sharks, and his life ________ (come) to an end. 13.The missing girl ________ (say) evidently just now ________ (see) picking flowers near the river. 14.You ________ (keep) breaking the club rules, so you ________ (throw) out if you lose the last opportunity. 15.None of us ________ (know) her address at that time. If we ________ (know) it, we ________ (send) her a note. 16.________ (keep) at the bottom of the case for so long, the letter ________ (forget) so far. 17.She ________ (mistake) for the famous singer because she ________ (sing) the songs alike. 18.The days are ________ (go) when we played all day and ________ (sleep) all night. 19.________ (speak) English is somewhat different from ________ (write) English, which ________ (go) more normally. 20.The moon ________ (rise) slowly and the mountainous village ________ (lie) in mysterious light and silence. 参考答案 1.rode 2.have been; went 3.lost 4.grew 5.taken; were lost 6.begun, got, broken 7.were blown, fallen 8.is being built, was burnt/burned 9.fled, was caught 10.bought, drove 11.dug, ate 12.swam/was swimming, met, came 13.was said, to have been seen 14.have kept, will be thrown 15.knew, had known, would have sent 16.Having been kept, has been forgotten 17.was mistaken, sang/was singing 18.gone, slept 19.Spoken, written, goes 20.rose, lay

    • 2020-03-11
    • 下载17次
    • 265.5KB
  • ID:4-7008931 外研版英语七年级下Module 4 Life in the future知识点(词汇短语语法)及练习(无答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级下/Module 4 Life in the future/本模块综合与测试

    (P20) carry lots of books ?搬许多书? (P20) in the future 在未来,在将来 (P20) in twenty years’ time在20年之后 (P20) study at home ?在家学习? (P20) get information on the Internet在网上得到信息? (P20) ask sb questions向某人提问题 (P20) by Internet/telephone/email ?通过因特网/电话?/电子邮件 (P20) make friends交朋友 (P20) be able to do sth 能够做某事 (P20) not …… any more/no more 不再…… (P20) a lot of许多 (P20) free time ?空闲时间 (P21) talk to跟...交谈 (P21) need to do sth.需要做某事 (P22) What+be+主语+like?....怎么样 (P22) Here is/are+名词. 下面....(用于介绍某人或某事) (P22) come true (希望,梦想等)实现,成真 (P22) a change of... ...的改变 (P22) a new kind of ?一种新型...? (P22) light rain ?小雨 (P22) cold wind ?冷风? (P22) in spring在春天 ? (P22) all year=all year round全年 (P22) heavy rain and wind狂风暴雨 (P22) sea level ?海平面 (P22) as well 和,又,也 (P22) by bus/bike/plane乘公交车/骑自行车/乘飞机 (P22) It + be +形容词+for sb to do sth.对某人来说做某事是…… (P22) not only …… but also不仅…… 而且…… (P22) over the sea在大海上空 (P22) traffic jam交通堵塞 (P22) in the air在空中? (P22) working hours工作时间 (P24) on farm在农场? (P25) play with与…一起玩? (P20) Will our life① be different② in the future?我们将来的生活会不一样吗? life 生活(不可数) 某种生活方式(可数) live a/an...life过着...的生活 生命(可数) in one’s life在某人的一生中 different 不同的(反义:same) be different from...与...不同(反义:be the same as..与...相同) difference(n.) 不同(可数) (P20) Will students need computers at school?学生在学校会需要电脑吗? need 需要(实义动词) need+n./pron/to do需要某物/做某事 We need a lot of free time.We need to have a lot of free time. 需要(情态动词) 疑问句:Need....do?否定句:needn’t do sth.不需要做某事无肯定句 What need I carry to school? You needn’t carry lots of books to school. —_____I do the laundry first? —No,you______.You can do your homework first. A.Must, mustn’t B.Can, mustn’t C.Must, needn’t D.May, needn’t (P20) Will they carry lots of books to school?他们会带很多书去学校吗? carry 拿,带 carry sth to+某地 “把某物带到某地” Can students carry mobile phones to school? bring表示从别处带到说话人处Bring your bag to me. take表示从说话人处带到别处Take the bag with you . carry表示“携带”,没有方向性Students carry books with the bag. get表示“去某地拿某物之后再回来”,表示一个双向、来回的动作Can you get a cup of tea for me. My mother says that she will______us to the museum,,We are very excited. A.bring B.take C.carry D.get (P20) Will schools be different in the future? 未来的学校会不一样吗? in the future 在将来,在未来 一般将来时的标志之一 I think everyone will fly to the moon in the future .我认为将来人人都可以飞上月球。 future n.将来,未来(不可数) (adj.)未来的(仅作定语) in the future 将来,未来in future从今以后(通常带有警告的语气)(from now on/for the future) You must be more careful in future .今后你一定要更加小心。 1.(2018四川泸州中考) Robots ________ more heavy work for us in the future . will do B. did C. have done D. were doing 2.(2018广西桂林一中期中) In the future, the robots will _____ help us do many things ,such as washing and cooking . A. be good at B.get ready for C. be able to D. look forward to (P20) In twenty years time①, maybe② there won’t be③ any schools!?也许二十年后就没有学校了! in +时间段 某段时间之后 一般将来时的标志(用how soon来提问) I will be a reporter in five years’ time.五年后,我会成为一名记者。—How will you be back? —In a month. in(介词) 在……之后,在……时间内 maybe (adv.)也许,大概 通常位于句子开头 Maybe she is angry.她大概生气了。 may be 可能是 May情态动词+be(动词原形) She may be angry.她可能生气了。 there will be 将会有某人/某物 There will be a strong wind in the north of China tomorrow. there is /are gong to be 将会有某人/某物(有单复数的变化) There is going to/will be an English party this weekend. 1. (乐山中考) --Hurry up! There’s a bus coming ! ---Why run ? There will be another one ______ two or three minutes . by B. in C. for D. at 2.(2018北京临川月考)His father will get back ______ half an hour. In B. at C. on D. for3.—How far is your family from here? —It’s about ten_________walk. A.minute’s B.minute C.minutes’ D.minutes 4. There _____ a football match tomorrow afternoon. A.is going to have B.are going to be C.will be D.will have (P20) Everyone will study at home. 每个人都会在家学习。 everyone 每个人 同义词everybody(更口语化) Everyone must work hard. Is everyone here today? everyone每人,人人只能指人,其后不能跟of短语反义词: no one every one每人,每件东西即能指人,也能指物。其后通常跟of短语反义词: noneEvery one of them passed the exam. 1.—Is _______here? —No, John and Bob have asked for leave. A.nobody B.anybody C.somebody D.everybody2.—The test is very easy, isn’t it? —Yes,but I don’t think ______-can pass it. A.somebody B.everybody C.anybody D.no one (P20) They can ask① their teachers by Internet②, telephone or email.?他们可以通过上网、打电话或发邮件问老师问题。 ask 询问 ask questions询问问题 请求 ask sb to do sth.请求某人做某事 ask sb for help向某人请求帮助 by(介词) 用,通过 表示方式、手段 by+n./代/doing 表示通过做某事达到目的 Can I reach you by phone? You have tried to get Mrs Flower’s money by taking a false name. 在……旁边 表示地点 I waited by the kitchen door. 经由……,通过…… 表示路径 Leave the hotel by the nearest exit. 用,乘(交通工具) 表示工具 We traveled by bus. 1.—______did you tell him about the news? —By______an email. A.How, sending B.How, send C.How, sent D.What, sending ? (P20) Computers won’t be able to do that. 电脑可做不了。? be able to 能够,会,胜任 情态动词(可以用于更多的时态之中) Tom can /is able to swim .汤姆会游泳。They will be able to tell you the news soon.Mary was able to ride a bike when she was five. 不同点相同点 can用于一般现在时和一般过去时,过去式为could。没有人称和数的变化。 都可以表示“能”,两者既可以表示泛指的能力,也可以用来指具体的能力,有时可以互换。 be able to 根据句子需要可以用于更多时态,用于将来、现在、过去以及完成时当中,在一般现在时当中be able to可以与can互换 1.(兰州中考)Finish your homework first ,then you’ll ______ surf the Internet for half an hour . can B. need C. be able to D. may2. —Your father and I decide to buy a new car this summer .—That’s great .Then we’ll _______ go on a vacation in our own car . can B. may C.be able to D . could 3. 改为同义句 My sister says that she can finish her project by herself . My sister says that she ______ _________ ______ finish her project by herself . (P20) Teachers won’t use chalk① on a blackboard and students won’t use pens and paper, or erasers any more②.??老师们将不会再用粉笔在黑板上写字,学生们也不会再用钢笔、纸张或橡皮了。? chalk 粉笔(不可数) a piece of chalk一支粉笔 not …any more 不再 any more 位于句尾 She doesn’t live here any more .她已经不在这里住了。 not...any more=no more不再 He is no more a child.=He is not a child any more. more (adv.)更,更加 more+形/副 (adj.)更多 (much/many的比较级) 1.(2018天津和平区期中) 根据汉语完成句子。 汤姆不再是一个孩子了。他能自己穿衣服。Tom isn’t a child _______ _________ .He can dress himself . 2.Teachers ______ use a chalk on the blackboard _______. will, any more B. won’t ,any more C. will, no more D. won’t ,no more3.—Excuse me, is this Mr Brown’s office? —I’m sorry,but Mr Brown_____works here,He left about three weeks ago. A.not now B.no more C.not still D.no longer (P20) They’ll have a lot of free time!? 他们会有很多空闲时间! free 空闲的,空余的(反义:busy) in one’s free time在某人的空闲时间 Are you free tonight? 自由的 You are free to so as you wish.你想怎样都是你的自由。 免费的(名词:freedom) All the books are free.所有书都是免费的。 ?? (P22) What will life be like in the future?? 未来的生活会怎样? What...be like? ...怎么样? What +情态动词+主语+be like? What +be+主语+like? What+be+人+like?询问某人性格、特征 What+be+物+like?询问某物特点、性质 (P22) Here are some ideas. Which ones① will come true②???这里有一些想法。其中哪些会成现实呢? ones one的复数 one前面提到的同类人或物中的一个 复数:ones可被冠词、指示代词等修饰 it前面提到的人或事物 复数:they不可被冠词、指示代词等修饰 come true (希望,梦想等)实现,成真(主语不为人) I hope your dream can come true.I think some ideas won’t come true. come (连系动词)变得,成为 翻译句子:中国梦将会在不久的将来实现。 _____________________________________________. (P22) In the future, a change① of weather won’t mean② a change of clothes.??未来,天气的变化不一定意味着更换衣服。 change (n.)改变,变化(可数) a change of... ...的变化 (n.)零钱。找零(不可数) (v.)改变 change...into...把...变为... mean 意思是,意味着 What will it mean for America? What do you mean by saying so? 用所给词的适当形式填空。 If you don’t know the __________(mean)of this word,please look it up in a dictionary. (P22) There’ll be no more light rain and cold wind in spring.? 在春天,不再有小雨和寒风。 light ①少量的 ②轻的,轻松的 ③明亮的,浅色的 (P22) The weather will be quite warm or even hot all year with heavy rain and wind.一整年天气将会相当暖和,甚至会很热,并伴随着狂风暴雨。 heavy 繁重的,沉的 The box is heavy and I can’t carry it. 反义词:light 很多的,大量的,大的(形容风雨雪等) heavy rain大雨 light rain小雨 Let’s go home. A heavy rain is coming.I’m afraid it’ll be a heavy fight. heavily(adv.) We have to stay at home because it’s raining heavily. mean 意思是,意味着 What will it mean for America? What do you mean by saying so? 1.(2017贵阳中考)When I was on my way home ,it suddenly started to rain ________.A. heavily B. quickly C. hardly2.—There will be _____ rain and ______ wind .—Oh ,we can’t go out to play .heavy, strong B. strong, big C. big, heavy D. large, big 3. Rick is quite _______ .He eats a lot but he never exercises.A. long B. heavy C. curly D. blonde 4.—There was a ______ snow last night .We should clean the snow this morning .—No ,we should go and make a snowman.A. heavy B. strong C. beautiful D. thin ? (P22) The sea level will rise① as well②.? 海平面也会升高。 rise 升起 The sun rises in the east. as well 也,又(位于肯定句结尾) I am going to London and my sister is going as well .我要去伦敦,我妹妹也要去。 too 位于肯定句句尾,也可以位于人称代词宾格之后。too 之前要有逗号和前面的句子隔开。 also位于肯定句句中,多位于助动词、be动词、情态动词之后,行为动词之前 either位于否定句的句尾 as wellas well 位于句尾,用法同 too,但其前面不用逗号与前面句子隔开 1. 北京市一个大城市,上海也是一个大城市。 Beijing is a big city. Shanghai is a big city _______ _________. 2.我喜欢游泳,丽萨也喜欢。 I like swimming. Lisa likes it_______ ________. (P22) We won’t travel by bus or bike any more.??我们将不会再乘公共汽车或骑自行车去旅行。 by+交通工具 乘(交通工具) by train/bus/bike by plane/air by sea/ship This term we’ll go to school by bus. Do you go to school by bike? 名词前无冠词,名词也不用复数形式 “动词+冠词+交通工具(单数)”/“动词+交通工具(复数)”=by+ 交通工具 Do you ride a bike to school?=Do you go to school by bike? 1.I go to school_______bus every morning. A.in B.on C.at D.by2.—Do you go to work by_____bus? —No,I ride______bike to work. A.a,/ B.a ,a C./ ,/ D./,a (P22) Every family will have a small plane.每个家庭将会有一架小飞机。 every(adj.)每一(强调全体)every student each(adj./pron.)各自,每(强调个体)each student each of the books all(adj./pron.)一切,完全(强调全部或完全)all the students all of us ? (P22) It’ll be cheap to travel everywhere by plane, not only① over land②, but also over the sea or even into③ space.??坐飞机旅行将会变得非常便宜,不仅可以在陆地上空飞行,而且还可以飞到海上甚至进入太空。 not only...but also 不仅……而且 She is not only clever, but also beautiful. 她不仅聪明,而且漂亮 当not only …… but also 连接连个并列主语时,遵循“就近原则” Not only the twins but also he likes swimming.不仅那对双胞胎,而且他也很喜欢。 land (n.)陆地,土地 on the land“在陆地上” Some animals can live not only on the land but also in water. (v.)着陆,落地 Many planer will take off from Beijing Capital Airport and land in Hong Kong. into 进入...里面 表示从外入内 in 在...里面 仅表示在某一空间或范围内,表示在内的静止状态 1.(2018广西桂林一中期中)Not only she but also I _______ going to the party . is B. are C. be D. am2.(2018重庆中考)史蒂芬.霍金不仅是一名伟大的科学家,而且是一位著名的作家。 Stephen Hawking was not only a great scientist _______ _________ a famous writer .3. (2016齐齐哈尔中考)Not only you but also everyone here _________ watching football matches . likes B. like C. is like D. liked4.Not only Lucy but also you ______ right . be B. am C. is D. are5. _______Gina_______Tara is studying Chinese history and culture now.They find them rich and amazing. A.Both,and B.Not only,but also C.Either ,or D.Neither ,or .6.The Shenzhou 9_______safely in Inner Monglia. A.land B.landed C.lying D.lie (P22) Working hours will be short so people will have long holidays.??工作时间将会很短,因此人们将会拥有很长的假期。 so 因此,所以 与that连用,表示结果,不能与because连用 It was dark so I couldn’t see very well. 那么,如此说来 可以置于句首 So you want me to go there too..就是说你想让我也去那儿。 如此,这样 常表示状态、方式,用于代指上文的内容,或和hope,believe,tell,think,suppose,be afraid等连用,代表一个从句或形容词 —Can we go shopping now?—I hope so,but I’m very busy. You must _______hard when you are doing a _______. A.work,work B.job,job C.work,job D.job,work (P24) Will students send emails to teachers?学生会给老师发邮件吗? send 发送,寄 send sb sth.=send sth to sb发送给某人某物 I’m going to send him a long letter tomorrow afternoon. 派遣,打发 send sb. to do sth.派某人去做模式 My mother is going to send me to the shop to get some coffee. 如此,这样 send for派人去叫/请 I think we should send for the doctor. —How was your Children’s Day last year? —Great!We________some books to the Hope School in that village that day. A.are sending B.sent C.will send D.send (P25) You can find worker robots,robots that clean your home, and even robots you can play with.你能找到工人机器人,家庭保洁机器人,甚至能和你玩耍的机器人。 play with 玩耍,玩弄,与……一块玩 You can’t play with fire. play“做游戏,玩”可作及物动词或不及物动词,后接表示球类、棋牌、游戏及乐器等名词 play the piano play with“玩弄”一种随便的、不严肃的行为,with后跟被玩耍的实物等名词,play with sb.“与某人玩耍” play with toys There will be a football match on Saturday.Class One will ____Class Two. A.play with B.have a match C.play to D.play 一般将来时 一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态,也可以表示将来经常或反复发生的动作。常与将来的时间状语连用,如: Tomorrow(明天) before long (不久) the day after tomorrow (后天) next week(下周) soon(很快) in the future (将来) in three days(三天后) some day(将来的某一天) 一般将来时will的结构 一般将来时由助动词“will + 动词原形”构成。 如:We will move to London next year . She will go to the party with her friends. 注:shall 也可表示将来,用于第一人称,will用于第二、三人称,还可以表示征求对方意见,或是询问某种情况。 Shall I open the door? Shall we have any classes tomorrow? Will you come to the evening party? (一)、will 结构的一般将来时的句式变化。 肯定句 主语+will +动词原形 +其他 I (We ) will work .You will work.He(She,It,They)will work. 否定句 主语+ will not/ won’t +动词原形+其他 I(We) will not work .You will not work.He(She,It,They)will not work. 一般疑问句 Will + 主语+动词原形+其他? Will I (We ) work? Yes ,you will./No, you won’t . Will you work ? Yes ,I (we)will./No, I (we) won’t.Will he (she,it,they) work? Yes,he(she,it,they)will ./No,he(she,it,they )won’t . 肯定回答 Yes ,主语+will . 否定回答 No, 主语+won’t. (二)、there be 结构的一般将来时的句式变化。 肯定句 There will be +主语 +其他 There will be more trees in the future .将来会有更多的树。 否定句 There will not/ won’t be +主语+其他 There won’t be more trees in the future .将来不会有更多的树。 一般疑问句 Will there be + 主语+其他? Will there be more trees in the future ?Yes, there will ./No ,there won’t . 肯定回答 Yes ,there will . 否定回答 No, there won’t. (三)一般将来时的特殊疑问句。 结构是由“特殊疑问词+一般疑问句”,也就是“疑问词+will+主语+动词原形+其他成分?” 1.I will2. go to Beijing 3. next week ? 1.Who will go to Beijing next week ?(对主语提问) 3..When will go to Beijing ?(对时间提问) 2.Where will you go next week ?(对地点提问) (四)will的用法: 表示意愿、意图和决心,“要,愿” Will we buy a car? I will never do such a thing again. 表示能力、功能 This tree will live without water for three months. 表示猜测,“可能,大概” That will be a postman ringing. (五)be going to与will的用法区别 表示即将发生的某事时,两者意义区别不大,可互换使用。Be going to表示“较近”的将来,而will/shall表示“较远”的将来;两者在表示将来的意图时,be going to结构表达的语意较强一些。 What is going to /will happen in your school?I think it is going to rain tonight.There will be a heavy snow in a few days. 对于事先经过考虑、打算、计划,更情调主观意愿,通常用be going to结构表示 ——Why are you taking down all the pictures.——I am going to repaint the wall. 对于事先未经过考虑、打算、计划。而是临时的决定,通常用will/shall表达,这种用法常见于双方对话时,一方听了另一方话之后做出的反应。 ——Where is the telephone book? ——I’ll go and get it for you. 根据某种迹象认为在最近或将要发生某事 I am afraid it’s going to snow.The moon is going to rise in a minute. 在正式的通知(如新闻媒体公布的光放消息、气象预报等)中通常用will表达 There will be a strong wind to the north of HuaI River.The newspaper says President Hu will visit Britain,France and Germany next month. 一、单项选择1.—I hear you’ve got a new iPhone 4S,________I have a look? —Yes,certainly. A.Must B.Do C.Shall D.Should 2.—When will the second class begin? —________two minutes. A.For B.At C.In D.After 3.—Shall I get some drinks for you? —_______. A.That’s nice of you . B.You are right. C.Here you are . D.You are welcome.4.——Hello,Sandy.This is Jack.What are you doing? ——I’m watching a match.It started at 7 p.m. and__________on for another half an hour. A.has been B.was C.had been D.will be 5.——Zhang Ziyi’s new movie is on show in our city. ——Yes, I know.I _______it tomorrow. A.see B.used to see C.will see D.am going to see 二、动词填空I’m sure I _______(become)a doctor one day. Li Ping’s mother ________(be)back in three days. Next month my sister _________(be) eighteen years old. The plane __________(arrive)soon.Don’t worry. I _________(go) there if my mother asks me to go there. I ________(get)to the city at this time tomorrow. If you don’t go to the park tomorrow,I ________(not go),either. Look at these clouds!There_____(be)a heavy rain this afternoon. ______-you ________(help)your mother do housework this Sunday? My father _______-(use)his car every day.but he________(not use)it this afternoon. 句型转换 They clean the classroom every day.(用tomorrow替代every day改写句子) They______ ________the afternoon_________. Will Lucy watch TV this evening?(作否定回答) ________,________ ________. The children will work on the farm.(就划线部分提问) ________- _________ ________on the farm? I will do some reading tomorrow.(就划线部分提问) ________ ________you________tomorrow? I think the sun will come out later.(改为否定句) I _______ _______the sun_______ ______out later. 一、单项选择 1.(2016.黄石中考)Many scientists believe that robots _______ able to talk like humans in 50 years . A. were B. are C. will be D. have been 2. (吉林中考 ) –What’s your plan for your vacation ? --We ________ to Hong Kong for a visit . A. were flying B. have flown C. will fly D. fly 3.(河北中考) I’m busy now . I ________ to you after school this afternoon . A. talk B. talked C. will talk D. have talked 4.(天津中考) Robots ________ more heavy work for us in the future . A. will do B. did C. have done D. were doing 5.(成都中考) Students in Class One ________ the museum next Friday . A. visited B. visit C. will visit D. visit 6.(2018江西中考) We ______ a party for Kate .It’s supposed to be a surprise . A. were having B. had C. will have D. have had 7.(2018天津质量调查) There _______ a nice film this evening . A. is going to be B. are going to have C. are going to be D. will have 8.(2018合肥瑶海区期中) –Will there be paper in school in 100 years ? -________. A. Yes ,it will . B. No, there won’t . C. No, there will . D. Yes ,there won’t . 9.(2017南京求真中学月考) There ______ a football match between Class 1 and Class 10 tomorrow . A. are going to be B. will have C. is going to have D. will be 10.(2018乌鲁木齐中考) There ______ a folk music concert in Xinjiang Opera Theater next month . A. is going to have B. will have C. is D. is going to be 二、句型转换题 11.Will you go shopping tomorrow ? (作否定回答) No, _________ ___________. 12. Will I need to change money ?(作肯定回答) Yes , _________ ___________. 13. I will do some reading tomorrow .(对画线部分提问) _________ ___________ you _________ tomorrow ? 14.There will be some flowers in the garden .(改为否定句) _________ ___________ _________ ___________ flowers in the garden . 15. There will be a tall building near here .(改为一般疑问句,并作肯定回答) - _________ ___________ _________ a tall building near here ? -Yes , _________ ___________. 16.We clean our classroom every day .(用 tomorrow 改写句子) We _________ ___________ our classroom tomorrow . 17. There will be a lot of robots to help us with the heavy work in the future .(改为一般疑问句) _________ there _________ a lot of robots to help us with the heavy work in the future ?

    • 2020-03-11
    • 下载9次
    • 485.78KB
  • ID:4-6689240 人教版(新课程标准)英语必修1&必修2知识点(10份打包)

    高中英语/期末专区/高一上学期

    必修1 Unit 1 Friendship知识点归纳梳理 /重点词汇/ add增加?? point??点,指 upset沮丧的;使..沮丧? ignore?忽视,不理睬 calm平静的;使..平静 concern涉及,担忧 loose松开?? cheat欺骗 reason?理由,原因 list?列出 share分享 feeling感受 Netherlands?荷兰 German德国人;德语;德国的;德国人的? outdoors室外地? crazy疯狂的? nature?自然,性质 purpose目的 dare?敢 thunder?雷;打雷 entirely完全地? power?权利,力量 according根据 trust?信任 indoors室内地? suffer遭受 teenager?青少年 advice建议? questionnaire文件 quiz小测验? situation形式,局面,情况 editor编辑?? communicate交流 habit习惯 /重点短语/ be?good?to?对….友好?? add?up?合计??? get?sth?done?使…被做?? calm?down?镇定下来??? have?got?to?不得不?? walk?the?dog?遛狗??? make?a?list?of?列出??? hide?away?躲藏;隐藏?? be?concerned?about?关心;挂念?? share?sth?with?sb?和某人分享某物? go?through?经历;仔细检查? set?down?放下;记下?? a?series?of?一系列;一套?? be?crazy?about?对…着迷??? on?purpose?故意??? in?order?to/?so?as?to?为了?? face?to?face?面对面地??? get?along?on?with?与…相处 pack?up?收拾,打理行装?? according?to?按照;根据…所说? have?trouble?with?sb/sth?同某人闹意见;做…有困难 communicate?with?sb?和…交际 try?out?试验;试用??? join?in?参加(活动)??? far?and?wide?到处?? look?to?sth?注意,留心某事 fall?in?love?相爱??? be?ignorant?of?对......无知的? cheat?sb?(out)?of?sth?骗取某人某物? have?the/a?habit?of?doing?sth?有做…的习惯? /功能/ 1.态度(attitudes)? Are?you?afraid?that...?? I’ve?grown?so?crazy?about...? I?didn’t?dare...? 2.同意和不同意(agreement?and?disagreement)? I?agree.?I?think?so.?Exactly.? I?don’t?agree.? I?don’t?think?so.? I’m?afraid?not. 3.肯定程度(certainty) That’s?correct.? Of?course?not. /语法/ 直接引语和间接引语(1):?陈述句和疑问句? 1.?陈述句? “I?don’t?want?to?set?down?a?series?of?facts?in?a?diary.”?Said?Anne.? ----Anne?said?that?she?didn’t?want?to?set?down?a?series?of?facts?in?a?diary.? 2.?一般疑问句? He?asked,?“Are?you?leaving?tonight?”? ---He?asked?us?whether?we?were?leaving?that?night.? 3.?特殊疑问句? “When?did?you?go?to?bed?last?night?”?father?said?to?Anne.? ---?Father?asked?Anne?when?she?went?to?bed?the?night?before. Section A 【词汇详解】 good的用法: be good to sb. = be kind to sb. = be friendly to sb. 对...友善/友好 be bad to sb. 对...不好 Though he looks cold, yet he is good to others.尽管他看起来很冷淡,但他对人一向很好。 be good for sb./sth. = do good to sb./sth. 对...有好处 Taking exercise is good for your health.锻炼对你的健康有好处。 be good at sth. = do well in sth. 擅长做... the following + n. (名词)下列的....; 接着的..... the following questions下列的问题 the following day接下来的日子 the following survey下列的调查 【拓展】make a survey做调查 add的用法: (1)add sth. up把...加起来(强调合计的动作) Please add these figures up. 请把这些数字加起来。 (2)add up to +数字 加起来的总和是....; 总计达到了.... (3)add A to B把A加入B Please add some sugar to the coffee.请加一些糖到咖啡中。 (4)A add to B A增加了B The bad weather added to the difficulties. 不好的天气增加了困难。 (5)add that...补充说... help sb. do sth./ to do sth./ with sth. 帮助某人做某事 I will help my mother do/to do/with her housework.我会帮助我妈妈做家务。 do sth. without saying anything 什么也不说就做.... have/get sth. done.使某事被做(sth.和done之间的被动关系) have/get it repaired使它被修好/修好它 have/get the flower watered使花被浇水/浇花 have/get sb./sth. doing使某人/某物一直做...(sth和doing之间主动关系) I have him working all the morning.整个上午我都使他在工作。 get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth. 使某人做某事 get them to wash clothes/ have them wash the clothes使他们去洗衣服 upset (adj.) 心烦意乱的;不安的;不适的 be upset about sth.因...而难过 be upset that+从句 心烦.... (vt.)使...心烦,使...不安;打翻;使生气;扰乱 go somewhere + adj.(形容词)去一个…的地方 go somewhere quiet去一个安静的地方 go somewhere else去别的地方 calm (vt&vi)(使)平静;(使)镇静;(使)镇定 calm sb. down使...冷静下来(vt.及物) We calm the lady down now.(及物) sb. calm down冷静(vi.不及物) The lady calms down now. (不及物) (adj.)平静的,镇静的 keep/stay/remain calm保持镇静 calm 表示在危急、危险的情形中保持镇静 quiet 表示一个人的外表安静或性格稳定 still 表示某人站、坐、躺的姿势是静止不动的 silent 表示没有声音,沉默,不讲话 have got to do sth. = have to do sth. 不得不做某事 concern词形变化 concern (vt.)使担忧;涉及;关系到,影响到sb. be concerned about....为...而担心 I’m very concerned about him. 我非常担心他。 (n.)担心;忧虑;关注;利害关系with concern关切地 feel/show concern about/for 担心/关心/挂念 have no concern for对...毫不关心 concerned (1)担忧的;忧虑的 a concerned look担忧的表情 (2)有关的;涉及的 the people concerned有关人员as far as sb./sth. is concerned就....而言 be concerned with...与...有关;涉及 concerning 关于(介词) go on holiday去度假(强调动作) be on holiday去度假(强调状态) walk (vt.)使...走;帮助...走 walk sb.帮助某人走 walk the dog遛狗 walk the horse遛马 (n.)散步 have a walk= take a walk(强调动作)= go for a walk(强调动作) 散步 go through ①经历...; 遭受.... The country went through too many wars.这个国家遭受了太多的战火。 ②穿过...; He goes through the forest. 他穿过森林。 ③仔细检查 Please go through your homework carefully.请仔细检查你的家庭作业。 ④详细研究 ⑤(计划等)通过... ⑥完成;做完 ⑦用完;耗尽 【go常用搭配】 go ahead开始做;先走;请把;说吧 go against背叛;违背;违反 go by逝去;过去 go down(水平、数量等)下降;下跌 go over仔细检查 go out外出;(灯、火)熄灭 go in for爱好,从事 go without没有.....也行 名词性从句(缺啥补啥):主语从句;宾语从句;表语从句;同位语从句 make sb./sth. + adj.(形容词) 使某人/某物处于...的状态中 make sb./sth.+ n.(名词) 使某人/某物成为.... hide-hid-hiden hide sth./sb. (away) 把....藏起来 sb. hide away某人躲藏起来 He hides himself away in the office all day long. 他整天都使自己躲在办公室里。 as most people do (as引导的方式状语从句,as意思“正如”) set sth. down ①记下...; 写下... set sth. down=write sth. down = put sth. down ②制定,规定 ③登记 【set的常用搭配】 set about doing sth. 着手做某事 set out to do sth. 开始做某事 set aside不顾;把...放一边 set off动身,出发;使爆炸 set out (for)出发(去);动身(去) set up竖立;创建;开办 call my friend Kitty (call +宾语+宾补) 把...叫做.... A series of + 可数名词(复数形式)/不可数名词 一系列....... (series单复数同形) A series of good books is here.这里有一系列的好书。 Several series of furniture are here. 这里有几个系列的家具。 wonder想知道;有疑问 I wonder if/whether...我想知道/不知道是否...(委婉地提出请求或礼貌地询问某事) I wonder what is happening now. 我想知道现在发生了什么。 wonder +疑问词+动词不定式=wonder +宾语从句 想知道...,对...感到疑惑 (It’s) No wonder (that)... ...不足为奇;难怪... It’s a wonder that....令人惊奇的是..... outdoors (adv.副词) 在户外 go outdoors去户外 outdoor (adj.形容词)户外的 an outdoor swimming pool everything to do with.....与...有关的一切事物(to do with修饰everything) 【do with】 ①A have something to do with B A与B有关系 His job has something to do with computer. 他的工作与电脑有关。 ② 表示“处理”:what和do with连用/ how和deal with连用 What will you do with my pen? = How will you deal with my pen?你将如何处理我的钢笔? do sth. on purpose故意做某事 for/with the purpose of目的是...;为了... 情态动词+(not+)have done would have done (过去)本来会做(却没有做) should/ought to have done (过去)本应该做(却没有做) shouldn’t/ought not to have done (过去)本不该做(却做了) could have done (过去)本能够做 couldn’t/can’t have done(表猜测) 不可能做过 may/might have done (过去)可能/也许做过 needn’t have done (过去)本没必要做 must have done(表猜测,可能性很大) (过去)一定做过 in order to do为了做....(可放句中或句首) 否定:in order not to do so as to do为了做.... (放在句中) 否定:so as not to do (in order that引导目的状语从句;so that可引导目的状语从句和结果状语从句) __________ see it clearly, he put on his glasses.为了看清楚,他带上了眼镜。 I got up early ________________________ catch the bus.为了赶上公交车,我很早起床。 have a look at看看 have a good look at好好看看 happen to do sth.碰巧做某事 I happened to be there at that time.那时我碰巧在那里。 do sth. by accident/chance偶然做某事 not....until....直到....才.... 强调句:It is not until....that.... power (n.)能力;力量;权力;电力 (vt.)给...提供电力;驱动 in power掌握权力 come to power上台执政 within/beyond one’s power在某人能力范围内/超出某人能力 in one's power在某人的支配下 have power over对...有控制权;能支配... powerful reasons/arguments有说服力的理由/论证 a powerful influence巨大的影响 do sth. face to face面对面做某事 We will have a talk face to face. 我们将面对面谈话。 face to face with sb.与某人面对面 face-to-face adj.面对面的 【拓展】heart to heart贴心地;坦诚地 side by side并排地 back to back背靠背地 one by one一个一个地 shoulder to shoulder肩并肩地 step by step逐步地;一步一步地 hand in hand手拉手地 arm in arm臂挽臂地 year after year年年;每年 day by day日复一日 It is no pleasure doing sth.做某事没有乐趣 It is/was+n.+doing sth.做某事怎么样 It is/was no use doing sth.做某事没有用 It is/was no good doing sth.做某事没有好处 It is/was a waste of time doing sth.做某事是浪费时间 【look常用搭配】 look through 透过...看;识破;浏览,快速查看 look for寻找 look forward to期待;盼望 look into向里看;调查 look on as把...看作 look up查阅;查询;抬头向上看 look back on回忆;回顾 look after照顾;照料 look around/round环顾 look down on/upon on sb.轻视某人;瞧不起某人 look out (for sth.)担心...; 注意... no longer/ not any longer(强调时间上不再延续) no more/not any more(强调程度或数量不再增加) 【短语】 finish doing sth.结束做某事 plan to do sth.计划做... take an examination参加考试 get loose = become loose变得松了 make a list of sth. = list sth.列出...的清单 laugh at sb. 嘲笑某人 be/grow crazy about对....狂热 keep sb. spellbound使某人着迷 stay/keep awake保持清醒的状态 at dusk在黄昏 go upstairs上楼 go downstairs下楼 one year and a half = one and a half years 一年半 【重点句型】 状语从句中的省略: 状语从句中当主句和从句的主语一致且从句中谓语动词是be,从句中主谓(即主语+be)一起省略。 While (you were) walking the dog, you were careless. 遛狗时你粗心大意了。 While (he was) in Beijing, he visited the Great Wall. 他在北京时游览了长城。 Do you want a friend whom you could tell everything to, like your deepest feelings and thoughts? whom引导的定语从句,可将介词to前置,to whom you could tell everything to. She and her family hid away for nearly twenty-five months before they were discovered before引导时间状语从句 强调句型: It is/was +被强调部分+ that/who+从句 (注:去掉It is/was和that/who,该句子仍成立。) He wants to be a singer because he loves singing.(强调划线部分)因为他喜欢唱歌,所以他想要成为歌手。 ________________________________________________________ You make me want to laugh. (强调划线部分) 你让我想笑。 ________________________________________________________ The plane will arrive at 9 a.m. (强调划线部分) 这班飞机将在上午九点到达。 ________________________________________________________ There was a time when.....曾经有段时间...... when引导定语从句,修饰a time It is/was the first/second...time that +主语+ have/had done. 这是第几次做....(that后的从句用完成时) It is the fourth time that I have come here.这是我第四次来这儿。 It/that/this is/was one’s first/second....time to do sth.这/那是某人第一/二...次做某事 It’s time that sb. did/should do sth.=It’s time for sb. to do sth.某人该做某事了。 Section B&C 【词汇详解】 vi.安家;安居;停留 settle vt.&vi.解决(分歧、纠纷等);结束(争端、争论等) settle an argument/difference解决争论/分歧 vt.(最终)决定,确定,安排好 【settle常用搭配】 settle down(在某地)定居下来;(使某人)安静下来 settle down to开始认真对待某事;定下心来做某事 settle in/into sth.适应(新环境、新工作、新生活等) settle on sth. 决定/选定某事(物) reach a settlement达成协议 divorce settlement离婚协议 suffer 1. vi.(因疾病、痛苦、悲伤等)受苦,受难,受折磨 a bad back背疼 a bad cold患重感冒 suffer from ill health身体不好 a headache/toothache头疼/牙疼 2. vt.遭受;蒙受 pain/hardship经历痛苦/困难 suffer a defeat/a loss/damage/punishment遭受失败/损失/损害/惩罚 recover (vt.)恢复;重新获得,找回 recover from sth.从...恢复 recover...from...从...找回... He recovered his suitcase from the railway station. recover oneself静下心来 (vi.)痊愈,恢复常态 【recovery常用搭配】 make a full recovery完全恢复 make a quick/slow recovery恢复很快/很慢 【同根词】 cover vt.覆盖;包括 n.盖子 discover vt.发现 uncover vt.揭露;揭去...盖子 out 筋疲力竭的 be/feel/get from (doing) sth.因(做)某事而劳累/疲倦(身体上) of (doing) sth.厌烦(做)某事(心理上) pack up vi.&vt.将…装箱打包 pack sth. up=pack up sth. 【pack常用搭配】 pack away (用后)收拾好 pack into the stadium涌进体育场 be packed in/with paper被纸包裹 pack us off把我们打发走 a pack of一包;一帮;一群 have trouble with....与...有麻烦;有困难;有问题 【常用搭配】 have trouble/difficulty/a problem with sth.某事有困难 have trouble/difficulty/a problem (in) doing sth.做某事有困难 have no trouble/difficulty (in) doing sth.毫不费力地做某事 have a hard time (in) doing sth.做某事不容易 (在上述短语中,trouble和difficulty为不可数;with后接名词或代词,in后接动名词且常省略in) communicate with sb.与某人交流 communicate sth. with sb.向某人传达(思想和感情) although不可与but连用,但是可以与yet/still连用 sb.与某人相处; get along/on with sth.某事的进展 (1)get along/on well with sb.同某人相处很好; get along/on well with sth.某事进展顺利 get along/on badly with sb.同某人相处不好; get along/on badly with sth.某事进展不顺 (2)如不涉及具体事宜,with及后面的内容可以去掉。 How are you getting along/on?你近况如何? 【get常用搭配】 get away 离开;逃离(from+n.) get through(用电话)联系上;完成(工作);通过 get off下(车、飞机等);脱下 get down下来、写下 get on上(车、飞机等);相处;进展 get in进入;收集;收割(庄稼等) get up起床;站起来 get into进入;陷入;养成(习惯) get over爬过,越过;克服,超越 get it(口语)明白,理解;猜中 fall in love (with sb.)爱上(某人);(与某人)相爱 be in love with sb. 表示状态 延续性 可与表示一段时间的状语连用 fall in love with sb. 强调动作 非延续性 不可与表示一段时间的状语连用 【拓展】 表动作 表状态 lose touch with sb. be out of touch with sb. 与某人失去联系 get married (to sb.) be married (to sb.) 与(某人)结婚 become/get used to doing sth. be used to doing sth. 习惯于(做)某事 catch a cold have a cold 感冒 go to sleep/fall asleep be asleep 入睡;睡着 fall ill be ill 生病 die be died 死 get lost be missing 丢失 disagree (vi.不及物) (1)不同意,有分歧 disagree with sb. (on/about/over sth.) (就某事)与某人意见不合 disagree with (doing) sth.不赞成(做)某事 (2)不符,不一致;不适合 disagree with sb.(食物、气候等)不适合某人 disagree with sth.与某事物不符/不一致 【agree常用搭配】 agree with 同意某人的看法;(气候、食物等)适宜;与...一致 agree to同意(计划、安排、建议等) agree on就...达成一致 exactly (adv.)确实如此,正是;确切地;精确地;准确地 【exactly常用搭配】 exactly speaking=to be exact严格地说,确切地说 not exactly不完全如此 do+动词原形 表强调(用于肯定句) 根据时态,可以使用do/does/did+动词原形的方式,强调句子谓语; 若句子为祈使句,直接用“do+动词原形”来加强语气。 grateful (adj.)感激的,表示谢意的 to sb. for sth. 因某事而感激某人 be grateful to do sth.因做某事而感激 that... I would be grateful if you could/should.....如果你能....,我将不胜感激。(用于提出请求) dislike (n.)不喜欢的事物,讨厌的事物;不喜欢,厌恶,反感 (vt.)不喜爱,厌恶(感情色彩不如hate强烈) dislike doing sth.不喜欢做某事 join in参加,加入 (及物和不及物) join in (doing) sth.加入某事,一起做某事 join sb. in (doing) sth.跟某人一起做某事,加入某人做某事 join 通常指参加组织并成为其中一员 join the army参军 join in 指参加一项正在进行的活动,如竞赛、娱乐、谈话等 join in the game参加比赛 attend 正式用语,指参加会议、婚礼、葬礼或上课、上学、听报告等。 attend the meeting/wedding/class take part in 指参加体育运动或群众性活动,重在说明参加者在该项活动中起一定的作用。 Take part in the boat race 参加划船比赛 【短语】 at the moment此时,此刻 make friends with sb.与某人交朋友 feel like doing sth.=would like to do sth.想要做某事 swap sth. with sb.和某人交换某物 【重点句型】 I still find it hard to make goods friends with them. “find+宾语+宾补”形容词作宾补,it为形式宾语,真正的宾语为宾补后的动词不定式短语。 在口语中,若宾语从句的内容(除引导词外)在前文已经被提及,可省略从句内容,只保留宾语从句的引导词。 I do want to change this situation, but I don’t know how (I can change this situation). 【随堂测-基础知识篇】 1.单词填空 1.It was quite terrible. It took me some time to c______ down myself. 2.Parents are always c_______ much about their children. 3.True friends always s______ their sadness and happiness with each other. 4.I'm terribly sorry. I didn't do it on p__________. 5. Some animals hibernate under snow, because there is much air in l______ snow. 6. A_______ to the law, t_______ are not allowed to smoke or drink. 7. The old man went t_______ many wars and s_____ a lot from them. 8. After the terrible hurricane, the whole house was destroyed e________. 9. If you have some trouble, you can go? to the teacher for a_________. 10. By internet, we can c_________ with people all over the world c_________. 11. By now, he has formed the h______ of doing some reading before going to bed. 12. The r_____ he gave for his c_____ in the exam was simple. 2.请写出下列词的意思及区别 Join_______???? join?in__________?? be?tired?of____________? be?tired?from?____________?? so?as?to____________??? in?order?to?____________??? have?some?trouble?with?sb.?____________???? have?some?trouble?in?sth.____________????? suffer____________??? suffer?from____________????? lonely?________________________??? alone____________? add?up?_______? add?up?to_________??? add?sth?to?sth?__________?? add?to?__________?? the?first?time?__________? for?the?first?time____________? dislike不可直接跟宾语从句,须先加上形式宾语it,然后再接从句: dislike it when.... 类似用法:hate, like, appreciate, depend on等。 You may depend on it that she can calm him down. [小贴士] 构词法—前缀后缀 1.否定前缀:dis-(不) like(喜欢)→dislike (n.&vt.不喜欢) agree(同意)→disagree (vi.不同意) 2.副词后缀:-ly exact(准确的)→exactly(adv.确切地) 3.形容词后缀:-ful grate(感激)→grateful(adj.感激的) 4.前缀re-表示“重”,“又”“再”等含义。 review复习 replace代替 rebuild重建

    • 2019-12-31
    • 下载19次
    • 252.93KB
  • ID:4-6689215 人教七年级语法知识点总结复习(一)(含答案)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级上/本册综合

    初一英语语法知识点总结复习 目录 TOC \o "1-1" \h \u 课时一 be动词用法 - 2 - 课时二 人称代词和物主代词 - 4 - 课时三 简单句 - 7 - 课时四 have作实义动词 - 11 - 课时五 名词单复数变化规则 - 12 - 课时六 现在进行时 - 16 - 课时七 介词 - 20 - 课时九 祈使句 29 课时十 it 用法梳理 34 课时十一 冠词 36 课时十二 一般将来时 - 41 - 课时十三“There be句型 - 45 - 课时十四 频度副词 - 48 - 课时十五 情态动词 - 51 - 课时十六 感叹句 - 59 - 课时十七 反身代词 - 63 - 课时十八 形容词、副词的比较级和最高级的用法 - 65 - 课时十九 一般过去时态 - 69 - 课时二十 it,one,ones,that,those的区别用法 - 75 - 课时二十一 动词总结 - 79 - 课时二十二 形容词和副词 - 82 - 课时二十三 主谓一致 - 87 - 英语总测试 - 92 - 课时一 be动词用法 重点语法 动词be(am,is,are)的用法: be动词包括“am”, “is”, “are”三种形式。 ①第一人称单数(I)配合am来用。句型解析析:I am+… 例句:I am Snoopy. I am ten years old. I am a student. I am a boy. ②第二人称(You)配合are使用。句型解析:You are+… 例句:You are my good friend. You are a good teacher. You are beautiful ③第三人称单数(He or She or It)配合is使用。句型解析:She(He, It) is +…… 例句:She is a good girl. She is so tall. She is short. ④人称复数 (we /you/they)配合are使用。句型解析:We (You, They) are +…… 例句 We are in Class 5,Grade 7. They are my friends. You are good students. 用法口诀: 我(I)用am, 你(you)用are,is跟着他(he),她(she),它(it)。单数名词用is,复数名词全用are。变否定,更容易,be后not加上去。变疑问,往前提,句末问号莫丢弃。还有一条须注意,句首大写莫忘记。 对应练习: 一. 用括号中适当的词填空。   1. I ________(am, are, is) from Australia.   2. She _______ (am, are, is) a student.   3. Jane and Tom _________(am, is, are) my friends.   4. My parents _______ (am, is, are) very busy every day.   5. _______ (Are, Is, Do, Does) there a Chinese school in New York?   6. _______ (Be, Are, Were, Was) they excited when he heard the news?   7. There _____ (be) some glasses on it.   8. If he _____ (be) free tomorrow, he will go with us. 一、用be 动词的适当形式填空 1. I ______ a boy. ______ you a boy? No, I _____ not. 2. The girl______ Jack's sister. 3. The dog _______ tall and fat. 4. The man with big eyes _______ a teacher. 5. ______ your brother in the classroom? 6. Where _____ your mother? She ______ at home. 7. How _______ your father? 8. Mike and Liu Tao ______ at school. 9. Whose dress ______ this? 10. Whose socks ______ they? 11. That ______ my red skirt. 12. Who ______ I? 13.The jeans ______ on the desk. 14.Here ______ a scarf for you. 15. Here ______ some sweaters for you. 16. The black gloves ______ for Su Yang. 17. This pair of gloves ______ for Yang Ling. 18. The two cups of milk _____ for me. 19. Some tea ______ in the glass. 20. Gao shan's shirt _______ over there. 课时二 人称代词和物主代词 一、人称代词 表示“我”、“你”、“他”、“她”、“它”、“我们”、“你们”、“他们”的词,叫做人称代词。人称代词有人称、数和格的变化,见下表: 人称 单数 复数 主格 宾格 主格 宾格 第一人称 I me we us 第二人称 you you you you 第三人称 he him they them she her it it ※人称代词主格:作主语,表示谁怎么样了、干什么了。 I am a teacher. You are student. He is a student, too. We/You/They are students. ※人称代词宾格作宾语,表示动作行为的对象。 Give it to me. Let’s go (let’s =let us) 二、物主代词 表示所有关系的代词叫做物主代词,也可叫做代词所有格。物主代词分形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词二种,其人称和数的变化见下表。 数 人称 类别 单数 复数 第一 人称 第二 人称 第三 人称 第一 人称 第二人称 第三 人称 形容词性物主 代词 my your his her its our your their 名词性物主代词 mine yours his hers its ours yours theirs 汉语 我的 你的 他的 她的 它的 我们的 你们的 他(她、它)们的 形容词性物主代词(my/your/his/her/its/our/their)+名词 = 名词性物主代词 如: Is this your book? No, it isn’t. It’s hers (=her book). This pen is mine. 代词练习(一) 一、选出括号中正确的词,在正确的词上打勾。 1. This is(my / I)mother. 2. Nice to meet (your / you). 3. (He / His)name is Mark. 4. What’s(she / her)name? 5. Excuse(me / my / I). 6. Are(your / you)Miss Li? 7. (I/ My)am Ben. 8. (She / Her)is my sister. 9. Fine , thank (your / you). 10. How old is (he / his) 二、用所给代词的正确形式填空。 1. These are ______ ( he ) brothers. 2. That is _______( she ) sister. 3. Lily is _______ ( Lucy ) sister. 4. Tom, this is _____ ( me ) cousin, Mary. 5. Now _____________(her parent) are in America. 6. Those __________ ( child ) are _____ ( I ) father’s students. 7. Do you know ______ ( it ) name? 8. Mike and Tom __________ ( be ) friends. 9. Thanks for helping ________( I ). 10. ______(Ann安)mother is ______(we) teacher. 三、单项选择。 ( )1. My family ____ a big family. My family ____all here. A. is, is B. are, are C. is, are D. are, is ( )2. This is __________. A. a picture of family B. a picture of my family C. a family’s picture D. a family of my picture ( )3. Let’s __________ good friends. A. be B. are C. is D. am ( )4. Is she your aunt? Yes, __________. A. she’s B. her is C. she is D. he is ( )5. -Are __________ coats yours? -Yes, they are . A. they B. these C. this D. there ( )6. Is that __________ uncle? No, it isn’t A. he B. she C. her D. hers ( )7. Mrs. Green is __________ grandmother. A. Jim and Kate B. Jim and Kate’s C. Jim’s and Kate’s D. Jim and Kates’ ( )8. Do you know the name _____Mr. Green’s son? A. in B. of C. on D. or ( )9. __________ the great photo of your family. A. Thank to B. Thanks for C. Thank for D. Thanks to ( )10. Are those your friends? __________. A. Yes, they’re B. No, they are C. Yes, they are D. Yes, those are 代词练习(二) 一、用适当的代词填空 1.We like ________ (he/his/him) very much. 2.Is this guitar ________ (you/your/yours)? 3.________(She/Her/Hers) name is Li Li. 4.Father bought a desk for ________ (I/my/me/mine). 5.________ (It/It's/Its) is very cold today. 6.-Is this your book, Mike?   -Yes ,________(we/you/they) are. 7.-Are you and Tom classmates?   -Yes, ________(we/you/they) are. 8.Each of the students ________(have/has) a pen pal. 9.He has a dog. I want to have ________(it/one), too. 10.Her parents are ________ (both/all/either) teachers. 11.The text is easy for you .There are ________( few/a few/little/a little) new words in it. 12.I want ________(some/any) bananas. Give me these big ________(one/ones). 二、选择正确的答案 1.Is this ________ book?   A.you     B.I C.she     D.your 2.It's a bird. ________ name is Polly.   A.Its     B.It's C.His     D.It 3.What's that ?________ a jeep.   A.it's    B.Its C.It's    D.its 4.What's that in English? ________.   A.It's egg  B.That's egg C.It's a egg D.It's an egg 5.Whose cat is this ? Is it yours? Is it a white _______?   A.cat's    B.one C.ones    D.cats 6.Please give the book to ________. A.I      B.me C.my      D.mine 7._________skirt is yours?   A.Whose    B.Where C.How     D.Which 8.________ is this pen ? It's Wang Fang's.   A.Who's    B.Whose C.Where    D.Which 9.Kate and Mike do ________ homework in the evening.   A.one's    B.his C.her     D.their 10.There isn't ________ water in the bottle.   A.any     B.some C.no     D.a 课时三 简单句 一、陈述句 1、 概念:说明一个事实或是陈述说话人的看法的句子,句末用句号。 2、 分类:根据其语法结构,可大体分为“主语+谓语”和“主语+连系动词+表语”两种; 从语气的角度分,又可分为肯定陈述句和否定陈述句 (1)“主语+谓语”结构 ① 肯定陈述句 I like that book.我喜欢那本书。(陈述一个事实) I really agree.我确实同意。(陈述一个观点) ② 否定陈述句 I did not buy the TV.我没有买那个电视。(陈述一个事实) (2)主语+连系动词+表语结构 ① 肯定陈述名 The film is boring . 这部电影没意思。(陈述观点) ② 否定陈述句 Smoking is not good for your health.抽烟对你的健康没有好处。(陈述一个事实) 3、 陈述句的否定结构: 陈述句的否定式主要用两种结构来表达: (1)句子的谓语动词为be , have 或者谓语动词有助动词、情态动词时,其否定结构为: 主语+谓语动词/助动词/情态动词 + not + 其他成分 I am not a teacher. 我不是老师。 We have not (haven`t) any books on animals. 我们没有任何有关动物方面的书。 The children are not (aren`t) playing in the playground. 孩子们没在操场上玩。 He will not (won`t) come. 他不会来。 We must not (mustn`t) forget the past. 我们不能忘记过去。 It could not (couldn`t) be lost. 它不可能丢的。 (2) 当句子的谓语动词是do (即行为动词),而且没有助动词或情态动词时, 其否定结构为:主语+do (does,did) + not + 动词原形 + 其他成分 You do not (don`t) come here every day . 你没有每天都来这里。 He does not (doesn`t) teach this class . 他不教这个班。 They did not(didn`t) watch TV last night . 昨晚他们没看电视。 注意:陈述句的语调一般用降调。但在表示疑问的语气时,用升调,在书面上要用问号来表示。 You really want to go to Hong Kong ? 你真的想去香港吗? 这句话表示的是一种疑问,只不过是通过陈述的语序和疑问的语气来表达的 二、疑问句:一般疑问句和特殊疑问句 疑问句是用来提出疑问的句子,句末用问号“?”。常考的疑问句有四类,即:一般疑问句、特殊疑问句、选择疑问句、反意疑问句。 第一节 一般疑问句 一般疑问句通常需要用yes 或no 来回答,所以又叫做“是非疑问句”。在读这种句子时要用升调。 一般疑问句主要有以下几种类型: 1 “be + 主语 + 表语” — Are you sleepy ? 你困了吗? — Yes, I am . 是的,我困了。 2 “情态动词 + 主语言+ 行为动词(或be)” — May/Can I use the telephone? 我能用这部电话吗? — Yes, you can. 是的,可以。 3 “助动词(do, does, did)+ 主语 + 行为动词” — Do you like swimming in summer? 你喜欢夏天游泳吗? — No, I don`t . 不,我不喜欢。 难点提示 回答否定性一般疑问句时,要在Yes 后面用肯定结构,表示肯定;在No 后面用否定结构,表示否定。诀窍是在回答的时候,只要把它当成没有加否定形式的普通一般疑问句看待就可以了。注意下面例句的回答和它的意思。 Is he not your elder brother? 他不是你的哥哥吗? —Yes, he is . 不,他是(我的哥哥)。No, he is not. 是的,他不是(我的哥哥)。 — Isn`t she very clever? 她难道不是很聪明吗? — Yes, she is. 不,她很聪明。 — No, she is not . 是,她不聪明。 第二节 特殊疑问句 一、特殊疑问句是用来提出来特定问题的疑问句,要求听到问题的人针对特定情况来做具体的回答,不能像一般疑问句一样简单地用Yes 或No 来回答,特殊疑问句要用降调来读。 二、特殊疑问句的结构: 特殊疑问词 + 一般疑问句 Who do English homework in the evening?谁晚上做英语家庭作业? What do you do in the evening?你晚上做什么? What homework do you do in the evening?你晚上做什么家庭作业? When do you do English homework?你什么时候做英语家庭作业? 三、难点提示 1、 以why开头的特殊疑问句否定形式常用于表示建议、请求等。 Why don`t you have a try? 你为什么不试试呢? 2、 特殊疑问句常用到一些缩略形式,在平时学习中要注意习惯这些用法。 I don`t want to go there. How about you? 我不想去那儿,你呢? But what else? 可是还有什么呢? 四、肯定句改一般疑问句的方法—三步法 1. 有be动词/情态动词:be动词/情态动词提到句首,其余照抄,(some改成any,my改成your)句末用问号。 2. 无be动词/情态动词,在句首加Do/Does/Did,其余照抄,(some改成any,my改成your)句末用问号。 3. 加Does、did 的句子注意,句子动词要变成原型。 例如: 陈述句: They are in the park. He can play the guitar. 一般疑问句: Are they in the park? Can he play the guitar? 陈述句: I like the ducks. He likes the dogs. 一般疑问句: Do you like the ducks? Does he like the dogs? 随堂练习 把下列句子变成否定句和一般疑问句: 1. I am listening to music. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 2. Mike is a student. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 3. Sarah can clean the classroom. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 4. They are in the zoo. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 5. There are some flowers in the vase. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 6. This is my sister. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 7. We are sweeping the floor. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 8. We need some masks. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 9. They like making the puppet. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 10. Su Hai and Su Yang live in a new house. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 11. I put a book on my head. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 12. They sing “In the classroom” together. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 13. We play basketball on Sundays. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 14. Tom likes listening to music. 否定句:_________________________________________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________________________________ 五、关于特殊疑问词 问人(谁)who 地点(何地) where 时间(何时) when 时间(时刻) what time 东西/职业/事物(什么) what 方式方法程序身体(怎样) how 年龄 how old .. 怎么样(提建议) How about 多少钱 How much 谁的 whose 问星期 what day 问日期 what date 问数量多少 (可数名词) How many 问数量(不可数名词) How much 颜色what color 班级 what class 年级 what grade 哪一个 which 诀窍: 1、根据划线部分确定是什么疑问词, 后面写原句变成的一般疑问句,句末问号。 2、how many后必须先写物品,再写一般疑问句等。 综合练习 选择合适的特殊疑问词填入空白处 1)A: _______ is the boy in blue? B:He's Mike. 2)A: _______ pen is it? B:It's mine. 3)A: _______ is the diary? B:It's under the chair. 4)A: _______ is the Christmas Day? B: It's on the 25th of December. 5)A: _______ are the earphones? B:They are 25 yuan. 6)A: _______ is the cup? B:It's blue. 7)A: _______ is it today? B:It's Sunday. 8)A: _______ was it yesterday? B: It was the 13th of October. 9)A: _______ this red one? B:It's beautiful. 12)A:_______ is your cousin? B: He's 15 years old. 13)A:_______ do you have dinner? B: At 6 o'clock 2.句型转换 1)The children have a good time in the park. 否定句:___________________________________ 一般疑问句:___________________________________ 2)There is only one problem. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:________________________________________ 肯定/否定回答:____________________________________ 3)She has some bread for lunch today. 否定句:__________________________________________ 一般疑问句:_____________________________________ 肯定/否定回答:____________________________________ . 4) The girl is singing in the classroom. 否定句:____________________________________ 一般疑问句:____________________________________ 5)I can speak English. 一般疑问句:____________________________________ 6)I am writing now. 一般疑问句:____________________________________ 7) I have a desk and a chair.(用He做主语改写句子) ____________________________________ 8) She is buying some food in the supermarket. 否定句:____________________________________ 9)Does she like growing flowers? (给予否定回答) ____________________________________ 课时四 have作实义动词 表示“有”的意思 ? Look, I have wings, just like you. He had fair hair and blue eyes. 〔注1〕:其否定和疑问形式变化,在美国通常用助动词do。 〔注2〕:在英国口语中常用have got代替have. ? ? Look, can't you see I've got teeth, too, ? ? I haven't got any jewelry. 2. have和一些其他名词连用,表示: (1)一种活动 We have no classes on Sunday.(上课) They're going to have a volleyball match.(举行比赛) Are we going to have a meeting this week?(开会) We are going to have a talk this afternoon.(听报告) (2)患病 I have got a headache. I have a bad cold. (3)发生的情况 I've had so many falls that I'm black and blue all over.(跌跤) (4)生育 The queen ant may have tens of thousands of babies in one summer. 3. 和与动词同形的名词连用,表示一个动作(have+a+由动词转化的名词) ? Are you going to have a swim. ? I have a long talk with the teacher. 4. have on sth.或have sth. on,表示“穿着”、“戴着”(=to be wearing) ? I noticed he had on bedroom slippers. ? At the ball Motile had a diamond necklace on. 5. 表示“吃”、“喝” ?I wanted to have a cup of tea and some eggs. ?Does she have lunch at home? 6. 组成复合结构即“have+宾语+宾语补足语” ? (1)不加to的动词不定式作宾语补足语(have sb. do sth.),表示让、叫某人做某事。 ? ? The soldier had him stand with his back to his father. ? ? 〔注〕:其中not have sb. do sth.表示“不能让…”或“从未有人…”. ? ? We won't have you blame it on others. ? ? She had never had anybody speak to her that way before. ? (2)现在分词作宾语补足语(have sb.(sth.)doing),表示让(使)某人做某事。 ? ? …the two men had their lights burning all night long…. ? (3)过去分词作宾语补足语(have sb. (sth.)done),表示: ? ? ①使(让,请)别人作某事,表示的动作是别人做的。 ? ? Emperor Qin Shi Huang had all the walls joined up. ? ? …he should have new clothes made of this splendid cloth for the coming great procession. ? ? ②遭遇到某事。 ? ? Workers in some industries have their hearing harmed by the noise of the machine. 课时五 名词单复数变化规则 一、绝大多数的可数名词的复数形式,是在该词末尾加上后辍-s。 读音变化:结尾是清辅音读[s],结尾是浊辅音或元音读[z]。 例:friend→friends; cat→cats; style→styles; sport→sports; piece→pieces 二、凡是以s、z、x、ch、sh结尾的词,在该词末尾加上后辍-es构成复数。 读音变化:统一加读[iz]。 例:bus→buses; quiz→quizzes; fox→foxes; match→matches; flash→flashes 三、以辅音字母+y结尾的名词,将y改变为ies。 读音变化:加读[z]。 例:candy→candies; daisy→daisies; fairy→fairies; lady→ladies; story→stories 四、以-o结尾的名词,如果不是外来词或缩写,就加-es,否则加-s构成复数。 读音变化:加读[z]。 例:tomato→tomatoes;potato→potatoes 但下面几类词只加s: 1.以“元音+o”或“oo”结尾的词如: videos, radios, studios, folios, oratorios, embryos, zoos, bamboos, kangaroos, taboos 2.一些外来词,特别是音乐方面的词,如:pianos, solos, concertos, tobaccos ,mottos, cellos 3.一些缩写词和专有名词,如:kilos, photos, memos, micros, Eskimos, Filipnos 4有个别词加两种词尾都可以,如:archipelago(e)s, halo(e)s, cargoes(英),cargos(美) 五、以-f或-fe结尾的名词,多为将-f或-fe改变为-ves,但有例外。 读音变化:尾音[f]改读[vz]。 例:knife→knives; life→lives; leaf→leaves; staff→staves; scarf→scarves 反例:roof→roofs 六、以-us结尾的名词(多为外来词),通常将-us改变为-i构成复数。 读音变化:尾音[Es]改读[ai],其中[kEs]要改读为[sai],[gEs]要改读为[dVai]。 例:fungus→fungi; abacus→abaci; focus→foci; cactus→cacti; cestus→cesti 七、以-is结尾的名词,通常将-is改变为-es。 读音变化:尾音[is]改读[i:z]。 例:axis→axes; basis→bases; naris→nares; hypothesis→hypotheses; restis→restes 八、以-ix结尾的名词,通常将-ix改变为-ices,但有例外。 读音变化:尾音[iks]改读[isi:z]。 例:matrix→matrices; directrix→directrices; calix→calices; appendix→appendices 反例:affix→affixes 九、以-um结尾的名词,将-um改变为-a。 读音变化:去掉鼻尾音。 例:forum→fora; stadium→stadia; aquarium→aquaria; datum→data; vacuum→vacua 十、以-a结尾的名词,在该词末尾加上后辍-e。 读音变化:尾音[E]改读[i:]。 例:larva→larvae; formula→formulae; ala→alae; media→mediae; hydra→hydrae 十一、部分单词的单复数同形。 读音变化:保持原音。 例:fish→fish; sheep→sheep; cattle→cattle; deer→deer; salmon鲑鱼→salmon;trout 鳟鱼→trout 十二、极少数单词,其复数形式没有任何规律。 读音变化:没有规律。 例:man→men; woman→women; child→children; person→people; ox→oxen 十三、一些单数词得加en才能变成复数词: 例:ox→oxen; child→children; brother→brethren 十四、一些单数词得改头换面一番,才能变成复数词 例: is变es analysis→analyses分析; parenthesis→parentheses 圆括号; basis→bases基础; um变a datum→data数据; medium→media/mediums媒介; memorandum→memoranda/memorandums备忘录; oo变ee foot→feet; goose→geese; tooth→teeth; a变ae formula→formulae/formulas公式; ouse变ice louse→lice虱子; mouse→mice;老鼠 a变e man→men woman→women on变a phenomenon→phenomena现象; us变i radius→radii 半径 十五、一些名词虽分单数、复数,但出现次数多的总是单数词 例:absence; clothing; film; help; machinery机械; news; scenery风景; sugar; traffic交通 十七、另一些名词则以复数词出现的机会较多 例:bellows风箱; clothes; police; shorts短裤; scissors剪刀; spectacles眼镜; shears大剪刀 trousers长裤; wages工资 十八、复合名词,这类复数词是以主要的名词来表示 例:daughter-in-law→daughters-in-law 媳妇; father-in-law→fathers-in-law岳父 man-of-war→men-of-war兵舰; maid-servant→maid-servants step-son→step-sons晚子; son-in-law→sons-in-law 十九、若表达具体数目,要借助数量词 例:pair(对,双); suit(套); a pair of glasses; two pairs of trousers 二十、另外还有一些名词,其复数形式有时可表示特别意思, 例:goods货物,waters水域,fishes(各种)鱼 二十一、除人民币元、角、分外,美元、英镑、法郎等都有复数形式。 例:a dollar, two dollars; a meter, two meters 名词单复数练习 一、写出下列名词复数 leaf____________ puppy____________ box____________ knife____________ fly____________ fox____________ bus____________ bench____________ brush____________ kiss____________ church___________ dish____________ ruler____________ peach____________ glass____________ pencil____________ boy____________ zoo____________ man____________ roof____________ sheep____________ knife____________ lady____________ key____________ story____________ watch____________ bamboo__________ city____________ family____________ day____________ apple____________ eraser____________ speech___________ thief____________ mouse____________ fish____________ goose____________ people __________ ox____________ Chinese__________ deer____________ foot____________ child____________ tooth____________ guy____________ hero____________ spy____________ boss____________ monkey__________ city____________ goat ____________ radio____________ horse____________ dog____________ 二、用所给的单词的复数的正确形式填空: 1.There are so many________(wolf)in the forest. 2.There are three ______(chair) in the classroom. 3.These _______(tomato) are red. 4.______(hero) are great. 5.My brother looks after two ______(baby) 6.There are some ______(deer) eating the grass. 7.My father likes to eat _______(potato). 8.Chinese ______(people)like to eat noodles. 9.I have a lot of ______(toy) in my bedroom. 10.I help my mother wash ______(dish) in the kitchen. 11.I have two ______(pencil-box). 12.There are some ______(bus)in the street. 13.Peter has eight _____(foot). 14.Linda has three _______(tooth). 15.There are some ______(child) in the garden. 16.Michael likes the ______(mouse). 17.There are some ______(goose)in the river. 18.My uncle and father are _____(man). 19.Tom and King are _____(boy). 20.Linda has three ______(tooth). 三、选出正确形式 1. I can see three ________ in the zoo. A monkeys? B monkeys C monkey 2. The pig has four ______.  A. foot  B. feet  C. foots 3. My two brothers are both ______. A. policeman  B. policemans  C. policemen 4. There are four ___________ in the class.  A. Japanese  B. Japaneses  C. Japan 5. I can see ten _____ in the picture.  A. sheep  B. dog  C. pig 6. The _____ has three______.  A. boys, watches  B. boy, watch  C. boy, watches 7. Can you see _______on the plate? A. bread? B. breads? C. breades 8. The girl often brushes her_____ before she goes to bed.  A. tooth  B. tooths C. teeth 9. Mr Black often drink some _________. A. milk? B. milks? C.milkes 10. There are some _____ on the floor.  A. child  B. water  C. books 11. _______ will learn English. A. Woman  B. Women  C. Man 12. Lucy will show us some new ____ of hers.   A. photo  B. photos  C. photoes 13. I drank two ______. A. bottles of orange B. bottle of orange C. bottles of oranges 14. The cat eats two ______ last night.  A. mouses  B. mice  C. mouse 15. I need a pen and some _____.  A. books? B. desk C. chair 16. Jim was late for two classes this morning. He said that he forgot both of the ______. A. rooms number B. Room number C. Room's number D. Room numbers 17. The newly-built library is a ______ building. A. five-storey B. five storeys  C. five-storey's D. five storeys' 18. --- Whose umbrella is it?   --- It's _______. A.somebody else's B. Somebody else C. Somebody's else's D. Somebody's else 19. I feel terribly hot, What's the _____? A. temperature of room B. Room's temperature C. Room temperature D. Temperature of room's 20. _______ will make a trip around the world during the coming Christmas. A. The Evens B. The Evens' C. The Evenses D. The Evenses' 21.The girl talking to Mary is a friend of ________. A. Mary's sister B. Mary sister's C. Mary's sister's D. sister of Mary's 22. The woman over there is ______ mother. A. Julia and Shelley's B. Julia's and Shelley's  C. Julia and Shelley  D. Julia's and Shelley 23. He is very tired. He needs ______. A. a night rest B. a rest night C. a night's rest D. a rest of night 24.---Excuse me,where are _______ offices?   ---Over there. A.teacher's B.teachers' C.the teacher's D.the teachers' 25.Today is September 10th. It's_____ Day. Let's go and buy some flowers for our teachers.   A. Teacher B. Teachers'  C. the Teachers' D. Teacher's 课时六 现在进行时 现在进行时用法: 表示说话时正在进行或发生的动作常与now现在,at the present现在,at the moment现在,today今天,this week这个星期,this year今年等时间状语连用。有时通过上下文可以判断出应采用何种时态, Please don't make so much noise. I'm writing a composition. 不要吵闹。我正在写作文。 Let's set off. It isn't raining now. 咱们出发吧。现在不下雨了。 It's four o'clock in the afternoon. The children are playing football on the sports ground. 现在是下午四点。孩子们在操场上踢足球。 Hurry up! We are all waiting for you. 快点!我们大家都等着你。 Look! They are reading over there under the tree. 看!他们在那边的树底下看书。 Listen! She is singing in the room. 听!她在房间里唱歌。 Where is Kate? She is reading in the room. 凯特在哪里?她在房间里看书。 Why are you crying? Is something wrong? 为什么哭呢?有什么不对? 表示现阶段正在进行而说话时不一定在进行的动作。常与today今天,this week这个星期,this evening今天晚上,these days现在、目前等时间状语连用。 We are working in a factory these days. 这几天我们在一家工厂工作。 They are compiling a dictionary. 他们在编一本词典。 在口语中表示主语计划将要作的动作。常与come来,go去, leave离开,depart离开,arrive到达,stay逗留,start开始等动词连用。所用的动词必须是动作而不是状态,主语必须是人。 They are leaving for New York tomorrow. 明天他们将要动身前往纽约。 Is your brother departing soon? 你的兄弟很快就要启程吗? 现在进行时与always等副词连用时带有感情色彩常与always总是,usually通常,continually不断的,constantly经常的,forever永远、老是等副词连用。 He's always quarrelling with others. 他老喜欢跟别人吵架。 She is constantly worrying about her son's health. 她不停地为她儿子的健康担心着。 The boy is forever asking questions. 那个男孩老是问问题。 有的现在进行时句子和一般现在时同义。用现在进行时表示问者的关切心情 How are you feeling today? (How do you feel today?)你今天感觉如何? I am looking (look)forward to your next visit. 我盼望你下次再来。 Why are you looking(do you look)so sad? 为什么你看起来这么愁眉苦脸的样子呢? 有的动词用于现在进行时表示“逐渐”的含义。此种用法除了偶尔和now连用外,一般不和其他时间副词连用的 适合于此种用法的动词有:bet/grow/become/turn/run/go变成,begin开始,forget忘记,remember记得,die死,finish完成,find发现,rise增强等 Our study is becoming more interesting. 我们的学习变得越来越有趣了。 The leaves are turning red. 树叶渐渐地变红了。 The war is ending. 战争接近尾声了。 Wait a moment; I am finishing my supper. 等一会儿,我的晚饭就要吃完了。 “be”动词的现在进行时。“be”动词用于现在进行时表示说话者认为是短暂的、和平常不一样的、甚至是伪装的。适合于此种用法的有:foolish愚蠢的,nice好的,kind好心的,careful细心的,patient耐心的,lazy懒惰的,silly傻的,rude粗鲁的,polite礼貌的,impolite无礼的等表示人的特性、性格的形容词。(“be”动词用于现在进行时表示人的行为,纯粹表示心理或生理的状态而不带有行动时或主语不是人时,“be”动词不能用于现在进行时) He is being foolish. 他在装傻。 He is being honest. 他表现得特别老实。 She is being rude. 她故意表现粗鲁。 I can't understand why he is being so selfish.我不明白此时他为何如此自私。 I am happy.(表语是纯粹的心理状态,不可用am being) 我很快乐。 He's tired.(表语是纯粹的生理状态,不可用is being) 他很疲倦。 It's hot today.(主语不是人,不可用is being) 今天很热。 常和现在进行时连用的时间状语 用法实例: (1)当句子中有now时,常表示动作正在进行,这时要用现在进行时。如: They are playing basketball now.现在他们正在打篮球。 (2)以look, listen开头的句子,提示我们动作正进行,这时要用现在进行时。如: Listen!She is singing an English song.听,她正在唱英语歌。 (3)表示当前一段时间或现阶段正在进行的动作,且此时有this week, these days等时间状语,这时常用现在进行时。如: We are making model planes these days.这些天我们在做飞机模型。 (4)描述图片中的人物的动作,也为了表达更生动。此时也常用现在进行时。如: Look at the picture. The children are flying kites in the park.看这幅图,那些孩子正在公园放风筝。 一般结构: (1)肯定句式:主语+be( am, is, are)+现在分词+其它. (2)否定句式:主语+be(am, is, are) +not +现在分词+其它. (3)一般疑问句:Be(am, is, are) +主语+现在分词+其它? 肯定回答:yes, 主语+be, 否定回答:no,主语+be not (4)特殊疑问句:疑问词+be(am, is, are)+主语+现在分词+其它? 对现在进行时的特殊疑问句的回答,它不可以用Yes或No直接作答,要根据实际情况回答。 Eg:What are they doing these days? They are working these days. What is he doing ? He is buying a bike. 现在分词的变化规则: 一般在动词词尾加上-ing jump——jumping go——going pushing——pushing play——playing 以不发音字母e结尾的动词,先去e,再加-ing. take——taking leave——leaving write——writing have——having 以重读闭音节结尾,末尾只有一个辅音字母的词,它前面是单个元音字母时要先将词尾的辅音字母双写,再加上-ing. cut—cutting put—putting stop—stopping fit—fitting begin—beginning forget—forgetting 4.以ie结尾的词,将ie变为y再加ing lie—lying 练习: Look! He _____their mother do the housework. A. is helping B. are help C. is help D.is helpping 2. _____are the boys doing ? They are singing in the room. A .Who B. How C.What D.Where 3. Don't talk here. My mother _____. A. is sleeping B. are sleeping C. sleeping D .sleep 4. Danny ______. Don't call him. A. is writeing B.is writing C.writing D.writes 5.–When_____he_____back? – Sorry, I don’t know. A. does,come B.are coming C.is come D.is coming 6. It's ten o'clock. My mother _____(lie)in bed. 7. What____he _____(mend)? 8. We _____(play)games now. 9. What ____you____(do) thesse days? 10. ____he ___(clean) the classroom? 11. Who____(sing)in the next room? 12.The girl____(like)wearing a sweater. Look! She ____(wear)a red sweater today. 注意: (1)把动词变成现在分词形式易出错 例:1.They are swiming.(are swimming)    2. Jenny is plaiing(is playing)football. (2)丢掉be动词或忘记把动词变成现在分词 例:1. Look,two children flying(are flying) a kite in the park.   2. Li Ming isn't read (isn't reading) a book in bed now. 解析:现在进行时肯定句的结构规律为: “be+现在分词,缺一不可”。这一点必须牢记。 (3)对动词或动词词组提问时丢掉doing 例:1. The students are singing in the room.(对划线部分提问)    What are the students doing in the room? 解析:现在进行时态中对动作提问可记住此句式“What +be +主语+doing+其它?” (4)现在进行时态的选择疑问句中易忽视or后用现在分词形式 例:孩子们在跑还是在跳?   Are the children running or jump(jumping)?   解析: or连接的是两个并列成分,动词形式须一致。 课时七 介词 通常介词可分为四类:? 简单介词:at,?in,?from,?on? 复合介词:upon,?inside,?outside? 双重介词:from?behind,?from?among? 短语介词:in?case?of,?according?to in; on; at用在时间词前,表“在” at 具体时刻 at ten o'clock on 具体某天 具体某天的上午、下午、晚上等; 星期几上午、下午、晚上前有修饰词时 on December 12 on Sunday morning on Sunday on a sunny morning in 年、月、季节及上午、下午、晚上前 in 2019 in January in spring in the morning 注意: (1)固定搭配 at night= in the night 在晚上 at noon在中午 at this / that time 在这/那时 at Christmas在圣诞节期间(辨析:on Christmas Day在圣诞节那一天) (2)无介词 (i) 在时间词(morning , afternoon , evening ; Sunday…)前有last, next , this , that时 (ii) tomorrow, tonight前也不用介词。 eg. I will go to the cinema this evening/tomorrow/tonight/next Sunday.... 介词小练 用in/on/at介词填空 1.___ the morning 2.___ Monday morning 3. ___ a rainy evening 4. ___3:50 5.__ 2002 6.___ the morning of April 10 7.___ spring 8.___ night 9.___ this time 10. ___ March 2. in , on , at 表地点: at一般指小地方; in一般指大地方或某个范围之内; on一般表示“在某个物体的表面”。 介词小练 用in/on/at介词填空 1)He arrived ___Shanghai yesterday. 2)They arrived ___a small village before dark. 3)There is a big hole ____ the wall. 4)The teacher put up a picture ____ the wall. in , on , to表方位 in(范围内); on(范围外且接壤); to(范围外但不接壤)。 可表示为下图的位置关系 介词小练 用in/on/to介词填空 1)Taiwan is ___ the southeast of China. 2)Hubei is ___ the north of Hunan. 3)Japan is ___ the east of China. 4. cross: 动词“跨过,越过”=go across across: (表面)跨过 through: (内部)穿过,贯穿 小练1)Can you swim _____ the river? 2)The road runs __________ the forest. 3) _____ the bridge, you’ll find a cinema. 5. in + 时间段:与将来时连用 after + 时间段:与过去时连用 after + 时间点:可与将来时连用 小练1) I'll leave _______ three o'clock. That is, I'll leave ________ about ten minutes. 2)They left _______ two weeks. 6. in the tree(外加在树上的事物) on the tree(树上自身具有的花、果、叶等) 小练1)There is a bird _______ the tree.2)There are many apples_______ the tree. 7. in the wall(镶嵌在墙内部的事物) on the wall(墙表面的事物) 小练1) There is a map ___ the wall 2) There are four windows ___ the wall. 8. by bike / bus / car / ship (单数且无冠词) 但当这些交通工具名词前有其它修饰词时,则应使用相应的介词 例子by bike = on a(the; his) bike by car = in a(the ; her) car 9. on: 在…(表面)上(接触)over: 在…的正上方 above: 在…的斜上方(未接触) 小练1) The moon rose ______ the hill. 2) There is a bridge _____ the river. 3) There is a book ______ the desk. 10. between: 在(两者)之间 among :在(三者以上)之间 小练1)A big crowd of people were waiting for Li Lida on the beach. ________ them were his parents. 2)Tom sits ________Lucy and Lily. 11. on与about : 关于 on用于较正式的演讲、学术、书籍等 about用于非正式的谈话或随便提及 小练1)He gave a talk ________ the history of the Party 2)They are talking ________ the movie. 12. in front of :在…前面(范围外)= before in / at the front of在……前部(范围内) 类似区别:at the back of与behind 小练1)There is a big tree _______ of the classroom. 2)A driver drives _________ of the bus. 13. with和in: 表示“用“ with: 指“用工具、手、口等” in: 指“用语言、话语、声音等” 小练1) Please write the letter ____ a pen. 2) Please speak ____ a loud voice. 14. on a farm ; in a factory ; the girl in the hat ; leave for: 动身前往某地 15 固定搭配: (1)介词与动词的搭配 listen to laugh at嘲笑..get to look for wait for hear from受到...来信 hear of听说 turn on turn off worry about think of look after spend…on… (2)介词与名词的搭配 on time按时 in time及时on foot with pleasure on one's way to在某人去...的路上 in trouble at breakfast at the end of in the end (3)介词与形容词的搭配 be late forbe afraid of be good at擅长... be interested in be angry with be full of be sorry for . 二、常见方位介词短语 (1)由介词in构成的方位介词短语 1. in the front 在前面 2. in the front row 在前排 3. in the back row 在后排 4. in the third row 在第三排 5. in front of... 在...前面(范围之外) 6. in the front of... 在...前部(范围之内) 7. in the middle在中间 8. in the street在街上 9. in the middle of...在中间 10. in the tree在树上(指飞鸟等外来物) (2)由介词at构成的方位介词短语 1. at the front of...在...所在范围的前一部分 2. at the back of...在...所在范围的后一部分 3. at the foot of...在...脚下 4. at the top of...在...顶部 5. at the end of...在...尽头 6. at the head of...在...前头 7. at the(school)gate在(校)门口 8. at the station 在车站 9. at No.2 Chang'an Road在长安路2号 10. at my uncle's 在我叔叔家 11. at home在家 12. at the doctor's在医务室/在诊所 (3)由介词on构成的方位介词短语 1. on the right/left在右(左)边 2. on one's right/left在某人的右(左)边 3. on the desk/table在课桌/桌上 4. on the right-hand/left-hand side在右/左手边 5. on the blackboard在黑板上 6. on/in the wall在墙上/里 7. on the paper在纸上 8. on the tree在树上(指树上长的东西) 三、其它介词构成的方位介词短语 1. next to靠近/贴近 2. beside the desk在课桌旁 3. behind the door在门后 4. under the bed在床下 5. near the window靠近窗户 6. outside the gate在门外 介词练习 (一)、根据提示完整下列词组 1. 在报纸上____ the newspaper 2. 在医务室 ____ the doctor's 3.一小时又一小时地连续地 hour ____ hour 4. 在白天这个时候 at this time____day 5. 成双,成对 ____ pairs 6. 最后,终于 ____ the end 7. 在星期天上午 ____Sunday morning 8. 从…到 from...____ 9. 在同时 ____ the same time 10. 准时,不早不晚____ time (二)、请填入适当的介词 1. Mid-Autumn Day usually comes ____ September or October. 2. Thank you very much ___ asking me to Mary's birthday party ___Sunday. 3. The farmers are all busy getting ready ____ the next year. 4. A: Would you like Chinese tea ____ sugar and milk, Chen Hui? B: Oh no! I'd like Chinese tea ____ nothing in it, please. 5. Please draw a line ____ A and B. 6. ___ the window, I could see a big tree lying across the ground. 7. My sister has lived in France ____ 1982. 8. Do you know what we are working ____ ? 9. They often climb ____ the hill. 10. Professor Zhang has just come back ____ Japan. (三)、选择填空 1. A fish can't live ____ water. A. with B. at C. in D. without 2. There is a table ____ the corner of the room. A. in B. to C. at D. on 3. Mrs Green has lived ____ London ____ ten years. A. at, for B. in, since C. in, for D. on, by 4. Christmas Day is ___ December 25. A. at B. on C. in D. by 5. My teacher often helps me ____ my English, ____ her help, I have caught up ____ the class. A. with, under, with B. with, with, with C. of, with, to D. in, under, with 6. There is a bookstore (书店) ____ the other side of the street. A. in B. on C. for D. at 7. The basket is full ____ vegetables. A. about B. of C. with D. on 8. ____ my way home, I met an old friend of mine. A. In B. By C. On D. At 9. The sun rises ____ the east and goes down ____ the west. A. in, in B. on, on C. from, from D. at, at 10. There is no hole(洞) ____ the wall. A. on B. in C. at D. over 11. We lay down ____ a tree to rest. A. under B. over C. above D. below 12. He wore a pair of glasses __ his nose. A. on B. over C. above D. under 13. The plane has just flown ____ my head. A. on B. over C. above D. at 14. There will be a class meeting ____ Friday afternoon. A. at B. in C. on D. for 15. There is a railway ____ these two cities. A. between B. among C. in D. at 16. We will listen to a talk ____ British history. A. at B. on C. with D. by 17. I am sure he'll be back ____ an hour. A. after B. in C. for D. to 18. They had learned one thousand English words ____ the end of last term. A. at B. in C. by D. about 19. Hurry up, or we'll be late ____ class. A. at B. of C. to D. for 20. ____ all the stars, the sun is the nearest to the earth. A. Of B. In C. With D. Among 21. There are some flowers ____ the house. A. in front of B. in the front of C. on front of D. on the front of 22. Jenny was born ____. A.in the year 1980, at 10 a.m. on June 14th B.on June 14th at 10 a.m. in the year 1980 C.at 10 a.m. in the year 1980 on June 14th D.at 10 a.m. on June 14th in the year 1980 23. There is a bridge ____ the river. A. on B. at C. below D. over 24. The other day the man jumped ____ the river to save the child. A. in B. into C. on D. over 25. The little girl saw a beautiful bird ____ the tree. A. on B. in C. into D. at 26. A poor boy ____ me couldn't go to school in the old days. A. about B. as C. on D. like 27. He arrived ____ Shanghai ____ January 5 ____ 10:00. A. in, on, in B. at, on, on C.in, on, at D. in, on, by 28. It is very kind ____ you to give me the present. A. of B. for C. from D. with 29. They were talking ____ the film when I met them. A. to B. with C. on D. about 30. Nothing is too difficult if you put your heart ____ it. A. in B. at C. into D. to 答案 (一)、1. in 2. at 3. after 4. of 5. in 6. in 7. on 8. to 9. at 10. on (二)、1. in 2. for,on 3. for 4. with, with 5. between 6. Through 7. since 8. for 9. up 10. from (三)、1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. B 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. D 20. A 21. A 22. D 23. D 24. B 25. B 26. D 27. C 28. A 29. D 30. C 课时八other,another,others,the others,the other的用法和区别 other 形容词:“别的,其他”,泛指“其他的(人或物)”Do you have any other question(s)? 你还有其他问题吗? Ask some other people. 问问别人吧! Put it in your other hand. 把它放在你另一只手里。 代词:We will get someone or other to replace him.我们会找某个或其他人代替他。 the other 代词:指两个人或物中的一个,视为单数:常用“one...the other”He has two daughters. One is a nurse, the other is a worker. 他有两个女儿,一个是护士,另一个是工人。 形容词:单复数都可加On the other side of the street,there is a tall tree. 在街道的另一边,有一棵大树。 Mary is much taller than the other girls. 玛丽比其他的女孩高得多。 He lives on the other side of the river. 他住在河的对岸 others 代词:泛指“另外几个”,“其余的”Some of us like singing and dancing, others go in for sports. 我们一些人喜欢唱歌和跳舞,其余的从事体育活动。 Give me some others, please. 请给我别的东西吧! There are no others. 没有别的了。 the others 代词:“其他东西,其余的人”。特指某一范围内的“其他的(人或物)”。是the other的复数形式。the others=the other +复数名词Two boys will go to the zoo, and the others will stay at home. 两个男孩将去动物园,其余的留在家里。 another 形容词:用于存在三者的情况,意思为“另一个的”,加单数可数名词 代词:泛指同类事物中的三者或三者以上的“另一个”,视为单数I don’t like this one. Please show me another. 我不喜欢这一个,请给我看看另一个。 I have three daughters. One is a nurse, another is a teacher and another is a worker. 我有三个女儿。一个是护士,另一个是教师,还有一个是工人。 else (1)“另外的”(2)“除此之外 ,还有”,相当于besides What else can I say? 我还能说什么呢? 练习 1.She has two sons,?___is a teacher,?_____is an engineer A. one, the other?B. one, another?C. another, another?D. one, other 2.You have seen one of the photos of my sisters, now I'll show you___ A. another?B. other?C. others?D. the?others 3.__went to the great wall, ___visited the Miyun. A. Any, other?B. One, other?C. Some, others?D. Some, the others? 4.Have?you?any?____?novels? A. another B. other C. others D. the other 5.Would you like to have___ cup of tea? A. another B. other C. others D. the other 6. The t-shirt is too long, please show me___ A. another?B. other?C. others?D. the other 7. He is able to do the work without?_____help A. The other's?B. others'?C. any others'?D. other 8. We can do it __time A. another?B. other?C. others?D. the?other 9. There are four dictionaries on the bookshelf.?One is French, ___are English A. another?B. other?C. others?D. the others 10. The children don’t like this story, please tell them___ A. another?B. the other?C. others?D. the?others 11.These cups are ours, those are___ A. others?B. others'?C. other's?D. the others'? 12. China is larger than _____countries in Europe A. other B. others C. any other C. any others 13. If you want to change a double room, you'll have to pay ___$15. A. another?B. other?C. others?D. the other 课时九 祈使句 1.祈使句的定义及句式特征: 定义:祈使句是用来表示请求、命令、叮嘱、邀请、劝告或祝愿等的句子。 特点:通常省略主语you, 以动词原形开头,末尾可用句号或感叹号。 Go and wash your hands. (表命令) Be quite, please. (Please be quiet.)(表请求) Be kind to your sister.(表劝告) Watch your steps.(表警告) No parking. (表禁止) 2.肯定形式(动词原形开头) 系动词be开头 be+形容词/名词 Be quiet / quick! Be a good student! Be careful when crossing the street. 实义动词开头 动词原形+宾语(+其他) Come in, please! Please open your books! Put them away! let型(Let+宾语+动词原形+其他) Let him do it by himself. Let me help you. Let's go to the park. 3.否定形式(一般在动词上否定,也可以用否定副词(never)来表示) be型 Don't/Never be +其他成分(形容词、名词或介词短语)注意:①在这种句型中,be不能省略 ②否定副词not不可置于be之后 Don't be careless! Never be late again next time! do型 Don't/Never +动词原形+其他 Don't believe him! Don't worry! Never do it again! Let型 Let+宾语+not+动词原形+其他 Let her not do that. Let's not think about it. It's only a waste of time. Don't+ let+宾语+动词原形+其他 Don't let Jim do that. Don't let us go, please. 其他 “No+名词 / V-ing形式”“禁止做某事” NO PHOTOS! 禁止拍照! No parking! 注意: 1)在表达请求或劝告时,有时为了表示委婉的语气,可以在句首或句末please,please在句末时用逗号将其与前面的部分隔开。 Sit down, please. Please look after the twins. 2)在意思比较明显的情况下,可以把谓语动词省略。 This way, please. 3)有时为了加强语气,可以在动词前使用do. Do be careful!一定要小心! 4)有时为了强调对方,也可加上主语you,人名或everybody, anybody等不定代词。 You sweep the floor and I clean the window. Stand up, everybody. 5)有时为了明确向谁提出请求或发出命令,可加称呼语,但称呼语要与句子用逗号隔开。 Put the shirt on the bed, Jim. 4.祈使句的反意问句 祈使句的反意疑问句须按其句子结构及讲话人的语气来决定其疑问部分,通常有以下三种形式: 肯定句式 表示请求时通常用will you Be sure to write to us, will you? 你一定要给我们写信,好吗? 表示邀请、劝说时用won't you Come to have dinner with us this evening, won’t you?今晚来和我们一起吃饭,好吗? 否定句式 通常只用will you Don't smoke in the meeting room, will you? 不要在会议室抽烟,好吗? Let祈使句 Let's用shall we Let's take a walk after supper, shall we?晚饭后我们去散步,好吗? 其它均用will you Let the boy go first, will you? 让个那男孩先走,好吗? 5.祈使句的回答 祈使句的动作通常是表示将来发生的动作,所以回答祈使句时,一般用will或won't。 在回答具有否定意义的祈使句时,要注意两点: 形式一致(即Yes与will保持一致;No与won't保持一致) 意思相反(即Yes是 “不”的意思;No是 “是”的意思)。 在回答时,要注意分析上下文语境中所提供的条件。例如: --- Don't go out, please. It's raining heavily outside.请不要出去。外面雨下得很大。 ---- Yes, I will. I have to meet my brother at the airport.不行,我得去机场接我弟弟。 6. 祈使句与陈述句的并列使用 祈使句后接陈述句时,须用连接词连接。如果祈使句与陈述句表示的是一种顺承关系时,要用并列连词and来连接;如果祈使句与陈述句存在一种否定条件关系时,要用并列连词or(否则)来连接。例如:  Leave it with me and I will see what I can do.把它留给我吧,我想想有没有办法。  Hurry up, or we'll be late.快点,否则我们要迟到了。 7.祈使句与条件状语从句的连用 祈使句与条件状语从句连用时,条件状语从句可置于祈使句前或后。例如: Tell him to make a phone call to me if he comes here tomorrow. 如果他明天来这儿的话,叫他给我来个电话。 8.祈使句的强调形式  祈使句的强调形式通常在肯定祈使句式前加上助动词Do。例如:   Do shut up! 快住口! 9.特殊形式的祈使句 在英语中,有些祈使句不是以动词原形来引起一个祈使句,而是以一个名词短语来充当,且后接一个带有并列连接词的分句。实际上,这个充当祈使句的名词短语相当于一个条件状语从句。例如: More water and the young trees couldn’t have died. =If you had given them more water, the young trees couldn’t have died.   如果你给那些小树多浇点水,他们就不会死了。 10.运用祈使句的误区 祈使句往往容易与不定式、分词或条件状语从句相混淆。   ___________ your composition carefully, some spelling mistakes can be avoided.   A. Having checked B. Check   C. If you check D. To check  巩固练习 一、单项选择: 1. Please ____, they're having a meeting. A. not be so noisy B. be quite C. mustn't talk D. no speaking 2. ____ to meet me at the station. I'll be waiting there. A. Not to forget B. Not forget C. Forget not D. Don't forget 3. It's a fine day. Let's go fishing, ____? A. won't we B. will you C. don't we D. shall we 4. Don't smoke in the meeting-room, ____? A. do you B. will you C. can you D. could you 5. –Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow. -I ____. A. don't B. won't C. can't D. haven't 6. If you are tired, ______ a rest. A. have B. having C. to have D. had 7. ______ me go. It is very important for me. A. Do let B. Let do C. Doing let D. To do let 8. He is not honest. ______ believe him. A. Not B. Don't C. To not D. Not to 9. _____ up early tomorrow, or you can't catch the train. A. Getting B. Get C. To get D. Got 10. _____ in the street. It's dangerous. A. Not play B. Not to play C. Don't play D. Don't to play 11. Please ______ me some money, will you? A. lend B. lending C. borrow D. borrowing 12. The film is about to begin. Please ______ seated. A. be B. are C. is D. being 13. ____ down the radio. The baby’s asleep in the next room. A. Turning B. To turn C. Turned D. Turn 14. Lucy, ____ the door or someone will come in. A. close B. closes C. not close D. is closing 15. ____ and play football in the street after lunch. A. Let's not to go B. Let's not go C. Let's don't go D. Not let's go 16. A sign with the words“____” is often found in a bus. A. Not parking B. Not smoking C. No parking D. No smoking 17. ____ Chinese in you English class. A. Not speak B. Don't speak C. Speak not D. Don't speaking 18 . _____ the boxes. You may use them later. A. Keep B. Keeping C. To keep D. Kept 19. If you want to stay, let me know, ______? A. will you B. shall we C. do you D. do we 20. Never come late again, ______? A. will you B. won’t you C. do you D. does he 21. The TV is too loud. Please________. A. turn it down B. to turn it down C. turn down it D. to turn down it 22. _______ late again, Bill! A. Don't to be B. Don't be C. Not be D. Be not 23. _______ cross the road until the traffic lights turns green. A. Not B. Won't C. Doesn't D. Don't 24. Please help me carry it, ______? A. will I B. will you C. shall I D. shall we 25. Don't make so much noise, ______? A. will you B. won't you C. shall we D. do you 26. Do you know the girl ______under the tree? A. stand B. to stand C. standing D. stood 27. Kate, _______ your homework here tomorrow. A. bring B. brings C. to bring D. bringing 28. ________ me the truth, or I'll be angry. A. Telling B. To tell C. Told D. Tell 29. I've kept the dog _______Maomao for a long time. A. name B. named C. naming D. to name 30. Don't you know that _______ is good for our health? A. swim B. swimming C. swam D. swims? 二. 用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空。 1. It's an important meeting. __________ (not, be )late. 2. ____________ (not, make) any noise! Your mother is sleeping. 3. ____________ (not, speak) with your mouth full of food and ____________ (be) polite. 4. ____________ ( not, talk) and ____________ (read) aloud. 5. ____________ (not, leave) your homework for tomorrow, Larry. 6. ____________ (look) out! A car is coming. 7. ____________ (give) us ten years and just see what our country will be like. 8. ____________ (not, let) the baby cry. 9. Wear more clothes or you ____________ (catch) a cold. 10. Let's ____________ (not, say) anything about it. 三、句型转换 11. Will you please read it again more slowly? (改为祈使句) _____ _____ again more slowly, please. 12. If you don't listen to me, I'll go. (改为同义句) _____ _____ me, or I'll go. 13. Let's watch the sports games. (改为反意疑问句) Let's watch the sports games, _____ _____? 14. The teachers often tell the students not to be careless. (改为祈使句) _____ _____careless, please. 15. Please sit next to Nancy. (改为否定句) _____ _____ next to Nancy. 16. Don't forget to turn off the lights, please. (改为反意疑问句) Don't forget to turn off the lights, _____ _____? 17. If you move, you'll die. (改为同义句) _____ _____, or you'll die. 18. Come to my house tomorrow. (改为反意疑问句) Come to my house tomorrow, _____ _____? 19. 这是一个坏了的被子。 (翻译句子) This is a ______ ______. 20. 让我们去帮帮那个哭泣的女孩吧。 (翻译句子) Let's go and help the _____ _____, please.?? 课时十 it 用法梳理 一、用于指人以外的一切生物、无生命的东西和事情。 一般指说话者心目中已经了解或所指的生物、无生命的东西或事情、没有性别的区分;可以是可数名词,也可以是不可数名词,在句子中既可作主语,也可以作宾语。 指动物和植物 —Oh,that's Lucy's hat.噢,那是露茜的帽子。 —It looks like a cat!它看上去像只猫! Where's tea grown?It's grown in the southeast of China.什么地方种植茶?中国东南部种植茶。 指代一些无生命的东西 Is it your watch?这是你的手表吗? Look at the rain!It's heavy,isn't it?看这雨!雨很大,对吗? 代替上文提到过的整个事情 Well,you mustn't play on the road.It's dangerous.哦,你不能在公路上玩。这太危险了! It was hard work,but they really enjoyed it.摘苹果是艰苦活,可他们都乐意去干(它)。 二、用于指代人。 指代说话者心目中不太清楚的那个人,常在打电话或敲门时用 —Who was it?是谁(打来的电话)? —Was it Susan?(打电话的)是苏珊吗? —Yes,it was.是的,我是。(根据上下句,“it was”也可不译出来。) —Who is knocking at the door?谁在敲门? —It's me.是我。 指说话者心目中的那个人 —Is it your sister,Kate?(那旧照片上的 baby)是你姐姐凯特吧? —No!不是。 —Is it your brother?是你哥哥吧? —No!不是。 —I know—it's you!我知道了,(那)是你。 指代性别不详的婴幼儿或在不计较性别时,也可用it来指人 The child smiled when it saw its mother.这小孩一见到母亲就笑了。 I don't know who it is.我不知道他是谁。 在回答用指示代词表示人的特殊问句时,常用it指人 —Who's that?那人是谁? —Is it Kate?是凯特吗? —Yes,I think you're right.It's Kate.是的,我想你说对了,是凯特。 三、用于指时间、距离和自然现象等。 1.表示时间。 ?? —What time is it?几点钟? ?? —It's ten.十点钟。 ?? It's summer in Australia now.现在澳大利亚是夏天。 特别注意it用于表示时间时还常见于以下两个句型中: (1)It's time(for sb.)to do sth.是(某人)该干……的时间了/It's time for sth.到……的时候了。 It's time for supper/to have supper.是吃晚饭的时候了。 I think it's time for us to start the lesson now.我想现在是我们开始上课的时候了。 (2)It is/has been +时间段+since +一般过去时。 “自从……以来已过了……(时间)”。此结构可以与另一种句型进行同义句转换。 It has been two weeks since we met last.= Two weeks has passed since we met last. 自从我们上次相遇以来,两个星期过去了。 It's three years since he came here. =It has been three years since he came here. =He has been here for three years.他到这里已经三年了。 2.表示距离。 ?? It's half an hour's walk from my home to the school.从我家到学校步行得花半小时时间。 ?? —Where's the farm,Li Lei?Is it far?李雷,农场在哪里?远吗? ?? —No,it's quite near.不,(距)离这很近。 3.表示自然现象。 ?? Sometimes it snows and the land is all white.有时下雪,大地一片白。 ?? It is very quiet here at the moment.眼下这儿很安静。 四、用作形式主语。 英语中常常见到某个句子以it开头,it与其后面的动词不定式短语、动名词短语、名词性从句等相呼应,以表达一个完整的意义。这是一种习惯表达法,这样的句式可避免句子显得头重脚轻。 1.It+is/was+形容词+(for sb.)+to do... (形容词是描述事物的形容词,如:difficult, easy,hard,important,dangerous等) It+is/was+形容词+(of sb.)+to do... (形容词是描述不定式行为者的性格、品质的,如:kind,good,nice,clever等) It is interesting to play with snow in winter.冬季里玩雪是很有趣的。 It's important for us to keep the water clean.保持水质清洁对我们来说是很重要的。 It's very kind of you to say so.你这样说真是太好了。 注意:这一句式中的形容词位置也可换用名词;连系动词be也可换用其它连系动词,如feel等。 It +系动词+名词+to do... It's a good habit to get up early and go to bed early.早睡早起是好习惯。 It must be great fun to fly to the moon in a spaceship.乘宇宙飞船飞往月球一定很有趣。 It feels strange to have a twin sister.有个孪生姐妹感觉很奇怪。 2.It +will be/is /was +形容词+doing ?? It's bad playing in the street.在街上玩是没好处的。 ?? Is it any good trying again?再试一次有用吗? 3.It+is/was+形容词+从句 ?? It is certain that he will come.他一定会来。 ?? It's true that he may fall behind the other students.他真的可能落后于其他同学。 ?? It is strange that he should say so.他居然这么说,真是奇怪。 4.It +is /was +one's turn(duty,pleasure)+to do sth.“该轮到某人做某事(做某事是某人的责任、愉悦的事)” ?? It's your turn to be on duty tomorrow.明天轮到你值日了。 5.It takes(sb.)some time/money to do sth.意为“(某人)花……时间/金钱做某事” ?? It took me a week to finish reading the book.我花了一周时间看完这本书。 6.It +cost/costs +sb.+some money +to do sth.“某人花多少钱做某事” ?? It cost me 260 yuan to buy the new watch.我买这块新手表花了260元。 7.It seems /seemed +从句。“看起来好像……”,此结构可以转换成“seem +动词不定式”形式 ?? It seems that he is ill.=He seems to be ill.看起来他好像病了。 五、用作形式宾语。 主语+谓语+it+宾语补足语+动词不定式/动名词/从句。该句型中宾语补足语可由形容词、名词等充当。如: He found it not easy to learn a foreign language well.他发现学好一门外语是不容易的。 We think it no good reading in bed.我们认为躺在床上看书无益处。 I think it necessary that we have the meeting.我认为开这个会是必要的。 课时十一 冠词 冠词三兄弟a, an和the的任务就是给名词“戴帽子”。语法上,冠词是虚词,没有词义,用于名词前,帮助表明词义。 冠词使用类型: 不定冠词(a/an) 1、泛指某人或某物,但不具体说明是何人或何物;或指代某类中的任何一个。 例题: Be careful! There is________dog lying on the ground. 小心!地上躺着一条狗。 ________English-English dictionary is very necessary for me.一本英英词典对我来说非常必要。 2、用于首次提到的人或物的单数可数名词前。 例题: _________ little boy wants to play with us.一个小男孩想和我们一起玩。 3、用于时间、速度、价格等含义的名词前,有“每一……”的意思,相当于every。 例题: Take two pills_________ day and you’ll get better soon.每天吃两片药,你很快就会好些的。 We go swimming four times _________month.我们每月去游泳4次。 4 Yuan _________ kilo 每公斤四元 4、用于序数词前,意为“又一,再一”。 例题: Would you like_________second cup of tea? 你想再要一杯茶吗? 5、用表示具有某种特性的人或物的专有姓名前,相当于a certain ,意为“某一个”。 例题: _________Mr. Wang came to see you this morning.今天早上有一位王先生来看你。 6、用于具体化了的物质名词或抽象名词前,表示“一阵、一场、一种、一次……”或“具体的人或物”。 例题: I would like_________ coffee and two beers.我想要一杯咖啡,两瓶啤酒。 The sports meeting was_________ great success.运动会很成功。 7、用于表示日、月、季节、星期等名词前,表示具体的时间。 例题: We had_________warm winter last year.去年我们过了一个温暖的冬天。 8、表示职业、身份 _________ lawyer一个律师 _________ doctor 一个医生 _________ student一位学生 9、用于数字、量词之前 _________hundred 一百 _________lot of 许多 _________couple 一对 10、用于固定搭配中。 a great deal of 大量的 for a while 一会儿 all of a sudden 突然 have/take a rest 休息 in a hurry 匆忙的 as a result 结果 have a cold 感冒 have a good time 玩得愉快 定冠词(the) 助记: 沙漠、河流与群山; 列岛、海峡与海湾; 阶级、党派、国家名; 组织、团体和机关; 方位、朝代、世唯一; 会议、文件及报刊; 乐器、建筑、各大洋; 最高级别序数前;越...越...句型不能少;姓氏复数它在前;特指、上文、双知道;the加形原表一类。 用于特指的或说话双方知道的人或事物 Look at the eraser on the floor. Whose is it?看地板上的这块橡皮。会是谁的呢? Last year we went to an old people’s home. The old people were very happy.去年我们去了一家老年公寓。那些老人都非常高兴。 由于指代上文已提到的人或事物 My uncle bought a house. The house has a beautiful garden.我叔叔买了幢房子。那幢房子带有一个漂亮的花园 用于单数可数名词前,表示一类人或事物 The brain is the center of thought.大脑是思想的中心。 The panda is one of the animals in danger.熊猫是濒危动物中的一种。 注意:表示一类人或事物时,可以用不定冠词或定冠词加可数名词单数,也可以直接用可数名词复数形式。 A horse is a useful animal. The horse is a useful animals. Horses are useful animals. 马是一种有用的动物。 用于序数词、表示特指的比较级或形容词、副词最高级前 Tomorrow we’re going to the second largest fresh water lake in China,Dongting Lake.明天我们打算去中国第二大的淡水湖——洞庭湖。 用于表示自然界独一无二的事物及表示江河、海洋、山脉、群岛等名词前 There is no living thing on the moon.月球上没有生命。 A new bridge has been built over the Changjiang River in Huangshi.一座新桥已建成于黄石段的长江上。 用于姓氏的复数前,表示“一家人”或“夫妻二人” The Blacks are planning to go on vacation.布莱克一家打算去度假。 用于形容词或分词前,表示一类人或事物 We should take good care of the old.我们应该照顾好老人。 用于表示弹奏的西洋乐器的名词前 Listen! Someone is playing the piano.听!又人正在弹钢琴。 用于“动词+人+介词+the+人体部位”结构中 The police seizes the thief by the arm.警察抓住了小偷的胳膊。 用于表示时期、年代、世纪的名词、数次或具体的地点、方位名词前 The war broke out in the seventeenth century.战争爆发于17世纪。 The city lies in the west of the country.这个城市位于这个国家的西部。 用于“by+the+表示计量单位的名词”中,表示“按照……计算” Part-tine jobs are usually paid by the hour.兼职通常是按照小时付工资。 用于由普通名词构成的专有名词前 the Great Wall长城 the Summer Palace颐和园 the Three Gorges三峡 用于固定搭配中 at the same time 同时 all the year round 全年 in the end 最后 on the right 在右边 by the way 顺便说一下 at the moment 目前 零冠词 助记: 代词限定名词前;物质专有和抽象,学科球棋三餐饭;复数名词表泛指,两节星期月份前;颜色语种和国名,称呼习语及头衔;by与交通两相连 表示泛指意义的物质名词、抽象名词、专有名词前通常不用冠词。 Money is not everything. 金钱不是万能的。 I wish you good luck in your coming competition.我祝你在即将到来的比赛中有好运气。 泛指的复数可数名词表示一类人或事物时,其前不用冠词 Pandas live in the forests and mountains of Southwest China.熊猫生活在中国西南部的森林和山里。 在季节、月份、节日、星期等表示时间的名词前不用冠词 注意:表示特定意义的季节、日期和中国传统节日的名词前常用定冠词。 Spring is the best season of the year.春天是一年中最好的季节。 People give gifts to each other on Christmas Day.人们在圣诞节互相交换礼物。 The Lantern Festival is a traditional Chinese festival.元宵节是中国的一个传统节日。 在学科、语言、三餐、球类运动和棋类名词前不用冠词。 I like physics though it’s a bit difficult.尽管物理有点儿难,我还是喜欢。 称呼语或表示头衔、职位的名词作表语、补足语或同位语及与姓氏连用时,其前不用冠词。 注意:turn后接表示职业的名词做表语时,通常不用冠词;但若名词前有形容词修饰时,则要加冠词。 Doctor,I am not feeling myself today.医生,我今天感觉有些不舒服。 Wendy was made monitor for this month.温蒂当选这个月的班长。He used to be a teacher, but last year he turned writer/a successful writer.他过去是个老师,但是去年他成为了作家/一名成功的作家。 by与表示交通工具的名词连用,表示一种交通方式时,名词前不用冠词 They went to Singapore by air. 他们乘飞机去的新加坡。 名词前已有指示代词、物主代词或不定代词修饰时,不用冠词。 He put his photos on the Internet for everyone to look at.他把他的照片放在网上让大家看。 and 连接的并列名词指同一个人或事物时,后一名词不用冠词 The party was to welcome a teacher and writer.这个聚会时为了欢迎意为老师兼作家。 固定搭配 day and night 日日夜夜

    • 2019-12-31
    • 下载28次
    • 1320.82KB
  • ID:4-6684964 外研版英语七年级上Starter 1-Revision Module B知识点整理(词汇句型语法)

    初中英语/外研(新标准)版/七年级上/本册综合

    外研版七年级上册英语知识点整理(上) 目录 Starter Module 1 My teacher and my friend 3 Starter Module 2 My English lesson 4 Starter Module 3 My English book 5 Starter Module 4 My everyday life 6 Module 1 My Classmates 7 Module 2 My family 10 Module 3 My School 14 Module 4 Healthy food 18 Module 5 My school Day 23 Revision Module A 29 Module 6 A trip to the zoo 30 Module 7 Computers 33 Module 8 Choosing presents 36 Module 9 People and places 39 Module 10 Spring Festival 44 Revision Module B 47 Starter Module 1 My teacher and my friend 重点短语&词组 1.good morning上午好 2.good afternoon下午好 3.thank you谢谢你 4.my teacher我的老师 5.my friend我的朋友 6.Miss Zhou周老师 7.It’s time to do sth. =It’s time for sth. 到做某事的时候了。 It’s time for sb. to do sth.到了某人该做某事的时候了。 重点句型 1.My name's Miss Zhou.我是周老师。 2.What's your name, please?请问你叫什么名字? -My name is...../I'm.....我的名字是.../我是... 3.Can you spell it, please?请问你能拼写一下吗? 4.This is my friend. Her name is Betty.这是我的朋友。她的名字是贝蒂。 5.It's time to go now.现在是走的时间了。 6.Nice to meet you.很高兴见到你。 7. See you tomorrow.?明天见 8. -How are you?你好吗? -I'm fine, thank you.我很好,谢谢。 9.This is Miss Zhou.这是周老师。 重点语法 1.主系表结构 主系表结构由“主语+系动词+表语”构成,系动词主要是指be动词,其变形am, is, are的基本意思为“是”,用来说明某人的年龄、身份、身体状况等。 (1)肯定句式为:主语+am/is/are+其他。 I am a student. 我是一名学生。(说明主语I的身份) 主语 系动词 表语 They are my friends.  他们是我的朋友。 (2)动词be的否定式就是在其后加not。 is not → isn't are not→ aren't am not→ am not(不能缩写) (3)be动词的一般疑问句式是把be动词提至句首,第一个字母要大写,句末用问号。 This is a map.这是一张地图。→Is this a map?这是一张地图吗? They are from Xinjiang. 他们来自新疆。→Are they from Xinjiang? 他们来自新疆吗? I am a student.我是一个学生。→ Are you a student?你是学生吗? Starter Module 2 My English lesson 重点短语&词组 1.sit down坐下 2.stand up起立 3.put up your hand举起你的手 4.a new student一位新生 5.in Class Three在三班 6.Mr Chen's class陈老师的班 7.There be...有.... 重点句型 1.Please?sit?down.请坐 2.Listen.听 3.Open your book.?打开你的书。? 4.Close your book.?合上你的书。? 5.Put up your hand.?举起你的手。? 6.-Are you a new student here??你是一个新学生吗?? -Yes, I am./ No, I'm not. 7.-What class are you in???你在哪个班?? -I'm in Class .... 8.-What's your telephone number??你的电话号码是多少? - It's...... 9.-How old are you??你多大(几岁)了? -I'm ... years old. -How?many?boys?are?there?有多少男孩? -There are... boys. 重点语法 1.祈使句 (1)祈使句可用来表示命令、请求和建议等意义的句子。它的主语you通常省略,谓语动词用原形,表达的是将来的动作。句末用感叹号或句号。 Stand up, please. 请站起来。 Sit down! 坐下! (2)为了表示委婉的语气,可在句首或句尾加上please,但please加在句尾时,前面要用逗号隔开。 Please put up your hands. 请举手。 Close your books, please. 请合上书。 (3)为了明确向对方提出请求或发出命令,可加称呼语,但称呼语要用逗号与句子隔开。 Open your books, boys and girls. 同学们打开你们的书。 Please listen to me, Lingling. 玲玲,请听我说。 2.基数词 (1)基数词就是用来表示数量的单词。英语中就基数词提问时,用how many。 How many boys are there in your class? 你们班里有多少男生? There are nineteen boys. 有19个男孩。 (2)基数词的书写。 ①1~10:one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten ②11~20: eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty ③整十:ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, eighty, ninety ④其他数字:整十-个位数 twenty-two 22 forty-five 45 fifty-three 53 Starter Module 3 My English book 重点短语&词组 1.in English?用英语,用英语说 2.write on?在...上写? 3.write it on?把它写在...上? 4.of course?当然,当然可以? 5. say that again再说一次 重点句型 1.-What's this in English??这个用英语怎么说? -It's....这是... 2.Write it on the blackboard, please.?请把它写在黑板上。? 3.How do you spell “pencil”?你怎么拼写“铅笔”这个单词? 4.Can you say that again, please?请问你能再说一遍吗? 5.-Can you help me, please, Lingling??玲玲,你能帮助我吗? -Yes, of course.?好的,当然。 6.You're welcome.?别客气;不用客气。 7.-What colour is the flower??这花什么颜色? -It's red.花是红色的。 重点语法 1.特殊疑问句 (1)特殊疑问句由特殊疑问词来引导。目前我们学过what, how, how many, how old, what colour等引导的一般疑问句。 What's your name, please? 请问你叫什么名字? How are you?你好吗? How many boys are there? 这里有多少男孩? How old are you? 你多大了? What colour is the cat? 这只猫是什么颜色的? (2)特殊疑问句的语序为“特殊疑问词+一般疑问句”,特殊疑问词在句中有两个作用:一是起引导作用,二是在句中担当一定的句子成分。 What's your telephone number? 你的电话号码是多少? How do you spell “pencil”? 你怎样拼写“pencil”? What's this in English? 这个用英语怎么说? What class are you in? 你在哪个班? Starter Module 4 My everyday life 重点短语&词组 1.in spring?在春??????????????? 2.after school?放学后? 3.good idea?好主意,好想??????? 4.let's?=let us do sth.让我们做某事 5.like swimming?喜欢游泳?????? 6. go swimming?去游泳 重点句型 1.-What?day?is?it?today??今天是星期几?? -Today is.../It's..../星期几 2.Write?it?in?your?book.把它写在你的书上。 3.-What?day?is?it?tomorrow??明天是星期几? -Tomorrow is.../It's.../星期几 4.-What?day?is?your?favourite?day?? 你最喜欢的是哪一天? 5.-What's?the?weather?like?in?spring?? 春天的天气怎么样? -It's warm.天气暖和。? 6.What's?the?weather?like?in?Harbin?in?winter??哈尔滨冬天的天气怎么样?? 7.What's?your?favourite?sport,?Daming?? 大明,你最喜欢的运动是什么?? 8.Let's play football after school.? 让我们放学后一起踢足球吧。 9.Let's?go?swimming?on?Wednesdays.? 让我们星期三一起去游泳吧。 重点语法 1.what引导的特殊疑问句 what引导的特殊疑问句,可以询问星期几,天气,最喜欢的体育运动,在几年级几班等等。 (1)特殊疑问词what day提问星期几。这是常用it来指代时间作主语,也可以用today, tomorrow等名词作主语。答语用It is…或Today/Tomorrow is…。 —What day is it today? 今天星期几? —It is Monday. 今天星期一。 —What day is it tomorrow?明天星期几? —Tomorrow is Tuesday. 明天星期二。 (2)询问天气用What's the weather like(+地点+时间)?来提问,what's是what is的缩写。答语用it来指代天气。 —What's the weather like in Xi'an in summer? 夏天西安的天气怎么样? —It's hot. 天气很热。 (3)What's your favourite+名词?“你最喜欢的……是……”,答语用It's…或直接用名词作简略回答。 —What's your favourite day?你最喜欢星期几? —Sunday.星期天。 —What's your favourite animal?你最喜欢的动物是什么? —It's dog.是狗。 Module 1 My Classmates 重点单词详解 1. Chinese n. 汉语(不可数);中国人(单复数同形) adj. 中国的,中国人的 American n. 美国人;美洲人 adj. 美国的;美国人的;美洲的 welcome v.?“欢迎”??? welcome sb. to...“欢迎某人到......”?? adj.?“受欢迎的” ①?作为形容词在句中常做表语? You are welcome here.?你在这儿是受欢迎的。 ②用作答谢的客套话,表示“不客气,别客气” —Thank you!?谢谢你!? —You are welcome!?不客气! too adv. 也;太 表示“也”,常放在肯定句句尾,表示某情况也适合某人,句尾常用逗号隔开。 I'm a student, too. 我也是一名学生。 表示“太”,修饰形容词或副词的原级。 The room is too big. 这个房间太小了 重点短语&词组 1.be from... =come from... 来自...... 2....years old ......岁 3.what about... =how about... ......怎么样? 4.in Class Ten, Grade Seven 在七年级十班 5.the capital of... ...... 的首都/省会 6.first name =given name 名 7.last name=family name 姓 8.English name 英文名字 9.Chinese name 中文名字 重点句型 1.I'm Chinese, and I'm from China.=I'm Chinese, and I come from China. 我是中国人, 我来自中国 2.—Where are they from? (=Where do they come from?) 他们来自什么哪里? —They are from America.(=They come from America.) 他们来自美国. 3.—How old is that man? 那位男子多少岁了? —He is forty-four. 他44岁 4. The students are in Class Five, Grade Seven.这些学生在七年级五班 5. Tom is in Class One with Lingling. =Tom with Lingling is in Class One. =Tom and Lingling are in Class One.汤姆和玲玲在一班。 6.What about you?=How about you?=And you?你呢?/你怎么样? 7.Welcome to Class 6 Grade 7 ! 欢迎到七年级六班。 8. Beijing is the capital of China. 北京是中国的首都。 9.Good to see you.=Nice to see you.=Glad to see you. 很高兴见到你。 I'm Tony Smith.Tony is my first name and Smith is my last name. 我是Tony Smith,Tony是我的名,Smith是我的姓。 —How do you do? 您好(初次见面) —How do you do??您好 重点语法?? 1.?Be动词的选用及基本句子结构?? 一、动词be作谓语时,和后面的表语一起构成系表结构,说明主语的身份、年龄、状态等。 1. 说明身份。 Tony and Betty are our friends. 托尼和贝蒂是我们的朋友。 2. 说明年龄。 I'm thirteen years old. 我13岁。 3. 说明状态。 We are in our classroom now. 我们现在在教师里。 Shanghai is a very big city. 上海是一个非常大的城市。 I'm in Class 1, Grade 2.? 我在二年级一班。 (表示某年级班级时,先说班级再说年级,class和grade首字母大写) 二、be动词的常用句式。 1. 陈述句是“主语+be+表语+其他”; She is a new student in my class. 她是我们班上新来的学生。 2. 一般疑问句把be提到主语之前,构成疑问句语序,即“Be+主语+其他”; She is from England. 她来自英格兰。 Is she from England? 她来自英格兰吗? I am from China. 我来自中国。 Are you from China? 你来自中国吗? We are good friends. 我们是好朋友。 Are you good friends? 你们是好朋友吗? 3. 特殊疑问句是“特殊疑问词+be动词的一般疑问句”。 Where are you from? 你来自哪里? 2.?人称代词和物主代词(1)? (1)人称代词:? 主格(做主语) I we you you he she it they 宾格(作宾语/表语) me us you you him her it them 物主代词:? 形容词性物主代词(做定语) my our your your his her its their 名词性物主代词(作定语以外成分) mine ours yours yours his hers its theirs 名词性物主代词=形容词性物主代词+名词?eg:?mine?=?my?book 3.?英文名字和中文名字的顺序和规范书写? first name = give name 名字,last name = family name 姓,Middle name 中间名字 ①在英语中,英美名字在前,姓在后; Gorge Washington Bush 名字 中间名 姓 first name Middle name family name ②中国的人名姓在前,名在后。 Li Ming Li Daming Sima Qian Li Li’an 4.?国家名称及其形容词 England - English China - Chinese America - American 知识拓展 What about/ How about…的用法 What about you ?= How about you? 用来询问对方或第三者对前面所讨论话题的看法。 I want to listen to some music. What /How about you? 我想听点音乐,你呢? What about = How about + n./pron./v-ing 表示“怎么样”用来提出建议或请求。 How about listening to some music? 听点音乐怎么样呢? How about some apples? 吃些苹果怎么样? Nice?to?meet?you!?=?It's?nice?to?meet?you!? Glad?to?meet?you!?=?I'm?glad?to?meet?you!? Happy?to?meet?/see?you!=?I'm?happy?to?meet?/see?you!? Module 2 My family 重点单词详解 1.?family?? ?n.?家;?家庭(成员)??集合名词。?? (1)作?“家,家庭整体”??讲,做主语时,谓语动词用单数形式。 ? My?family?is?a?big?one.?我家是个大家庭。 (2)作“家人,家庭成员”?讲,做主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。 ? My?family?are?watching?TV.?我的家人在看电视。 2. woman n. 成年女子,妇女 复数形式( pl.) women man n. 成年男子,男人 复数形式( pl.) men 当man和woman作定语修饰后面的名词,要随着后面名词的复数而变复数。 three women teachers 三名女教师 two men doctors 两名男医生 police ?n.?集合名词,表示警察(总称),单复数同形。 前面一般要用定冠词the,作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。 The?police?are?looking?for?the?lost?boy.?? 警察正在寻找那个丢失的男孩。 job是可数名词,?意为“工作”;? My?father?has?a?job?in?a?factory.?我的父亲在一家工厂里有一份工作。? work n.工作(不可数名词); v.工作(不及物动词)? He?can’t?find?work/a?job?in?the?city.?他在城里找不到工作。 ?I?have?a?lot?of?work?to?do?evry?day.??Jack?works?evry?day.?杰克每天工作。 same??adj.?相同的????pron.?相同的(人/物)? (1)same?作形容词,?意为“相同的”,在句中作定语,常与定冠词the连用。? The?shoes?are?the?same?size.?这些鞋是相同的。? (2)same?作代词意为“相同的(人/物)”。?常用结构:the?same?as... 和...一样 I?think?the?same?as?you?do?about?it.?在这件事上,我的想法和你的一样。? My?birthday?and?hers?are?the?same.??我和她的生日是同一天。 重点短语&词组 a photo of Tony's family 一张Tony 的家庭的照片 on the left of… 在......的左边 next to... 紧挨着.....; 紧靠...... in front of... 在......前面(外面) in/at the front of... 在......前部(内部) Tony’s parents Tony的父母 in the photo 照片上, 在照片中 at the bus station 在公共车站 at a police station 在警察局 a manager of a theater 一位剧院负责人 =a theater manager a manager of a hotel 一位宾馆经理 =a hotel manager at/in the same hospital 在同一家医院 a bus driver 一位公共汽车司机 a farm worker 一位农场工人 a shop worker 一名店员 an English teacher 一位英语教师 16. a man/woman driver 一位男/女司机 复数:men/women drivers 17. go?to?hospital?去医院看病??????? go?to?the?hospital?去医院(不一定是病人)???????? be?in?hospital?生病住院?????????? be?in?the?hospital?在医院里(不一定是病人) 重点句型 1.基本句型 确认人物的句型 ---Is?this?your?mum?这是你的妈妈么?? ---Yes,?she?is./No,?she isn’t.?是的,她是。//不,她不是。 ---Are?these?your?parents?这是你的父母么? ---Yes,?they?are.?/No?they?aren’t.?是的,他们是。/不,他们不是。 询问某人是谁的句型 ---Who’s?the?girl?in?red??穿红色衣服的女生是谁?? ---She?is?my?friend.?她是我朋友。 ---Who?is?the?boy?on?the?left?左边的男生是谁?? ---He?is?my?brother.??他是我哥哥。 表示位置关系的句型 ---My?mum?is?on?the?left/on?the?right.?我妈妈在左边/右边。 ---Her?husband?sits?next?to?her.?她的丈夫在她旁边。 ---I’m?in?front?of?Li?Lei.?我在李磊的前面。 询问某人职业的句型 ---What’s?your?father?/?What’s?your?father’s?job??你父亲是干什么的?? ---What?do?you?do??你是干什么的??? ---What’s?your?sister??你姐姐是干什么的? 表示某人职业的句型 ---My?father?is?a?manager.?我的父亲是一名经理。? ---Her?mother?is?a?nurse.?她的妈妈是一名护士。 ---I’m?a?teacher.?我是一名老师。 2.This is a photo of Tony's family. 这是Tony的一张全家福。 3.What a big family! 多大的一个家庭啊! 4.My mum's parents are on the right. 我母亲的父母在右边 5.The woman next to me is my dad's sister. 紧挨着我的这位女子是我父亲的妹妹。 6.Is this your family ? 这是你的家庭吗? 7.Are these your grandparents ? 这(些)是你的祖父母吗? 8.My mother is the manager of a theater.我的母亲是剧院负责人。 9.My father's job is at a police station. 我父亲在警察局工作。 9.His parents are shop workers. 他的父母是商店工作人员。 重点语法?? ?人称代词和物主代词(2)?? (1)人称代词:? 主格(做主语) I we you you he she it they 宾格(作宾语/表语) me us you you him her it them (2)物主代词:名词性物主代词=形容词性物主代词+名词?eg:?mine?=?my?book? 形容词性物主代词(做定语) my our your your his her its their 名词性物主代词(作定语以外成分) mine ours yours yours his hers its theirs 2.?单数变复数以及名词复数的变化 规则 例词 1 一般情况在词尾加-s map-maps, sea-seas, girl-girls, German-Germans Korean-Koreans,Roman-Romans 2 以s, x, ch, sh结尾的名词后加-es class-classes, box-boxes, watch-watches, dish-dishes 3 以-f或-fe结尾的词 变-f和-fe为v再加-es leaf-leaves, thief-thieves, knife-knives, wife-wives, half-halves 加-s chief-chiefs, proof-proofs, roof-roofs 4 以辅音字母加y结尾的名词,变y为i加-es party-parties, family-families, story-stories, city-cities 5 以元音字母加y结尾的名词,或专有名词以y结尾的,加-s toy-toys, boy-boys, day-days, ray-rays, Henry-Henrys 6 以辅音字母加-o结尾的名词 一般加-es Negro-Negroes, hero-heroes, potato-potatoes, tomato-tomatoes 不少外来词加-s piano-pianos, photo-photos, auto-autos, kilo-kilos, solo-solos 两者皆可 zero-zeros/zeroes, volcano-volcanoes/ volcanos 7 以元音字母加-o结尾的名词加-s radio-radios, bamboo-bamboos, zoo-zoos 8 以-th结尾的名词加-s truth-truths, mouth-mouths, month-months, path-paths, 3.?名词所有格? 在名词前加?“of?”?(常用于无生命的名词) ?I?like?the?colour?of?the?desk.?我喜欢这个桌子的颜色。 在名词后加“’s”,(常用于有生命的名词) 单数名词后一般直接加“’s” These?are?Tom’s?books.?这些是汤姆的书。 以字母s结尾的单数名词或复数名词,在词尾直接加”?’?”,不加s These?are?the?students’?books.? 这些是学生们的书。 不以s结尾的复数名词,在词尾加?“’s?” Today?is?Children’s?Day. ?今天是儿童节。 表示两者或两者以上共同拥有时,只在最后一个名词后用所有格。但表示两者或两者以上分别拥有时,在名词后分别使用所有格。 This?is?Jim?and?Tom’s?book.?? 这是吉姆和汤姆共有的书。? These?are?Jim’s?and?Tom’s?desks. 这些分别是吉姆和汤姆的书。 ?当?“’s”所有格和of所有格结构一起使用时,叫做“双重所有格”。其构成有两种形式:of??+?名词所有格 of?+?名词性物主代词 He?is?a?friend?of?my?father’s.? 他是我爸爸的一个朋友。?? She?is?a?friend?of?mine.?? 她是我的一个朋友。 “s”?所有格后面常省略表示地点、场所的词 He?often?goes?to?his?uncle’s.? 他经常去他叔叔家。 4.?this,?that,?these,?those的基本用法 1. this, that, these和those在英语中称作指示代词。this和that是单数,复数是these和those。指示代词含有方向性,用来指示或标识人或物。this, these指较近的人或物,that, those指较远的人或物。 2. 指示代的疑问句是把助动词提到指示代词之前,答语中this, that一般用it代替,these和those用they代替。 3. 指示代词可以单独使用,也可修饰名词。 This is my family photo.这是我的全家照。 That’s my pencil.那是我的铅笔。 These are my parents.这是我的父母。 Those are Uncle Paul’s son and daughter.那是保罗叔叔的儿子和女儿 This is a farm. 这是一个农场。 Is this a farm? 这是一个农场吗?Yes, it is. /No, it isn’t. Those are my grandparents. 那是我的外祖父母。 Are those your grandparents? 那是你的外祖父母吗?Yes, they are./No, they aren’t. These are desks and those are chairs.这些是桌子,那些是椅子。 These boys are from Class One. Those girls are from Class Two.这些男孩来自一班。那些女孩来自二班。 知识拓展 1.?who与whom? who在句中一般做主语,有时在口语中,用作动词的宾语。 Who?is?your?teacher??谁是你的老师? whom在句中作宾语,口语中可与who替换,但在介词后面作宾语时,只能用whom。 Whom/Who?do?you?like?best??你最喜欢谁????? Whom?are?you?looking?for??你找谁? 2. what,?how引导感叹句的用法:? ?注:感叹句是倒装句,主语和谓语动词位于句尾,口语中常省略。How?big(it?is)!他是多么大啊! what修饰名词或代词,在句中作定语 What?+?a/an?+?adj.?+?单数名词+主语+谓语 What?a?tall?building?it?is!??它是一个多么高的楼啊! What?+?adj.?+?复数名词/不可数名词?+?主语?+?谓语 What?interesting?stories?they?are.??它们是多么有趣的故事啊!? What?nice?weather?it?is.??多么好的天气啊! how修饰形容词和副词,在句中作状语 How?+?adj./adv.?+?主语?+?谓语 How?interesting?the?book?is.??这本书是多么有趣啊! How?hard?they?are?studying.??他们正在多么努力地学习啊! 3. 表示方位的词归纳:? behind?在...后面??? beside?在...旁边??? on?the?left?(?right?)?of... 在......左(右)边? on?the?left?在左边???????? on?the?right?在右边 next?to?在---旁边,紧挨着? ??? ? Module 3 My School 重点单词详解 1. furniture n. 家具(总称),是不可数名词,无复数形式。 We have a lot of furniture in our house.我们家里有许多家具。 a lot of=lots of 许多,大量(可修饰可数名词和不可数名词) There are a lot of/lot’s of books in his house.他家里有许多书。 behind与after辨析? behind?表示方位,方向;after表示时间先后顺序。 Tom?sits?behind?me. 汤姆坐在我后面。? The?boys?often?play?basketball?after?school. 放学后男孩们经常打篮球。 4. between与among?辨析? 一般说来,among 用于三者或三者以上的“在…中间”其宾语通常是一个表示笼统数量或具有复数(或集合)意义的名词或代词;而between 主要指两者之间,其宾语往往是表示两者的名词或代词,或者是由 and 连接的两个人或物: They hid themselves among the trees. 他们躲在树林中。 There was a fight between the two boys. 这两个孩子打过一次架。 I’m usually free between Tuesday and Thursday. 我通常在星期二与星期四之间有空。 before 用作介词,表示在...之前。后常接名词、代词、动名词。用作连词,引导时间状语从句,表示“在...之前”。 ?eg.He?often?does?his?homework?before?8?o’clock.?他经常在八点钟之前做他的作业。? He?often?does?his?homework?before?he?leaves?the?school.他经常在离开学校之前做作业。 before与in?front?of?的辨析 两者都有“在...之前”的意思,当表示“在某位置前”时,两者通用。当表示“某段时间之前时”用before??? She?sits?before/in?front?of?me?in?the?class?room.?在教室里她坐在我前面.?? Please?come?to?see?me?before?Sunday.请在周日之前来看我。 重点短语&词组 1.a lot of furniture 大量的教学设施;大量的家具 2.on everyone’s desk 在每个人的课桌上 on the teacher’s desk 在讲桌上 3.on the wall 在墙上 4.at/in the front of...... 在.....前面(内部) 5.a map of the world 一张世界地图 a map of China 一张中国地图 6.in the dining hall 在食堂里 7.at the school gate 在校门口 8.on/in the playground 在操场上 9.a science lab 一个科学实验室 10.a sports hall 一个体育馆 11.an office building 一幢办公楼 12.a classroom building 一幢教学大楼 13.in the science building 在科学楼里 14.five computer rooms 五间微机室 15.in the middle of...... 在......的中间 16.on the left of...... 在......的左边 17.between the library and the dining hall 在图书馆和食堂之间 18.be for....... 用于......; 为......准备的 重点句型 1.—What’s your classroom like? 你的教室怎样? —It’s really big. 它真的很大 2.—How many students are there in your class?你班上有多少学生? —There are forty-four students in my class.我班上有44位学生。 3.There aren’t any computers in our classroom. 在我们教室里没有电脑。 4.—Are there any computers on everyone’s desk ? 每位学生的课桌上有电脑吗? —Yes, there are some. ( No, there aren’t any.) 是的,有(不,没有。) 5.—What’s in your classroom? 你教室里有什么? —There is a lot of furniture.有大量的教学设备。 6.There is a map and some pictures on the walls. =There are some pictures and a map on the walls. 墙上有一张地图和一些画。 7.Gao Yan’s between Zhao feng and Li Min.高燕在赵峰和李民中间。 8.In the middle of the school is a big play ground. =A big playground is in the middle of the school. 一个大操场在学校中间。 9.—Where is the library? 图书馆在哪里? —It’s next to the science lab. 它在科学楼的旁边。 重点语法 1.There be句型(“某地有某物”或“某处有某人”),各种句式见下表: 肯定 否定 疑问 回答 There is a computer on the teacher’s desk. 老师的讲桌上有台电脑。 There isn’t computer on the teacher’s desk. 老师的讲桌上没有电脑。 Is there a computer on the teacher’s desk? 老师的讲桌上有电脑吗? Yes, there is.是的,有。 No, there isn’t.不,没有。 There is some hot water for you. 给你准备了些热水。 There isn’t any hot water for you. 没有给你准备热水。 Is there any hot water for me? 有给我准备热水吗? Yes, there is. 是的,有。 No, there isn’t. 不,没有。 There are some buildings in our school. 在我们学校里有一些建筑物。 There aren’t any buildings in our school. 在我们学校里没有建筑物。 Are there any buildings in your school? 你们学校有一些建筑物吗? Yes, there are. 是的,有。 No, there aren’t.不,没有。 there be 句型中的主语是be动词后的名词,所以be动词的单复数取决于be动词后第一个名词的单复数形式, There is some furniture and books in the library.图书馆里有一些家具和书籍。 There are some books and furniture in the library.图书馆里有一些书和家具。 2.表方位的介词短语及用法 (1)英语中的介词或介词短语可以表示方位。介词又称前置词,它不能单独作句子的成分 at在(某地点) at the station 在车站 at school 在学校 in在……上/里 in the playground 在操场上 in the library 在图书馆里 on在……上 on the desk 在桌面上 on the blackboard 在黑板上 near在附近 near the school gate 在学校大门附近 near the hotel 在旅馆附近 behind在……后面 behind the building 在建筑物的后面 behind the wall 在墙的后面 on the left/right 在左/右边 The library is in front of the science building. 图书馆在科学楼的前面。 in front of 在……前面(不在物体范围内) in the front of (在物体范围内) The teacher’s desk is in the front of the classroom.老师的讲桌在教室的前面。 in the middle of 在……中间 The playground is in the middle of the school.操场在学校的中间。 between 在……之间 between…and… 在……和……之间 The library is between the dining hall and the science lab.图书馆在餐厅和科学实验室之间。 (2)介词短语在句中的作用: 1. 修饰名词,位于名词的后面,翻译时常根据汉语习惯放在名词前。 The building on the left is the sports hall.左边的建筑物是体育馆。 2. 位于be动词的后面,说明主语所处的位置。 The sports hall is on the left. 体育馆在左边。 3. 修饰动词,说明动作发生的地点。 Write it on the left. 把它写在左边。 3.数词的表达 表示数目的词称为基数词。其形式如下: 从1——10 one,two,three,four,five,six,seven,eight,nine,ten 从 11——19 eleven,twelve, thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen,eighteen, nineteen 从 21——99 twenty,twenty-one,thirty,forty,fifty,sixty,seventy,eighty,ninety 百位数 个数基数词形式加“hundred”,表示几百,在几十几与百位间加上and. 101 a hundred and one 320 three hundred and twenty 648 six hundred and forty-eight 千位数以上 2,648 two thousand six hundred and forty-eight 16,250,064 sixteen million two hundred and fifty thousand sixty-four 5,237,166,234 five billion,two hundred and thirty-seven million,one hundred and sixty-six thousand,two hundred and thirty-four 表示不确切数字 成百、成千上万,三三两两时,基数词则以复数形式出现 There are hundreds of people in the hall. 大厅里有数以百计的人。 Thousands and thousands of people come to visit the Museum of Qin Terra-Cotta Warriors and Horses every day. 每天有成千上万的人来参观秦兵马涌博物馆。 They went to the theatre in twos and threes. 他们三三两两地来到了剧院。 人的不确切岁数或年代 用几十的复数形式表示 He became a professor in his thirties. 他三十多岁时成为了教授。 She died of lung cancer in forties. 她四十来岁时死于肺癌。 It was in the 1960s. 那是在二十世纪六十年代。 句法功能 基数词在句中可作主语、宾语、定语、表语、同位语。 The two happily opened the box. 两个人高兴地打开了盒子。(作主语) I need three altogether. 我总共需要三个。(作宾语) Four students are playing volleyball outside. 四个学生在外面打排球。(作定语) We are sixteen. 我们是16个人。(作表语) They three tried to finish the task before sunset. 他们三个人尽力想在日落前完成任务。(作同位语) 知识拓展 when的用法: ①when用在特殊疑问句中用作特殊疑问词表示“什么时间”。 When do?you?go?to?school? 你什么时候去上学?? ②when在复合句中,用作关系副词,引导时间状语从句。? I?want?to?be?a?teacher,when?I?grow?up.?当我长大时,我想成为一名教师。 Module 4 Healthy food 重点单词详解 1.?food??n.?食物,食品(不可数)????[指很多种类时,为可数名词] junk?food?垃圾食品????fast?food?快餐???? ?He?likes?Chinese?food?very?much.?他非常喜欢中国食物。? Bread?is?a?good?food.?面包是一种好食品。? 2.?fruit??n.?水果?? ①表示水果总称时,通常用单数形式 I?like?eating?fruit.?我喜欢吃水果。 ②表示水果种类时,用复数形式。 There?are?fruits?on?the?table.?桌子上有许多水果。? 3.?chicken??n.?鸡肉(不可数);小鸡?(可数)? fish n.鱼肉(不可数); 鱼(单复数同形) fishes表示不同种类的鱼 I?like?chicken,?but?I?don’t?like?fish.?我喜欢鸡肉,但不喜欢鱼肉。? There?are?some?chickens?are?under?the?tree.?树下有几只小鸡。? There?are?all?kinds?fishes?in?the?river.?河里有各种各样的鱼。 healthy? adj. 健康的???反义词unhealthy???? The?children?look?very?healthy.?孩子们看上去很健康。(作表语)? She?has?an?unhealthy?baby.?她有一个不健康的婴儿。(作定语)? 5.?bread? n.?面包(不可数)?a?piece?of?bread?一片面包? cake? n.?蛋糕(可数)??????a?cake?一块蛋糕? 6. remember ①remember?sth.?记起某事物?? ②remember?to?do?记得去做某事???? Remember?to?buy?me?a?cake.?记得给我买个蛋糕。 ③remember?doing?sth.?记得曾经做过某事? ??? Remember?seeing?him?somewhere.?我记得曾经在某地看见过他。 7. there?be?与have?辨析 (1)?there?be?表示“某地存在某人/某物”。其结构为“there?be?+?名词?+?地点”。be动词的单复数形式要随其后第一个名词的单复数形式而变化(“就近原则”)。? There?are?some?apples?on?the?tree.?树上有一些苹果。? ?? There?is?an?orange?and?two?apples?on?the?table.?桌子上有一个桔子和两个苹果?。? (2)?have?/?has?(got)?表示“某人拥有某物”。强调东西的归属。? He?has?(got)?a?dog.他有只狗。? He?hasn’t?(got)?any?mony.?他没有多少钱。? I?don’t?have?a?watch.?我没有手表。? She?doesn’t?have?a?watch,?too.?她也没有手表。 8. many与much辨析?? 许多,大量? many修饰可数名词,?后接复数名词; much修饰不可数名词。? There?are?some?books?in?the?bag.?包里有一些书。? There?is?not?any?water?in?the?cup.?杯子里没有水。 9. some与any辨析 一些(修饰可数名词和不可数名词) some用于肯定句,?any用于否定句和疑问句及条件状语从句,两者即可。? ?I?have?many?books.?我有许多书。? He?has?much?money.?他有许多钱。 10. good与?well?辨析 (1)?good??adj.?“好的”,作定语修饰名词或代词;作表语位于系动词之后。? (2)?well??adj.?&?adv.?“好”,?作表语表示身体健康,作状语修饰动词,常位于句末。 11. or与and?辨析 or 表示“和”“又”时,连接并列成分(用在否定句中);作连词,表示“或者”“否则” and表示“和”“又”时,连接并列成分(用在肯定句中) I?like?fish?and?chicken.?我喜欢吃鱼肉和鸡肉。? He?doesn’t?like?English?or?mach.?他不喜欢英语和数学。????? Is?your?friend?a?boy?or?a?girl??你的朋友是男孩还是女孩? 重点短语&词组 1.have/has got... 某人有...... 2.healthy food and drink 健康的饮品和饮料 unhealthy food and drink 不健康的饮品和饮料 3.go shopping for sth. =go to buy sth 去买...... 4.too much +不可数; too many+可数复数 太多....... 5.be good for... 对......有好处 6.be bad for… 对......有害处 7.lots of...= a lot of...=many+可数复数 大量的......;许多...... lots of...= a lot of...=much+不可数 8.get sth for sb=buy sth for sb 为某人买...... 9.what kind of... 什么种类的...... 10.one’s favourite food and drink 某人最喜欢的食品饮料 11.chicken soup 鸡汤 12.stay healthy 保持健康 13.eat well 吃好 14.have a good breakfast 吃一顿营养早餐 15.have sth for breakfast 在早餐吃...... 16.remember to do sth 记得做...... 17.a bit tired 有一点儿累 重点句型 1.We've got lots of apples. 我们有大量的苹果。 2.He hasn't got any meat. 他没有一些肉。 3.Have you got any chocolate? 你们有一些巧克力吗? Yes, we have. / No, we haven't. 是的,我们有。/不,我们没有。 4.Let's go shopping for food and drink.让我们去买一些食品饮料吧。 5.Let's get some coffee for your mum.让我们给你妈妈买点咖啡吧。 6.Too much chocolate isn’t good for you. 太多的巧克力对你不好。 7.What kind of fruit ? 什么种类的水果? 8.Cola is bad for you. 可乐对你有害。 9.How about some orange juice? 一些橘汁怎么样? Good idea. 好主意。 10.Is your food and drink healthy? 你的饮食健康吗? 11.It is important to stay healthy. 保持健康很重要。 12.There are lots of fruit and vegetables for lunch, but there isn’t any cola or candy . 午餐有许多水果蔬菜,但没有可乐和糖果。 13.Please remember to buy some fruit. 请记住买一些水果。 14.I'm a bit tired. 我有一点儿累。 15.基本句型 表示某人喜欢某物或喜欢做某事。 like?sth.?/doing?sth.? Do?you?like?English??你喜欢英语吗? Do?you?like?studying?English??你喜欢学英语吗? 表示某人不喜欢某物或不喜欢做某事 dislike sth./doing sth. I?dislike/don’t?like?apples.?我不喜欢苹果。? He?dislikes?/?doesn’t?like?eating?apples.?他不喜欢吃苹果。 询问某人喜欢什么或最喜欢什么 What?do/does/did?sb.?like.或What’s?one’s?favorite...?? What?do?you?like??你喜欢什么?? What?does?she?like??她喜欢什么?? What’s?your?favorite?fruit??你最喜欢的水果是什么? 用来提出建议和请求的句型 Let’s do sth.“让我们...吧”(建议) how?about?/what?about sth./doing sth.“...怎么样”(建议和请求) Let’s?go?swimming?now.?我们现在去游泳吧!? How/what?about?going?shopping?with?me??和我一起去购物吧? It?is?+?adj.+?for?(of)?sb.+?to?do?sth.?“做某事对某人.......” of?用于形容词表示人的性格,特征,品质时,如kind,?clever,?foolish等。 for用于修饰事件的形容词,如good, bad, important等 It?is?important?for?me?to?study?English?well.?学好英语对我开说很重要。? It?is?kind?of?you?to?help?me.?你能帮助我真的是太好了。 重点语法 1.have/has got 的含义及句子结构 ①have/has got 的用法。 肯定句句型为“主语+have/has got +名词或代词” 第三人称单数用has,其他人称用have 助动词have/has可以和主语构成缩写形式 We have got some meat in the fridge. (= We’ve got some meat in the fridge.)我们冰箱里还有些肉。 She has got some chocolate. 她有一些巧克力。(肯定句) 变一般疑问句时把have/has提到主语之前,答语中使用助动词have/has来回答 Has she got any chocolate? 她有一些巧克力吗?(一般疑问句) Yes, she has. 是的,她有。/ No, she hasn’t. 不,她没有。 变否定句时,在have/has后加not,也可以缩写成haven’t或hasn’t 英式英语中表示“某人有...”?时,要用have/has?got变否定时,在have/has后加not,?变疑问句时,把have/has提到句首。 而在美式英语中,用have/has表示“拥有”,变成否定句和疑问句时,借助助动词do,does和did。 She hasn’t got any chocolate. 她没有巧克力。(否定句) We’ve?got?lots?of?apples.?/?We?have?lots?of?apples. 我们有许多苹果。 He?hasn’t?got?any?meat?./?He?doesn’t?have?any?meat.? 他没有肉了。? Have?you?got?any?chocolate??/Do?you?have?any?chocolate?? 你有巧克力吗? ?②have/has got与there be句型。 have/has got表示“拥有,有”,即一种所属关系,主语通常是人或机构、组织等 Tony has got two basketballs. 托尼有两个篮球。 there be句型的“有”表示某地有某物或某人,强调的是一种客观存在,主语是there be句型后的名词或代词 There are two basketballs behind the door. 门后面有两个篮球。 注意:表示机构或组织“有”时,there be句型或have/has got有时可以通用。 Our school has a large playground. 我们学校有一个大操场。 There is a large playground in our school. 我们学校里有一个大操场。 2.可数名词和不可数名词 ①名词的分类 ②常见的可数名词单数变复数的规则 单数变复数分为规则变化和不规则变化两种。 1. 规则变化如下表: 规则 例词 1 一般情况在词尾加-s map-maps, sea-seas, girl-girls, German-Germans Korean-Koreans,Roman-Romans 2 以s, x, ch, sh结尾的名词后加-es class-classes, box-boxes, watch-watches, dish-dishes 3 以-f或-fe结尾的词 变-f和-fe为v再加-es leaf-leaves, thief-thieves, knife-knives, wife-wives, half-halves 加-s chief-chiefs, proof-proofs, roof-roofs 4 以辅音字母加y结尾的名词,变y为i加-es party-parties, family-families, story-stories, city-cities 5 以元音字母加y结尾的名词,或专有名词以y结尾的,加-s toy-toys, boy-boys, day-days, ray-rays, Henry-Henrys 6 以辅音字母加-o结尾的名词 一般加-es Negro-Negroes, hero-heroes, potato-potatoes, tomato-tomatoes 不少外来词加-s piano-pianos, photo-photos, auto-autos, kilo-kilos, solo-solos 两者皆可 zero-zeros/zeroes, volcano-volcanoes/ volcanos 7 以元音字母加-o结尾的名词加-s radio-radios, bamboo-bamboos, zoo-zoos 8 以-th结尾的名词加-s truth-truths, mouth-mouths, month-months, path-paths, 2. 不规则变化需要特殊记忆 单复数相同 sheep-sheep,?deer-deer,?fish-fish,?Chinese-Chinese,?Japanese-Japanese 单复数不相同 man-men,?woman-women,?child-children,?foot-feet,?goose-geese,?mouse-mice,?tooth-teeth 3.some 和any的用法 4.祈使句 用来表示请求、命令、建议、劝告等。一般以动词原形开头,无时态和数的变化。句末用句号或感叹号。表示委婉语气时,可在句首或句尾加please。祈使句分为肯定祈使句和否定祈使句。 肯定祈使句 动词原形+其他 Open the door, please. 请打开门。 Be careful. 小心点。 let’s+动词原形+其它 Let’s go swimming. 让我们去游泳吧。 否定祈使句 在谓语动词前加Don’t Don’t stand there! 别站在那里 Don’t be too worried! 别太担心了! 知识拓展 1. too many, too much与much too (1)too many意为“太多”,用来修饰复数可数名词。用法同many。 (2)too much意为“太多”,用来修饰不可数名词,用法同much。 (3)much too 意为“太”, 用来修饰形容词和副词,用法同too。 2.?not?与no??不,没有? ?no=not?a/an? There?is?no?student?in?the?classroom.?=?There?isn’t?a?student?in?the?classroom.教室里没有学生。 no=not?any. There?is?no?money?in?the?bag.??=?There?isn’t?any?money?in?the?bag.?包里没有钱。 3.?so的用法?:so?为连词,意为“所以,以至于”,引导结果状语从句,但是不能与because同用。? Speak?loud,?so?we?can?hear?you.?大声点,以至于我们能听到你。 4. be?good?for?对...有好处 Drinking?much?water?is?good?for?your?health.?多喝水对健康有好处。 be?bad?for?对...有坏处。? Eating?too?much?junk?food?is?bad?for?your?health.?吃垃圾食品对你健康有坏处。 Module 5 My school Day 重点单词详解 1.?lesson与class? lesson与class作“一节课”讲时,两者可以互换。? 区别:lesson表示“功课,课程,教训”,而class不可以。 class可以表示“班级,学生”,而lesson不可以。? We?have?two?English?lessons/classes?every?day.? 我们每天上两节英语课。? They?do?their?lessons?every?day.?他们每天做功课。? There?are?forty-six?students?in?my?class.?我们班里有46名学生。? Please?be?quiet,?class.?同学们,请安静。 2.?like, love与enjoy的区别? 区别:? (1)like表示一般的“喜欢,爱好”?。 like sb./sth/doing/to do (2)love表示“热爱,喜爱”。感情色彩比like强烈。 love sb./sth/doing/to do? (3)Enjoy表示“享受,欣赏,喜欢”, enjoy sth/doing enjoy oneself玩的开心 He?likes/loves/enjoys?English.他喜欢英语。? He?likes/loves?to?study/studying?English.他喜欢学英语。? He?enjoys?studying?English.他喜欢学英语。 ?talk??v.?谈论,谈话(不及物动词)? talk?to/with?sb.?向/和某人谈话??? talk?about?sth.谈论某事 ?I?want?to?talk?with?you?about?the?picture.? 我想和你谈论一下这幅图画。? You?should?talk?to?me?about?your?English?study.? ?你应该向我说一下你的英语学习。 ?break??? break?作动词,意为“打破,弄坏”,为及物动词。?? He?often?breaks?his?glasses.他经常弄坏他的眼镜。? break?作名词,意为“休息”,为不可数名词,相当于rest, ? have?a?break?=?have?a?rest休息一下 6. busy??adj.??忙的?? be?busy?with?sth.?忙于某事???? be?busy?doing?sth.忙于做某事? They?are?busy?studying?English.?=?They?are?busy?with?English? 他们在忙于学英语。 重点短语&词组 1.my school day 我的学校生活 2.on Tuesday 在星期二 3.have Chinese=have a Chinese lesson 上语文课 4.at five to nine =at eight fifty-five 在八点五十五 5.at half past seven =at seven thirty 在七点半 6.on Wednesday afternoon 在星期三下午 7.be good at...=do well in... 擅长于......, 在......做得好 8.talk with/to sb 和......谈话 9.on weekdays=on the weekday 在工作日 10.go to school 上学 11.go home 回家 12.have a healthy breakfast 吃健康早餐 13.go swimming 去游泳 14.play football 踢足球 15.play with sb 和......玩耍 16.make apple juice 制作苹果汁 17.in the kitchen . 在厨房里 18.do sports 进行体育锻炼 19.want to do sth 想做...... 20.on weekends=on the weekend 在周末 21.get up 起床 22.have breakfast 吃早饭 23.be next to.... 紧挨着.. 24.start work=start lessons 开始工作/学习 25.have a break (for twenty minutes) 休息(20分钟) 26.go to the playground 到操场 27.watch TV 看电视 28.have dinner with sb 和...... 吃晚饭 29.do one's homework 做某人的家庭作业 30.do one's maths homework 做某人的数学家庭作业 31.go to bed 上床睡觉 in?bed卧床(指人因病卧床或卧床休息) on?the?/?one’s?bed在某张/某人的床上 make?the/one’s?bed?整理床铺? 32.go to sleep 入睡 33.wash one's face 洗脸 34.make sb/sth +形容词 使某人/物怎么样 make him happy 使他开心 make the room clean使房间干净 35.have a busy day 度过繁忙的一天 36.after school 放学后(表时间的短语) 37.finish school 放学(实义动词短语) 重点句型 1.基本句型 对时间提问 What time is it? What’s the time? It’s + 时间点 --- What time is it?几点了? --- It’s half past eight. 八点半了。 对星期几提问 What day is it today? It’s+星期几 --- What day is it today?今天星期几? --- It’s Saturday.星期六。 对日期提问 What’s the date today? It’s+日期 --- What’s the date today? 今天几号? --- It’s October 27 th. 今天是10月27日。 2. What are our lessons on Monday? 星期一我们有什么课? =What lessons do we have on Monday? 星期一我们上什么课? 3. We have Chinese at 8:00 and science at 8:55. 8:00上语文,8:55上科技。 4. It’s interesting to study maths . 学数学有趣。 5. I like the lessons on Tuesday afternoon. 我喜欢星期二下午的课。 6. They don’t have geography on Friday.他们在星期五不上地理课。 7. Do you have PE on Thursday afternoon?你们在星期二下午上体育课吗? 8. I love history and I’m good at it. 我喜欢历史,我擅长历史。 9. My favourite subject is English . 我最喜欢的课程是英语。 10. I can talk with my Chinese friends.我能和我的中国朋友交谈。 11. Maths is difficult for Betty. 对于Betty来说,学习数学难。 =It’s difficult for Betty to study maths. 12. What time is your art lesson? 你的美术课在什么时候? I have art at 3:00pm on Wednesday.我在星期三下午3:00上美术课。 13. We start work at nine o’clock. 我们在九点钟开始上课。 14. My school is next to my home. 学校紧挨着我的家。 15. We have a break for thirty minutes. 我们休息30分钟。 16. We have lunch in the dining hall at 12:20. 12:20我们在食堂吃午饭。 17.I have a busy day on Saturday.星期六我度过了繁忙的一天。 18.The students have eight lessons every day.这些学生每天上八节课。 19.Mr.Li makes maths lessons interesting.李老师使数学课有趣。 20.I do my maths homework first after school. 放学后我首先做我的数学作业。 重点语法 1.时间的表达及提问 1. 表示几点钟用基数词加可以省略的o’clock 5:00 读作five o’clock 或 five 2. 表示“几点过几分”,在分钟后加past,再加小时(用于不超过半点时) 6:07 读作 seven past six 六点过七分 8:10 读作 ten past eight 八点过十分 7:30 读作 half past seven 七点半 9:15 读作 a quarter past nine 九点过一刻 3. 表示“几点差几分”,在分钟后面加to,再加小时(用于超过半点时) 7:50 读作 ten to seven 差十分钟八点 11:55 读作 five to twelve 差五分钟十二点 10:45读作 a quarter to eleven 差十五分钟十一点 4. 直接表达法:以小时、分钟为单位分别读出数学。数字“0”读作字字母“O”,而不是zero 6:31 读作 six thirty-one 10:26 读作 ten twenty-six 14:03 读作 fourteen o three 2.行为动词的一般现在时 ①行为动词 1. 行为动词也叫实义动词,即具有明确动作意义的动词。和系动词be不一样,行为动词在句中可以独立作谓语。而系动词be要和后面的的表语一起构成系表结构作谓语。 We are all busy on weekdays. 我们在工作日都很忙。 Lingling’s mother works at the theatre. 玲玲的妈妈在剧院工作。 I do my homework after super and go to bed at ten o’clock.晚饭后我做作业,在10点钟上床睡觉。 2. 行为动词分为及物动词和不及物动词,及物动词后面跟宾语,即动作的对象。不及物动词后面不能直接跟宾语。 (1)后面必须跟宾语意义才完整的实义动词,叫做及物动词(transitive verb,缩写vt.) (2)本身意义完整,后面不须跟宾语的实义动词,叫做不及物动词(intransitive verb,缩写vi.)。若不及物动词后要跟宾语,必须先在其后添加上某个介词,如to,of ,at等后方可跟上宾语。 We start lessons at half past one in the afternoon. 我们下午1点半开始上课。 How?long?can?I?keep?the?book?这本书我可以借多久呢? Birds can fly. 小鸟会飞。 Many people wait at the station. 许多人在车站等候。 Please listen to me. 请听我说。 ②一般现在时 概念 表示谓语是经常性和习惯性发生的动作或存在的状态。谓语动词往往是具有一般性,经常性,习惯性和规律性的动作或状态特征。 常见的标志词 always, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, never, every?day, every?week, every?month, every?year, once?a?week,?twice?a?month. 谓语动词形式 当主语是第三人称表示单个的人或物时,谓语动词使用第三人称单数形式,其他情况下谓语动词用动词原形。? We?have?Chinese?at?eight?o’clock.?我们八点上语文。? We?don’t?have?maths?on?Sunday.?我们周日不上数学。? He?has?an?English?lesson?every?day.?他每天有一节英语课。? They?don’t?go?to?school?on?Sunday.?他们周日不去上学。? She?studies?English?at?home?every?night.?她每晚上在家学英语。? Li Ping?usually?goes?to?school?by?bike.?李平通常骑自行车去上学。 动词原形变动词三单形式的规则 A.?一般在词尾加s,清辅音后发/s/,元音和浊辅音后发/z/。? 如:work-works,?swim-swims,?play-plays.? B.?以字母s,?x,?ch,?sh结尾的词,在词尾加es,发/iz/。? 如:pass-passes,?fix-fixes,?watch-watches,?wash-washes? C.?以辅音字母+?y结尾的词,变y为i,加es,发/iz/或/aiz/。? 如:study-studies,?fly-flies,?cry-cries,carry-carries? 行为动词一般现在时的疑问句或否定句 借助于助动词do/does来构成。第三人称单数用does。变成疑问句时把do/does提前;变否定句时,在do/does后面加not,可以缩写为don’t/doesn’t I have breakfast at 7 o’clock. 我早上七点吃早餐。(肯定句) I don’t have breakfast at 7 o’clock. 我不是早上七点吃早餐。(否定句) Do you have breakfast at 7 o’clock? 你是早上七点吃早餐吗?(一般疑问句) Yes, I do. 是的,我是。/No, I don’t. 不,我不是。 She goes to school today. 今天她去学校。(肯定句) She doesn’t go to school today. 今天她不去学校。(否定句) Does she go to school today?今天她去学校吗?(一般疑问句) Yes, she does.是的,她去。/ No, she doesn’t. 不,她不去。 知识拓展 1.?have的用法:? (1)have用作实意动词,意为“吃(喝)”,后跟表示三餐的名词breakfast,?lunch,?supper,?dinner时,名词前一般不加定冠词。? When?do?you?have?lunch??你什么时候吃早饭?? I?want?to?have?some?meat.?我想吃些肉。? (2)have用作实意动词表示“拥有;上课;举办;进行”的意思。? He?has?three?brothers.他有三个哥哥。? We?have?an?English?class?in?the?morning.?我们上午上一节英语课。? They?often?have?a?meeting?in?the?room.?他们经常在这房间里开会。 2.do?one’s?homework?做某人的家庭作业?? 这里的one’s表示“某人的”,要与主语人称一致。homework为不可数名词。? She?does?her?homework?everyday.?她每天做家庭作业。? I?often?do?my?homework?at?school.?我经常在学校做家庭作业。 表示时间的介词in,?on?和at的辨析:? Revision Module A 重点短语&词组 1.go to school 上学 2.go home 回家 3.have a healthy breakfast 吃健康早餐 4.go swimming 去游泳 5.play football 踢足球 6.play with sb 和......玩耍 7.make apple juice 制作苹果汁 8.in the kitchen 在厨房里 9.do sports 进行体育锻炼 10.want to do sth 想做...... 重点句子 1.My favourite day of the week is Saturday.这周我最喜欢的一天是星期六。 2.I go to the library and read my favourite book.我去图书馆读我最喜欢的书。 3.I read stories to my old friend . 我读故事给我老朋友听。 4.I can make afternoon tea for you. 我可以给你沏下午茶。 5.I do sports with my friends in the afternoon.下午我和我的朋友进行体育锻炼。 6.Daming lives with his grandparents. 大明和他祖父母住在一起。 7.I eat healthy food for lunch. 中午我吃健康食品。 8.What for?=Why? 为什么呢? 9.I want to make apple juice for you. 我想给你制作苹果汁。 Module 6 A trip to the zoo 重点单词详解 trip n. 旅行,通常指短途旅行 on a trip“在旅行期间”。 make/take/have a trip “旅行” a?trip?to…(后接目的地)??“去……的旅行” a?trip?to?China?中国之旅???????? a?trip?to?Wuhan??武汉之旅 He is going to make a day trip to Hong Kong. 他想进行香港一日游。 I’m on a business trip to Japan. 我正在日本出差。 kind ?可数名词,意为“种类”。 ①a?kind?of? 一种......????????? The?dog?is?a?kind?of?animal.?狗是一种动物。? ②all?kinds?of? 各种各样的...... There?are?all?kinds?of?books?in?the?bookshop.?这家书店里有各种各样的书。?? ③many?kinds?of? 许多种......? There?are?many?kinds?of?vegetables?in?the?garden.?花园里有许多种蔬菜 different是形容词,意为“不同的”,后跟可数名词时用复数形式。 There?are?different?kinds?of?animals?here.?这儿有不同种类的动物。 ①be?different?from?不同于? Your?watch?is?different?from?mine.??你的表和我的不同。 ②difference(n.)不同 4. Africa? 非洲 African非洲的 Asia—Asian??亚洲—亚洲的? Australia—Australian??澳洲—澳洲的? Europe—European??欧洲—欧洲的? America—American???美洲—美洲的 5. live (vi.)“活着,居住”? live?in+地点名词 “住在...” 6. alone ①(adv.)“孤独地,独自地”?? I?like?to?work?alone.??我喜欢独自一人工作。 ②(adj.)“孤独的,单独的”,放在be动词之后。? She?is?alone?at?home.??她独自一人在家。 alone和lonely辨析 alone?孤独的,指的是独自一人?? lonely?孤独的,指内心的孤独 She?is?alone at home,?but?she?don’t?feel?lonely.??? 她独自一人在家,但并不觉得孤独。 重点短语&词组 1.a trip to the zoo 到动物园的参观,动物园之旅 2.welcome to... 欢迎到...... 3.many kinds of... 许多种...... 4.such as... 比如...... 5.different countries 不同的国家 6.look at.... 看...... 7.Lingling the panda 熊猫玲玲 8.the black and white animal 黑白相间的动物 9.live in Africa 生活在非洲 10.a little fruit 一点儿水果 11.30 kilos of bamboo a day 每天30公斤竹子 a kilo of...一千克... 12.as well as... 并且,也,还有...... 13.the favourite of people 人们最喜欢的=people’s favourite 14.all over the world=all around the world 全世界 15.an African animal 一只非洲动物 16.live alone 单独生活 17.be good at swimming 擅长游泳 18.catch other animals for food 抓其他动物为食 19.the world of animals 动物世界 重点句型 1.Welcome to Beijing Zoo. 欢迎到北京动物园。 welcome?to…??“欢迎来到……” 2.The zoo has many kinds of animals.动物园里有许多种类的动物。 =There are kinds of animals in the zoo. 3.The animals come from different countries and eat different food. 这些动物来自不同的国家,吃不同的食物。 4.They also eat plants. 他们也吃植物。 5.Do pandas eat plants and leaves? 熊猫吃植物和叶子吗? Sure. They love bamboo. 当然。它们喜爱竹子。 6.Shall we go and see pandas? 我们去看熊猫好吗? Yes. Let’s go. 好的。我们走吧。 7.Which is Lingling the panda ? 哪一只是熊猫玲玲? 8.There is a panda called Lingling. 有一只叫玲玲的熊猫。 9.Is?there?a?panda?called?Tony...???有叫托尼.....的熊猫吗?? called?Tony意为“被称为托尼的”,called在句中作a?panda的后置定语,相当于named 10.A panda doesn’t eat meat . 熊猫不吃肉。 11.The tiger lives in Asia. 老虎生活在亚洲。 =The tiger comes from Asia. 12.A panda eats about 30 kilos of bamboo a day. 一只熊猫每天吃30斤竹子 13.They eat bamboo, as well as plants and leaves. 它们吃竹子,还有植物和叶子。 14.A panda is the favourite of people all over the world. 熊猫是全世界人民的最爱。 15.The zebra is an African animal. 斑马是非洲动物。 = The zebra comes from Africa. 16.The tiger likes living alone, and it is good at swimming. 虎喜欢独居,同时擅长游泳。 17.The tiger often catches many kinds of animals for food. 虎经常抓其他动物为食。 重点语法 1.行为动词一般现在时第三人称单数的各种句式 否定句式 行为动词一般现在时第三人称单数的否定句式是在动词前加does not构成,可以缩写成doesn’t。后跟动词原形。即:主语+doesn’t+动词原形+其他 The elephant doesn’t eat meat. 大象不吃肉。 She doesn’t like hamburgers. 她不喜欢吃汉堡包。 疑问句式 行为动词一般现在时第三人称单数变为疑问句时,在句首加助动词does构成,后跟动词原形。即:Does +主语+动词原形+其他。其简略回答形式用“Yes, 主语+助动词does”或“No, 主语+助动词does+not” Does the elephant eat plants? 大象吃植物吗? Yes, it does. 是的,它吃。/ No, it doesn’t. 不,它不吃。 注意:在以have 或has为主要动词的句子中,可以直接将动词have或has提前放于句首构成一般疑问句,也可以在句首加动词do或does构成。 The zoo has got many kinds of animals. 这个动物园里有很多种动物。 Has the zoo got many kinds of animals? 这个动物园里有很多种动物吗? Does the zoo have got many kinds of animals? 这个动物园里有很多种动物吗? 行为动词的第三人称单数的构成 一般情况下直接加s work--works, read--reads, like--likes 以“辅音字母+o”结尾加es go--goes, do--does 以s, x, ch, sh结尾加es wash--washes, watch--watches 以“辅音字母+y”结尾,把y变成i,再加es。 study--studies, carry--carries 2.倒装句 Look!?There?she?is!???看!她在那儿!? 这句话的正常语序是“Look,?she?is?there.”?there提前是为了强调地点。?副词there,?here等置于句首使用倒装语序。? 注意:?当主语是名词时用完全倒装,即“There/Here?+?谓语?+?主语” Here?are?the?books.?给你书。? There?goes?the?thief!?有贼!??? 当主语是人称代词时,则不用倒装,即“There/Here?+?主语?+?谓语”?? There?you?go?again.?你又来这一套。? Here?you?are.?给你。 3.宾语从句 Some?people?think?it?carries?water?in?the?humps?on?its?back,?but?it’s?not?true.????一些人认为骆驼背上的驼峰里贮存着水,但这不是真的。 “it?carries?water?in?the?humps?on?its?back”作think的宾语,因为作宾语的是个句子而非一个词,故称之为宾语从句。“Some?people?think”是主句部分;而“it?carries?water?in?the?humps?on?its?back”是从句部分。? I?think?(that)?he?is?right.?我认为他是对的。?????? 知识拓展 1.表示来自有2种说法:come?from/?is?from。? He?comes?from?America.?=He?is?from?America.?他来自美国。 2.for?example和such?as?辨析 for example 一般只以同类事物或人中的“一个”为例。如果作插入语,用逗号隔开。 For?example,?London?is?the?capital?of?Britain.?例如,伦敦是英国的首都。? Tony,?for?example,?is?a?good?student.?例如,托尼就是个好学生。? such?as 用来列举同类人或事物中的几个例子 She likes animals, such as kangaroos, pandas and monkeys. Module 7 Computers 重点单词详解 1.??mouse???n.? ①鼠标,其复数形式为mouses. ? My?mouse?is?broken,?so?I?need?to?get?a?new?one.? 我的鼠标坏了,得去买个新的。??? ? ②老鼠,其复数形式为mice?. When?the?cat?is?away,?the?mice?will?play.??[谚]猫儿不在,鼠儿成精。??? 2.?connect??vt.?连接 ①connect?…with…?把…和…连接在一起? The?living?room?connects?with?the?toilet.? 客厅与卫生间相连。??? ②connect…to…?意为:把…连接到…? How?do?you?connect?to?the?Internet? 你怎样连网? 3. learn??vi./vt.?学,学习 learn?to?do?sth.?学习做某事? You?have?to?learn?to?take?care?of?yourself.????你得学会照顾好自己。 ?4.use ?vt.?使用?? How?can?I?use?the?washing?machine?我怎样用洗衣机?? ①use??n.?用处,用途? He?explained?the?use?of?the?word.他解释那个词的用法。??? ②useful??adj.?有用的? A?dictionary?is?useful?in?English?study.字典对英语学习有用。??? save???vt.?保存;储存;挽救,拯救;节省,节约? Save?the?document?before?closing.?在关闭文档前存盘。??? He?can?save?the?girl’s?life.?他能救这个女孩的性命。??? We?should?save?water.?我们应该节约水。? ??finally??adv.?最后,最终?? We?finally?arrived?in?Rome.???我们终于到达罗马。? ?7.print??v.?打印 printer??n.?打印机 They?bought?a?new?machine?to?print?the?posters.? 他们购置了新机器用来印海报。?· Would?you?please?fix?the?printer?for?me??? 你能帮我修一下这个打印机吗?? share??vt.?共用,分享。 share…with?sb. 与某人分享/共用… ? I?have?very?happy?news?to?share?with?you. 我有很高兴的消息要告诉你。? often??adv.经常(表示频率)? I?often?take?my?children?to?play?in?the?park.? 我经常带我的孩子们去公园玩。?· 表示频率的副词:? always?一直??usually??通常地?sometimes有时?seldom??很少地?? hardly?几乎不??never?从不? 10.train??n.?火车?? by?train?坐火车(介词短语)? take?a?train?坐火车(动词短语)? ? Granny?traveled?down?by?train.??奶奶是乘火车过来的。? ? They're?going?to?take?a?train?to?the?capital.他们打算坐火车去首都。?? ?plan?? ①?n.?计划? make?a?plan?制订计划? What?is?your?summer?vocation?plan???你的暑假计划是什么???? ②v.?计划,打算,plan?to?do?sth.计划做某事??? Where?do?you?plan?to?spend?your?holiday?你打算去哪里度假???? 12.search???v.?搜寻,搜索,查找? search?for?搜寻,查找? ? They?searched?everywhere?for?the?missing?child. 他们到处找失踪的小孩。??? information?n.?信息(不可数名词) a piece of information表示??“一条信息”? The?book?contains?much?useful?information. 这本书包含了许多有用的资料。? ?send??vt.?发送,寄 send?sb.?sth./send?sth.?to?sb.发送/寄给某人某物? I?send?him?a?book?in?reward?for?his?help.? =I?send?a?book?to?him?in?reward?for?his?help.??? 我送给他一本书来答谢他的帮助。? 15.?sometimes??adv.?有时(=at?times) 常位于连系动词之后、行为动词之前,常用于句首或句末。? ?? Sometimes?I?go?to?the?park?for?fun.我有的时候去公园玩儿。??? clothes n.?衣服(总称) clothes总是用作复数,在句中作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。? Her?clothes?are?always?fashionable.她的衣服总是很时尚。 重点短语&词组 1.connect A to B 连接A到B,把A连接到B 2.turn on / off... 打开/关闭 (名中后,代中间) (多指打开电器(电视、电脑或收音机等)的开关,接通电源) turn up /down.... 调高/调低(...音量) 3.write sth on the computer 在电脑上写...... 4.open a new document 打开一个新文件 5.click the mouse on...... 在......处点击鼠标 6.in the new document 在新文件里 7.save the document 保存文件 8.write a name for the document 给文件取个名 9.visit sb 拜访/看望某人 10.print the document 打印文件 11.put some paper in(the printer) 把一些纸放入(打印机) 12.on Sundays 在星期天 13.share sth with sb 和某人分享某物,和某人共同使用某物 14.in/at my home 在我家里 15.a manager of a company 一位公司的经理 16.go on the Internet 上网 17.check the times of trains 核查火车时刻表 18.make travel plans 制作旅行计划 plan to do sth 计划做某事 19.listen to music 听音乐 20.watch movies=watch a movie 看电影 21.every Friday night 每个星期五晚上 22.search for some information about... 搜索一些有关......的信息 23.check one’s email 查收电子邮件 24.talk to sb on the Internet 在网络上和......谈话 25.send emails to sb 发电子邮件给...... 26.play computer games 打电子游戏 27.work for a company 为一家公司工作 28.at/in the cinema 在电影院 29.buy train tickets=buy a train ticket 买火车票 30.remember to do sth 记住做某事(还没做) 31.play music 播放音乐 32.plan for our holiday 计划我们的假期 33.use sth to do sth 使用……做……. 34.want?to?do?sth.?想要做某事 重点句型 1.How do I do my homework on the computer? 我怎样在电脑上做家庭作业? 2.What’s next? 接下来是什么? 3.Please connect the screen t o the computer.请把显示器连接到主机。 4.Finally, turn on the computer. 最后,打开电脑。 5.I want to learn how to print a document.我想学习怎样打印文件。 6.My father often talks to his customers on the computer. 我父亲经常在电脑上和他的客户洽谈。 7.I also go on the Internet to check my emails. 我也上网查看我的电子邮件。 8.I listen to music or watch movies on the computer every Friday night . 每星期五晚上我在电脑上听音乐或看电影。 9.There is no computer in my home. 在我家里没有电脑。 10.I play a lot of games and my mother doesn’t like it. 我玩大量游戏,我母亲不喜欢这件事。 重点语法 1.行为动词的一般现在时的特殊疑问句。 以特殊疑问词开头,对句中某一成分提问的句子叫特殊疑问句。 常用的疑问词有:what?、who?、whose?、which?、when?、where?、how?、why等。? 疑问词:?疑问词可分为疑问代词、疑问副词、疑问形容词。? ①疑问代词:??what(什么)??who(谁,作主语)??which(哪个,在一定范围内选择)???whose(谁的,指附属关系)?whom(谁,作宾语)? ? ②疑问副词:??when(何时,询问时间)??where(何地,询问地点)??why(为什么,询问原因)?how(如何,询问手段,方式,工具以及程度)?? ? ③疑问形容词:??what(which,whose)+名词? 行为动词用于特殊疑问句有两种结构形式:陈述句句型和疑问句句型。 陈述句句型 特殊疑问词作句子主语,这些特殊疑问词多是疑问代词,如:who, what, which, whose等。 Who shares a computer with his parents?谁和他们的父母共用一台 Who sends you emails? 谁给你发电子邮件? 特殊疑问词作修饰主语的定语,这类特殊疑问词有:what, which, whose等。 Which one of you uses the computer to play computer games?你们当中哪一个用电脑玩游戏? What colours make you happy?哪些颜色使你开心? 疑问句句型 疑问词+一般疑问句的语序 Who do you want to talk with?你想跟谁谈话? When do you go to school?你什么时候去上学。 Where does she come from?她来自哪里? 2.注意表达一系列动作的连接词: First,?...?Next,?...then,...Finally,...????首先,...其次...,然后...,最后...??? 该表达方式用来描述步骤,?在first、next、then?、finally后通常加逗号。??例如,如何做爆米花?。 First,?put?the?corn?into?the?popcorn?popper.?首先,把玉米放进爆米花机。??? Next,?turn?on?the?popper.?其次,打开爆米花机? Next,?put?the?popcorn?into?a?bowl.再次,把爆米花倒进碗里。??? Then,?put?the?salt?on?the?popcorn.然后,在爆米花上撒盐。?? Finally,?eat?the?popcorn.最后,吃爆米花。 Module 8 Choosing presents 重点单词详解 1. always?总是,一直,始终(行为动词之前,be动词或情态动词之后) 含always的句子变成否定句时,可以只把always变为never I?always?get?everything?ready?before?going?out.??? 我总是在出去之前把一切准备好。 get?得到,收到 get?sth.?from?从…..得到某物 I get?a?birthday?present from my mom. 3. spend?花钱,花费? sb.?spends?some?time/money?on?sth./(in)?doing?sth. 4. choose??vt.?选择,挑选 choose sth/sb.选择某人/某物 choose?to?do?sth.?选择做某事? On?the?other?hand,?many?women?choose?to?go?out?to?work.??? ?另一方面,许多妇女又选择外出工作。 5. exercise??n.? ①锻炼,运动(不可数名词)??? take?exercise?做运动? I?suggest?you?go?on?a?diet?and?take?more?exercise.??? 我建议你节食,多做运动。? ②练习题,是可数名词? She?does?her?piano?exercises?in?the?afternoon.??? 她每天下午练习钢琴。? wear??vt.?穿,戴(表示一种状态) +衣服/首饰等。 wear-wore?-worn put?on 着重于“穿”这一动作,即由没穿到穿这一动作的完成,意为“穿上,戴上”后接衣服、鞋帽等 I?want?you?to?put?on?this?coat?and?this?hat.???我要你穿这件外套,戴这顶帽子。 wear “穿着;戴着”,表示状态,宾语可以是衣帽,也可以是饰物、奖章等 He?seldom?wears?a?watch.?他很少戴表。 dress 可表示动作,常用人作宾语,不接“衣”作宾语,意为“给...穿衣服”。 My?son?is?now?able?to?dress?himself.???我儿子现在自己会穿衣服了。 in 介词,表示“穿着、戴着”之意,后接表示衣服或颜色的词,着重于服装的款式或颜色。?它所构成的短语只能作表语或定语。 He?was?in?a?new?black?coat.他穿着黑色的新外套。 hear?v.听见(hear-heard-heard) hear?from收到...的来信 I?hear?from?my?cousin?every?two?months.? 我每两个月就会收到我表哥的来信。? hear/listen/listen?to??辨析 hear表示所听到的结果 I?heard?your?words.???我听到你说的话了。 listen表示听的动作 Listen!?There?is?a?girl?singing?outside.???听,外面有个女孩在唱歌。 listen是不及物动词,后面如果要加宾语的话,就要加介词to I?like?to?listen?to?music.???我喜欢听音乐。 afraid? adj.?担心的,害怕的??? ①be?afraid?of?sth? 害怕...??? I‘m?afraid?of?snakes.???我害怕蛇。? ②I’m?afraid?(that)... 恐怕...??? I’m?afraid?that?I?can’t?go?with?you.???恐怕我不能和你一起去了。 like ?v.喜欢,喜爱 ①like+名词/代词 "喜欢某人或某物"?? Tom?likes?fish?very?much.???汤姆非常喜欢鱼。?? ②like?to?do?sth.? “(偶尔或具体地)喜欢做某事”??? I?like?to?swim?with?you?today.???今天我喜欢和你一起去游泳。? ③like?doing?sth.? “(经常或习惯地)喜欢做某事”??? He?likes?singing.???他喜欢唱歌。? watch v.看 ①watch?sb.?do?sth.意为“观看某人做某事” watch?my?little?sister?play?football 看我小妹妹踢足球。? ? ②watch?sb.?doing?sth.?意为“看见某人正在做某事”,强调动作正在进行。 ? He?is?watching?us?making?a?cake.???他正在观看我们制作蛋糕。 重点短语&词组 1.have a birthday party for sb 为某人举行生日派对 2.go to one’s birthday party 去参加某人的生日派对 3.at a Chinese birthday party 在中国人的生日聚会上 4.at the birthday dinner 在生日宴会上 5.make a birthday cake for sb 为某人制作生日蛋糕 6.give/send birthday cards 送生日贺片 7.get birthday presents 收到生日礼物 8.on one’s birthday 在某人的生日(那天) 9.a box of chocolates 一盒巧克力 10.a cinema ticket 一张电影票 A concert ticket 一张音乐会入场券 11.choose a birthday present for... 为......选择生日礼物 12.stay/keep healthy 保持健康 13.get some exercise 进行体育锻炼 14.every day 每天 15.eleven silk scarves 11条丝绸围巾 16. sb spend +时间/钱+on sth 在某物上花费时间 / 钱 sb spend +时间/钱+(in) doing sth 在做某事上花费时间 / 钱 17.read magazines=read a magazine 阅读杂志 18.go to the cinema. 去看电影 19.watch sports 观看体育赛事 20.go to concerts=go to the concert 去听音乐会 21.the CDs of one’s favourite songs 某人最喜爱的歌曲的唱片 22.go to the football match 去看足球赛 23.watch football matches on TV 在电视里看足球比赛 24.at weekends = at the weekend 在周末 25.watch AC Milan 看AC米兰(的比赛) 26.watch films=watch a film 看电影 27.stay at home 待在家里 28.on Saturday evening 在星期六晚上 29.hear from sb 收到某人的来信 30.watch sb play football 观看某人踢足球 重点句型 1.Would you like to come to my birthday party? 你愿意来参加我的生日派对吗? Yes, I’d love/like to. / I’d love to,but.... 是的,我愿意。/ 我很愿意,但是...... 2.My mother never makes a birthday cake for me. 我母亲从不给我制作生日蛋糕。 3.Do you sing it in Chinese or in English? 你用中文还是英文唱这首歌呢? 4.What would you like for your birthday? 对于你的生日,你想要什么呢? 5.It’s a secret. 这是秘密。 6.What do you often do on Teachers’ Day?在教师节你常做什么呢? 7.She spends lots of money on clothes.她在衣服上花费了大量的钱。 8.We usually watch football on TV at weekends. 在周末我们常在电视里看足球赛。 9.Which presents do you choose for your friends? 你为你的朋友选择哪些礼物呢? 10.It’s great to hear from you.收到你的来信真是太好了。 (It’s+adj.+to?do?sth. 做某事是......的) 11.I’m afraid I can’t come. 恐怕我不能来。 12.I always watch my sister play football. 我一直都在观看我的妹妹踢足球。 13. Which?one?would?you?prefer,?tea?or?coffee???? 你愿意喝点儿茶还是咖啡?? (回答时不能用yes或no,应根据实际情况选择其中的一项。) 重点语法 1.频度副词 表频度的词如often, usually, always, never等在一般现在时句子中的位置。 (1)行为动词的一般现在时常和表示频率的副词连用,英语中usually , sometimes, always, often, never等词被称为“频度副词”,是用来表示动作频率的,但在程度上有差别。一般来说可按频率大小排列: always(总是)>usually(常常)>often(经常)>sometimes(有时)>seldom(很少)>never(从不) (2)频度副度在句中的位置。 在be动词之后 Boys are always good at playing computer games.男孩子们总是擅长玩电脑游戏。 在第一个助动词或情态动词之后 He doesn’t often go on the Internet.他不经常上网。 在实义动词之前 My uncle often talks to customers on the computer.我叔叔经常在电脑上和客户交谈。 Sometimes可放在句首、句中或句末,often也可放在句末。 Sometimes Jim writes to me.有时吉姆会给我写信。 Jim writes to me often.吉姆经常会给我写信。 .(3)对频度副词的提问用how often Module 9 People and places 重点单词详解 1.lie?? ①vi.?躺,卧(lie-lay-lain?现在分词:?lying?)? There?was?a?child?lying?on?the?ground.???地上躺着一个小孩。 ②n.?谎言 tell?a?lie?撒谎??? I?supposed?it?wrong?to?tell?a?lie.????我认为说谎不对。? ③vi.?说谎,撒谎(lie-?lied-?lied?现在分词:?lying?) lie?to?sb?向某人撒谎??? Don't?lie?to?me.?不要对我撒谎。 2.journey/tour/travel/trip?辨析?? journey 最普通用词,侧重指时间较长、距离较远的单程陆上旅行,也指水上或空中的旅行。 tour 指最后返回出发地,旅途中有停留游览点,距离可长可短,目的各异的周游或巡行。 travel? 泛指旅行的行为而不指某次具体的旅行,多指到远方作长期旅行,不强调直接目的地,单、复数均可用。 trip 普通用词,口语多用,常指为公务或游玩作的较短暂的旅行。 3. few/little/a?few/a?little?辨析 a?few修饰可数名词(肯定意义) few修饰可数名词(否定意义,可用only修饰) a?little修饰不可数名词(肯定意义) little修饰不可数名词(否定意义,可用only修饰) I?had?little?money?and?little?free?time.我没什么钱和空闲时间。? ?? Don't?worry,?you?still?have?a?little?time.?别担心,你还有点儿时间呢 sale??n.?出售,销售(不可数名词);销售额(可数名词) for?sale正在销售中 This?is?my?bicycle?for?sale.?这就是我准备出卖的自行车。? on?sale往往用于廉价出售等场合 This?ten-dollar?hat?is?now?on?sale?for?five.? 十美元一顶的帽子现在减价卖五美元。 off prep.下(飞机、火车、公共汽车等)??? get?off??下(飞机、火车、公共汽车等)??? I?get?off?at?the?next?station.??我在下一站下车。??? get?on?上(飞机、火车、公共汽车等)??? Let's?get?on?the?bus?one?by?one.????让我们一个一个地上车吧。 6. learn/study?辨析 learn侧重通过经验、练习或经别人指教而获得知识或技能,强调结果; study指专心钻研而获得知识,有探讨和研究的意思,强调学习的过程。 He?was?studying?the?map.?他正在仔细看地图。 重点短语&词组 1.stand in line 排队 2.take

    • 2019-12-30
    • 下载32次
    • 795.01KB